Clutches & Brakes

Thomson Linear Motion. Optimized.

Linear Motion. Optimized.

Often the ideal design solution is not about finding the fastest, sturdiest, most accurate or even the least expensive option.
Rather, the ideal solution is the optimal balance of performance, life and cost.
Thomson is best positioned to help you most quickly configure the optimal linear motion solution for your application.
• Thomson invented anti-friction linear bearing technology. We own the broadest standard product offering of
mechanical motion technologies in the industry.
• Modified versions of standard product are routine. White sheet design solution available across our entire portfolio.
• Choose Thomson and gain access to over 70 years of global application experience in diverse industries including
packaging, factory automation, material handling, medical, clean energy, printing, automotive, machine tool, aerospaceand defense.
• As part of Danaher Motion, we are financially strong and unique in our ability to bring together control, drive, motor,
power transmission and precision linear motion technologies.

Thomson is the name you can trust for quality, innovation, on-time delivery, controlled costs, andreduced risk.
In addition to the information contained in this document, a wealth of product and application information is available onlineat www.thomsonlinear.com. Also online are downloadable 3D models, software tools, our distributor locator and global
contact information for Thomson. For immediate assistance in North America contact us at 1-540-633-3549 or email us atThomson@danahermotion.com.
Talk to us early in the design process to see how Thomson can help identify the optimal balance of performance, life andcost for your next application. And, call us or any of our 2000+ distribution partners around the world for fast delivery of
replacement parts.

The Danaher Business System Building sustainable competitive advantage into your business
The Danaher Business System (DBS) was established to increase the value we bring to customers. It is a mature and successful
set of tools we use daily to continually improve manufacturing operations and product development processes. DBS is basedon the principles of Kaizen which continuously and aggressively eliminate waste in every aspect of our business. DBS
focuses the entire organization on achieving breakthrough results that create competitive advantages in quality, delivery andperformance – advantages that are passed on to you. Through these advantages Thomson is able to provide you faster times
to market as well as unsurpassed product selection, service, reliability and productivity.

Local Support Around the Globe
Application Centers Global Manufacturing Operations Global Design & Engineering Centers

Application Centers

Global Manufacturing Operations

Global Design & Engineering Centers

Clutches & Brakes

Deltran Clutches & Brakes
Introduction

Building Our Business On a Strong Foundation
Thomson has a long history of manufacturing quality clutches and brakes. Our roots are
firmly planted in brand names such as Deltran, API (American Precision Industries), andWarner PSI bringing over 100 years of combined manufacturing experience.
Deltran joined Danaher Motion in March 2000, followed in July 2000 by the acquisitionof Warner PSI. The Genuine Wrap Spring and electromagnetic friction products werelater combined under the Deltran name within the Thomson family. As we merged
the manufacturing of these product lines into one facility in Amherst, NY we focusedon keeping the engineering expertise at the forefront while practicing The Danaher
Business System (DBS) of continuous improvement.
Today, our clutch and brake products are working in a wide range of applications
specific to factory automation, material handling, automotive, aviation, defense, aerospace, medical, office machine, robotics and servo motor manufacturing industries.
These products set the solid foundation for the broad range of standard and custom
products currently available to our customers.
Thomson’s modern Amherst, NY facility is ISO 9001:2000 and AS9100-B certified for
its Design, Manufacturing and Assembly of Motion Control Devices. Our brake andclutch manufacturing experience, technological knowhow and commitment to bring our customers a quality
ISO 9001:2000
product, delivered on time, every time are some of thereasons why Thomson is the best choice for your next
motion control product.
No. 210038
For customer service and application support, pleasecall the DMAC (Danaher Motion Assistance Center) at
1-540-633-3549. For other contact information, please see the back of this catalog.

Using Our Clutches and Brakes Catalog
Finding just the right clutch or brake product can be a daunting task. The selection
process hinges on the application with many variables to take into consideration. Often
times there are several brake or clutch options that might do the job—the key is finding
the best solution for your application.
This catalog contains several aides to assist in the selection process.
•

CLUTCH AND BRAKE TECHNOLOGIES—This catalog contains clutch and brakeinformation for Wrap Spring and Electromagnetic Friction Clutches and Brakes.
Pages 6-13 offer operation, design and application examples of both technologies.
The printed tabs offer a quick way to find the technology and products you need.
Engineering guidelines appear at the end of each section.
THE GENUINE WRAP SPRING product section begins on page 15.
THE FRICTION product section begins on page 97.

•

SELECTION BY MOTION TYPE—The chart on pages 4 & 5 categorizes our clutches
and brakes by type of motion. The basic motions are START, INDEX, SLIP, STOP and
HOLD. Each of these motion types are noted by an icon on the left side of this chart.
As you browse through this catalog, you will see these same motion icons in the top
header of the product pages. If you know that your application requires a specificmotion, this chart may be a helpful place to start your brake and clutch selection.

•

SELECTION BY CAPABILITY—The chart on page 5 will help you to determine which
technology may work best in your application: Wrap Spring or Friction. Your application may have specific requirements of a brake or clutch such as torque, speed,
accuracy, etc. This chart may help you determine whether The Genuine Wrap
Spring products or one of our Friction Clutches or Brakes will be best suited for youroperation.

www.thomsonlinear.com

1

Clutches & Brakes
Table of Contents

Introduction / Using This Catalog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Product Selection Chart—By Motion Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Product Selection Chart—By Capability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Wrap Spring
Operation & Design Principles  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Friction
Operation & Design Principles  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Application Worksheet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14

THE GENUINE WRAP SPRING™
CLUTCHES AND CLUTCH/BRAKE PACKAGES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
How to Select . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
CLUTCH/BRAKE PACKAGESSuper CB Series
		 Solenoid Actuated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Standard CB Series
		 Solenoid Actuated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
CLUTCHESSAC Series
		 Solenoid Actuated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
ACCE Clutch
		 Accumulating Conveyor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
ACCM Clutch
		 Accumulating Conveyor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
PSI Series
		 Basic Wrap Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
ACCESSORIES
Dust Covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Stop Collars . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Actuators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
ENGINEERED PRODUCTS
CLUTCHESDL Series
		 Dura-LIFE Magnetically Actuated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
MAC Series
		 Magnetically Actuated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
BBC-29
		 Magnetically Actuated Ball Bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
SP Series
		 Solenoid Actuated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
BIMAC Series
		 Low Cost Solenoid Actuated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
BDNB Series
		 Bi-Directional No Back . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
BDSC Series
		 Bi-Directional Slip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
CTS Series
		 Constant Torque Slip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83

2

ENGINEERING GUIDELINES
Selection Considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Magnetically Actuated Clutch Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Questions & Answers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
CB Spring Differential Adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Mounting Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Application Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Disassembly and Assembly Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95

FRICTION CLUTCHES & BRAKES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
How to Select . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
CLUTCHES & CLUTCH COUPLINGS
CS & CSC Series
		 Shaft Mounted/Coupling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
CF & CFC Series
		 Flange Mounted/Coupling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
BRAKES
BF Series
		 Power-on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
BRP Series
		 Power-off Spring Set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
SB Series
		 Power-off Spring Set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
FSB Series
		 Power-off Spring Set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
AKB Series
		 Power-off Spring Set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
PMB Series
		 Power-off Spring Set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
MBRP Series
		 Metric Power-off  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
ENGINEERED PRODUCTSTFD Series
		 Torque Feedback Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
TC/TCR/TCP Series Clutches & Brakes
		 Tooth Power-on & Power-off  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
MCS/MBF Series
		 Metric Clutches & Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
LBRP Series Brakes
		 Power-off Spring Set (Safety) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
MDB/MDC Series Clutches & Brakes
		 Multiple Disc  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Custom Assemblies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
ENGINEERING GUIDELINES
Design Considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Mounting Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146

Glossary of Terms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
Conversion Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149

www.thomsonlinear.com

Clutches & Brakes

CLUTCH/BRAKE
PACKAGES

Clutches & Brakes
Product Overview

Wrap Spring Products

ENGINEERINGGUIDELINESTHE GENUINE WRAP SPRING ENGINEERED PRODUCTS
Engineered products are specially designed to solve specific and unique application
requirements. The products shown are the result of years of experience in providing innovative solutions for applications including paper feed drives, agriculture equipment, copiers, robotics, etc. These solutions are now available as “engineered” products which
include the DL, MAC, BBC-29, SP, BIMAC, BDNB, BDSC and CTS Series.

CLUTCH &CLUTCH
COUPLINGS

Friction Products

ENGINEERINGGUIDELINESFRICTION ENGINEERED PRODUCTS
Engineered products are specially designed to solve specific and unique application
requirements. The products shown are the result of innovative solutions we provided for
applications such as document handling, copiers, ATM machines, dispensing machines,
robotics, and military aerospace actuators. The solutions we provided are now available
as “engineered” products. Included in this section: TFD Series (Torque Feedback Device),
TC/TCR/TCP (Tooth Power-on and Power-off) and MCS (Metric Clutches) and MBF (MetricBrakes).

ENGINEEREDPRODUCTSFRICTIONSPRING-SET FRICTION BRAKESElectromagnetic power-on (BF) brakes provide an efficient, switchable means of stopping
and/or holding a load. Spring-set electromagnetic power-off (BRP, SB, FSB, AKB, PMB &MBRP) brakes provide a safe, efficient means of stopping and/or holding a load in theabsence of power. New Series included in this section: MBRP (Metric Power-off Brakes).

BRAKESFRICTION CLUTCHES & CLUTCH COUPLINGSElectromagnetic clutches and clutch couplings are available in 6 frame sizes and offered
as shaft mounted or flange mounted models. The CS, CSC, CF and CFC series provide an
efficient, electrically switchable link between a motor and a load. These models offer full
corrosion resistant, rotating components designed for low inertia and minimal drag, zero
backlash and integral long-life bearings.

www.thomsonlinear.com

ENGINEEREDPRODUCTSTHE GENUINE WRAP SPRING ACCESSORIES
Several accessories are offered for The Genuine Wrap Spring products, including dust
cover enclosures; heavy duty actuator and controls. The Heavy Duty Actuator is usedwith the PSI-6 and ACCM series clutches. A plug-in clutch/brake control designed for
operation of D-frame, AC or DC wrap spring clutches and brakes is available, the One Shot
Power Control.

ACCESSORIESTHE GENUINE WRAP SPRING CLUTCHES
Four clutch series include: the Solenoid Actuated SAC Series; the accumulating conveyor
clutches which include the ACCE and the ACCM Heavy Duty Clutch and the mechanicallyactuated basic wrap spring PSI Series clutch.

CLUTCHESTHE GENUINE WRAP SPRINGTHE GENUINE WRAP SPRING™ CLUTCH/BRAKE PACKAGESCB Series combination clutch/brakes accurately start and stop loads driven by a continuously rotating power source. CB units operate from a single AC or DC pulse, stopping theload within ±½° noncumulative at speeds up to 1800 RPM depending on size. Each unit ispre-engineered and pre-assembled for easy installation. Super CB clutch/brakes provide 3
to 5 times longer life.

3Clutches & Brakes
Product Selection

CLUTCHES & BRAKES SELECTION CHART—BY MOTION TYPE
MotionType
Starting

Motionicons areshown atthe top ofeach product page
to makeselectingeasier.
Indexing

Slipping

Stopping

Type

Model/Sizes

Bore Range

Max RPM

Actuation
MethodPage

Wrap Spring Clutch

DL-30, 33

30 (3.4)

English: 1/4 - 5/16”
Metric: 6 - 8 mm

1200

DC

70

Wrap Spring Clutch

MAC-30, 45, 45 w/BC

150 (16)English: 1/4 - 5/8”
Metric: 6 - 16 mm

1200

DC

73

Wrap Spring Clutch

BBC-2925 (2.83)

English: 1/4 ”
Metric: 6 mm

1800

DC

77

Friction Clutch

CS-11, 15, 17, 22, 26, 30
CSC-11, 15, 17, 22, 26, 30

125 (14.2)

English: 1/4 - 1”
Metric: 8 - 35 mm

5000

DC

100

Friction Clutch

CF-11, 15, 17, 22, 26, 30
CFC-11, 15, 17, 22, 26, 30

125 (14.2)

English: 1/4 - 5/8”
Metric: 8 - 16 mm

5000

DC

100

Friction Clutch

TC-19, TCR-19
TCP-19250 (28.2)
50 (5.6)

English: 3/8 - 1/2”

5000

DC

137

Friction Clutch

MCS

Custom Engineered Product - Consult Factory

139

Friction Clutch

MDC

Custom Engineered Product - Consult Factory

143

Wrap Spring Clutch

PSI-2, 4, 5, 6, 82500 (282.5)

Wrap Spring Clutch

SAC-2, 4, 5, 6500 (56.5)

English: 1/4 - 1”
Metric: 6 - 25 mm

1800

AC or DC
Solenoid; AIR

46

Wrap Spring
Clutch/Brake

Super CB
CB-5, 6, 7, 8, 10

5,000 (565)English: 1/2 - 13/4”
Metric: 12 - 45 mm

750

AC or DC
Solenoid; AIR

18

Wrap Spring
Clutch/Brake

Standard CB
CB-2, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 10

5,000 (565)English: 1/4 - 13/4”
Metric: 6 - 45 mm

1800

AC or DC
Solenoid; AIR30

Wrap Spring Clutch

ACCE-71500 (169.5)

English: 1 - 17/16”

400

AC or DC
Solenoid; AIR

54

Wrap Spring Clutch

ACCE-7
Heavy Duty

2500 (282.5)

English: 1 - 17/16”

400

AC or DC
Solenoid; AIR

54

Wrap Spring Clutch

ACCM-71500 (169.5)

English: 1 - 17/16”

English: 1/

400

Mechanical

57

400

Mechanical57

1
4 - 1 /2”

1800

Mechanical60

Metric: 6 - 40 mm

Wrap Spring Clutch

ACCM-7
Heavy Duty

2500 (282.5)

English: 1 - 17/

Wrap Spring Clutch

SP-2, 4, 5, 6500 (56.5)

English: 3/4 - 1”
Metric: 20 - 25 mm

1500

AC or DC; AIR

78

Wrap Spring Clutch

BIMAC
B-1, B-2

75 (8.475)

English: 1/4 - 3/8”

1500

AC or DC
Solenoid

80

Wrap Spring
Clutch

BDSC
Sizes 2, 4

9 (1.059)

English: 1/4 - 5/8”
Metric: 6-16 mm

200

N/A

82

Wrap Spring Clutch

CTS-25, 50

28 (3.164)

English: 1/4 - 5/16”

150

N/A

83

Feedback Device

TFD-30, 40

12 (106)

N/A

300/120**DC134

Friction Brake

BF-11, 15, 17, 22, 26, 30

125 (14.13)

English: 3/16 -1”
Metric: 3 - 35 mm

5000

DC

110

Friction Brake

MBF-26, 30, 40, 50, 60,
80, 100 (L & S)

3540 (400)

Metric: 12 - 60 mm

5000

DC

141 &
142

*Consult factory for higher speeds

4

Max Torquelb-in (Nm)16”**Intermittent/Continuous

continued on next page.

www.thomsonlinear.com

Clutches & Brakes

Clutches & Brakes
Product Selection

BRAKES & CLUTCHES SELECTION CHART—BY MOTION TYPE
MotionType

Type

Model/Sizes

Max Torquelb-in (Nm)Bore Range

Max
RPM

Actuation
MethodPage

Holding

Wrap Spring Brake

BDNB

250 (28.23)

English: 1/2”

200

N/A

81

Friction Brake

BF-11, 15, 17, 22, 26, 30

125 (14.13)

English: 3/16 -1”
Metric: 3 - 35 mm

5000

DC

110

Friction Brake

BRP-15, 17, 19, 23, 26, 28,
30, 40, 50, 60, 70

1000 (113.0)

English: 1/4 - 2”Metric: 3 - 45 mm

5000

DC

116

Friction Brake

SB-15, 17, 19, 23, 26, 28,
30, 40, 50, 60, 70

1200 (135.6)

English: 1/4 - 2”Metric: 3 - 45 mm

5000

DC

116

Friction Brake

FSB-15, 17

3 (0.34)

English: 3/16 - 3/8”
Metric: 3 - 8 mm

5000

DC

116

Friction Brake

AKB-17, 19, 26, 30, 40, 50

470 (53.0)

English: 1/4 - 1”
Metric: 6 - 25 mm

5000

DC

116

Friction Brake

PMB-30, 40, 50, 60, 65,
75, 85, 100, 120

4250 (480.0)

English: 3/8 - 1 5/8”
Metric: 11 - 45 mm

3000

DC

129

Friction Brake

MBRP-15, 19, 22, 26, 30

4 (35.40)

Metric: 5 - 45 mm

5000

DC

132

Friction Brake

MBF-26, 30, 40, 50, 60,
80, 100 (L & S)

3540 (400)

Metric: 12 - 60 mm

5000

DC

141 &
142

Friction Brake

MDB

Custom Engineered Product - Consult Factory

143*Consult factory for higher speeds
BRAKES & CLUTCHES SELECTION CHART—BY CAPABILITY
This chart contains basic information to determine when to use a Wrap Spring or Friction product.*Capability

The Genuine Wrap Spring

Friction

Torque Capacity Per Unit Size
Low Power Consumption
Single Revolution
Random Start/Stop
Brake: Power-On
Brake: Power-Off
Soft Start/Soft Stop
Positive Engagement
Stopping Accuracy
Speeds Up To 1750
Speeds Over 1750
Bi-Directional Rotation
Rapid Cycling
Actuation - Electric
Actuation - Pneumatic
Actuation - Mechanical
Manual Release
Torque Adjustment Feature*Many applications require additional specifications not shown in the chart above.
Always review your application requirements before choosing a brake or clutch product.

www.thomsonlinear.com

5

The Genuine Wrap Spring Clutches & Brakes
Operation Design Principles

The basic wrap spring clutch consists ofthree elements: an input hub, an output
hub, and a spring whose inside diameteris slightly smaller than the outside diameter of the two hubs.
When the spring is forced over the twohubs, rotation in the direction of thearrow wraps it down tightly on the hubs,
positively engaging them. The greater
the force of rotation, the more tightly the
spring grips the hubs.

Output Hub
Wrap Spring

Input HubWrap Spring Design Configurations
Control Tang

Control Tang

OutputInput

OutputInput

OutputInput

Model O

Overrunning Clutch
In its basic form, the wrap spring clutch
operates as an overrunning clutch. Whenthe input hub is rotated as shown, thespring wraps down to engage the two
hubs. If the input is stopped or reversed,
the spring unwraps to release the output
hub, allowing the load to overrun. PSI
Series overrunning clutches can also perform one-way indexing and backstopping
functions.

Start-Stop Clutch(Random Positioning)

Single Revolution Clutch

Modifying the basic PSI Series clutchwith a control tang allows the clutch
to engage and then disengage the loadwhen the control tang is locked in position by the stop collar. Once disengaged,
the load coasts freely from the continuously running input.

Combination Clutch/Brake
The wrap spring clutch/brake utilizes twocontrol tangs to hold either the clutch or
brake spring open. When the clutch andbrake control tangs rotate with the input
hub, the input hub and output shaft are
positively engaged by the clutch spring.
When the brake control tang is locked by
the stop collar, the brake spring wraps
down
to engage the output shaft to the stationary
brake hub. At the same time, the clutch
spring unwraps slightly, allowing the input
hub to rotate freely.

6

Model S

Model SSA second tang, secured to the output
hub, allows PSI Series clutches to perform single revolution functions. Whenthe control tang is engaged, the output
hub cannot overrun because it is secured
to the spring. Single revolution PSI, SP
and SAC Series clutches are capable ofstopping only 10% of their starting load
capacity. A CB Series unit is recommended where higher braking torque isrequired.

Brake Control Tang
ClutchControl Tang

Stationary Brake
Hub
Output Shaft

Input Hub

www.thomsonlinear.com

Clutches & Brakes

The Genuine Wrap Spring Clutches & Brakes
Applications

•

•

•

When the spring is allowed to wrap
down (or grip the hubs) the output hub
will accelerate to the input RPM in .003
seconds, the output in .0015 seconds.
The dynamic torque of accel­eration
or deceleration is proportional to the
RPM multiplied by the load inertia anddivided by the acceleration time. This
fact indicates that spring clutches andbrakes are inertia sensitive—the moreinertia, the higher the dynamic torque.
The torque demand of the spring clutch
is equal to the system frictional torqueof the load plus the dynamic torque ofacceleration.

•

When coming to the stop position of
the cycle, there must be enough energy in the rotating mass of the load toallow the spring to release its grip on
the input hub. This means that if there
is a large frictional load, or a torquedemand such as coming up to the
top of a cam, there must be sufficientenergy in the rotating mass to open thespring. Failure to do so will result inpossible input hub wear and/or noise.

Single Revolution
RiveterThrough a wrap spring clutch, the motor
drives a large flywheel and a large eccentric mass connected to the piston-like riveting ram. The wrap spring clutch-brakealways stops at just past top dead center
position ready for the next cycle.

Start-Stop(Accurate Positioning)

Egg Packaging
When cartons of eggs are detected on the conveyor, the carton is pushed
off onto the pallet. A CB-6 clutch/ brake is fitted to a crank assembly. The
crank profile is designed to accelerate slowly to gently move the eggs andaccelerate rapidly back to be in position for the next carton. Thus the inertia
at start and stop is only the inertia of the crank.

www.thomsonlinear.com

7

THE GENUINE WRAP SPRINGThe Genuine Wrap Spring clutch/brakes provide hundreds of simple motion processes
that can be controlled through the threebasic wrap spring clutch functions: overrunning, start-stop, and single revolution.
Important Facts• The torque capacity of a spring clutchor brake is a direct function of thediameter of the hub and the tensile
strength of the spring.
• A spring clutch or brake will not slip.
It will attempt to supply the torquedemanded, up to the mechanical limitations of the spring.

The Genuine Wrap Spring Clutches & Brakes
Start-Stop Applications

Literally hundreds of simple motion processes can be controlled through the threebasic functions of wrap spring clutches andbrakes—Overrunning, Start-Stop, and Single
Revolution. Here are just a few examples:• Mail openers and inserters,
collators• Bag making, paper feed•  Food processing• Metal riveting, stapling and stitching• Paper edge trimming• Film advance• Inclined conveyors• Stackers• Conveyor diverter gate
• Wire bending• Money counter• Paper printing and folding• Newspaper vending machine door
mechanism• Wire windup machine/material cutoff• Conveyor drives• Heavy duty machinery• Rapid cycling equipment

Single Revolution
Rotary Table
The worm drive in this application is in a
16:1 ratio to the indexing table so that eachpower supply pulse to the wrap spring
clutch/brake solenoid indexes the table asingle position for filling, sorting, inspecting, etc.
Product Selection• Super CB• Standard CB
• SAC
• PSI
Advantages• Speed and accuracy increases
productivity• Excellent repeatability—
no cumulative error• Minimum system inertia

Start-Stop(Random Positioning)

Computerized Order Picker
800 wrap spring clutches, one at eachstation, dispense packages at the rate of 3
per second, onto a constantly moving belt
to make up various customer orders. The
computer controlled system signals theappropriate clutch, which drives a paddle
wheel type belt system, which in turnejects one package per computer signal.

8

Advantages• Positioned control of paddle ejector
made possible with positive, single
revolution type clutch• No cumulative error assures that orders
are filled properly• Simple control. One drive motor for thecomplete system. Low cost.

Product Selection• SAC• ACCE• ACCM• PSI

www.thomsonlinear.com

Clutches & Brakes

The Genuine Wrap Spring Clutches & Brakes
Overrunning Applications
Incline Conveyor
Anti-backup, anti-back driving

THE GENUINE WRAP SPRING

The PSI Series mechanical wrap spring clutch acts as ananti-backup device on this inclined conveyor. When theconveyor is running, the wrap spring is disengaged, allowing the clutch output to freewheel. When the conveyor
drive is disengaged, the conveyor starts to reverse andengages the wrap spring which then acts as an effective
brake.
Advantages• Uni-directional control facilitates low cost design• Maintenance free
Product Selection• ACCM• PSI

Precise Registration
Print Wheel
In this high speed code printing machine, a photo eyescans a mark on the web and signals a single revolution
wrap spring clutch to drive the print wheel in exact registration with the continuously moving web. Variations inprinting positioning cannot be tolerated.
Advantages• Fast/Accurate—the wrap spring clutch rapidly accelerates the print wheel and returns it to home position withno cumulative error. Long acceleration times would
cause smearing and misregistration.
Product Selection• SAC-5• SP-5• Compact—high torque to size ratio makes it easy to fit
into the small space, thus reducing overall machine sizeand cost• Control—electric actuation for simple interface with thephoto eye signal

Linear-to-Rotary Translation
Rack and Pinion Indexing Drive
Since wrap spring clutches are inherently uni-directional, the PSI/ACCM overrunningmodel “O” clutch in this application operates as a ratchet drive. When the rack is moved
upward, the wrap spring clutch engages to translate torque to the feed conveyor. On the
downward side of the stroke, the wrap spring clutch is disengaged.
Advantages• Simple—requires no external ­controls or sensors• Reliable• Maintenance free
Product Selection• PSI• ACCM

www.thomsonlinear.com

9Friction Clutches & Brakes
Operation and Design Principles
Electromagnetic Clutch
An electromagnetic clutch in its simplest
form is a device used to connect a motor
to a load. Generally the motor shaft ispinned or keyed to the clutch rotor-shaft
assembly (1) bore (input), with the load
connected to the armature (output) of the
clutch (2) by a pulley or gear. Until the coil
(3) is energized, this armature assemblyis not coupled, thus not rotating with the
input rotor-shaft. Upon coil energization, the rotor-shaft assembly becomespart of an electromagnet, attracting the3armature plate (4), engaging this with therotor assembly, and thus driving the load.
When the coil is de-energized, these two
attracted elements are no longer attracted
and are separated by a spring (5) within
the armature assembly. The motor shaft
and load are then no longer connected
and therefore the load is not driven. The
clutch enables the motor to remain on
while the load is idle, benefiting in faster
cycle time and better overall system efficiency.

Power-On Electromagnetic Brake
A power-on electromagnetic brake operates using the same principle as the
clutch, but with only a single rotating component, the armature assembly (1). The
brake is generally positioned on the load
shaft with the armature assembly secured
to the shaft while the field assembly (2) is

1

4

2

5

3

mounted to a non-rotating component orbulkhead. Until the coil is (3) energized,
the armature assembly will rotate freely.
Upon energization, the field assembly
becomes an electromagnet, attracting thearmature plate (4), thus braking the load.

2

41Power-Off Electromagnetic Spring-Set Brake
A power-off electromagnetic spring-set
brake operates on a slightly different principle. The actual braking force is appliedby the use of compression springs within
the field assembly. In normal power-off
mode these springs (1) apply pressure to
the fixed (non-rotating) armature plate (2)which in-turn applies pressure to the rotor(3). This rotor has the ability to “float”
back and forth under the applied pressure
depending on the state of the coil. It is
coupled to the load shaft by a spline orhex through a hub (4). Some rotors are
suspended between two diaphragm-like
springs to achieve the “floating” state.

4
1

2
3

Power-Off Electromagnetic Permanent Magnet Brake
A power-off electromagnetic permanent
magnet brake operates on the principleof the attractive force of a permanent
magnet creating the braking action, while
the electromagnet is used to negate thisforce allowing load rotation. In normal
power-off mode the permanent magnet
in the fixed field assembly (1) creates anattractive force on the armature assembly(2) which is attached to the load shaft
by means of set screws or pins, hence
stopping or holding the load. Upon coilenergization, the electromagnet forms an
opposing magnetic force to the permanent magnet, thus allowing the armatureassembly free rotation (no brake).

1

2

10

www.thomsonlinear.com

Clutches & Brakes

Friction Clutches & Brakes
Applications

Electromagnetic Clutches & Clutch Couplings
Electromagnetic clutches provide an efficient, electrically switchable link between
a motor and a load. Clutches are used tocouple two parallel shafts by the use ofpulleys, gears or sheaves. While the field(electromagnet) assembly is prevented
from rotating by an anti-rotation tab orflange, the rotor and armature assembly
are mounted on a single shaft, with therotor secured to the shaft. The armature isbearing mounted and free to rotate. Whenthe coil is energized, the armature engages
the friction surface of the rotor, thus driving the load.
Electromagnetic clutch couplings provide
this same efficient, electrically switchable
link between a motor and a load for in-line
shafts. While the field (electromagnet)
assembly is prevented from rotating by ananti-rotation tab or flange, the rotor andarmature assembly are securely mounted
on opposing in-line shafts. When the coil isElectromagnetic Brakes
Electromagnetic power-on brakes provide
an efficient, switchable means of stopping
and/or holding the load. While the field(electromagnet) assembly is fixed andprevented from rotating by a flange, thearmature assembly is secured to the shaft.
When the coil is energized, the armature
engages the friction surface of the fixed
field (electromagnet) assembly, thus stopping and/or holding the load.
Offered in spring-set or permanent magnet

designs, electromagnetic power-off brakes
provide a safe, efficient means of stopping and/or holding a load in the absenceof power. While the field (electromagnet)
assembly is fixed and prevented from rotating, the rotor (spring-set design) or armature (permanent magnet design) assemblyis secured to the shaft. In the absence ofpower, the fixed and rotating components
are engaged, thus stopping and/or holding the load. When the coil is energized,

Tooth Brakes & Clutches
When used in either static or low speed
engagement applications, tooth clutches
and clutch couplings provide an efficient,
positive, switchable link between a motor
and load on in-line or parallel shafts. While
the field (electromagnet) assembly is
prevented from rotating by a fixed flange,
the rotor is generally attached to the input
shaft. The armature assembly is securely
mounted to either an in-line load shaft or aparallel shaft by means of pulleys or gears.

When the coil is energized, the tooth profileof the armature positively engages the tooth
profile of the rotor, coupling the two in-line
or parallel shafts, thus driving the load.
Tooth brakes provide an efficient, positive,
switchable means of either holding a loador decelerating a load from a slow speed,
generally 20 RPM or less. Utilizing thesame principle as the tooth clutch, thesebrakes can be used to effectively hold aload in position. Available in power-on orMultiple Disc Clutches provide a smoothefficient, switchable link between a motor
and a load on in-line or parallel shafts.
While the field (electromagnet) assembly is
prevented from rotating by an anti-rotation
tab or flange, the rotor is securely mounted
on the drive shaft. The armature assembly is then mounted either directly on an
opposing in-line shaft, or indirectly on aparallel shaft by means of gears or pulleys.
When the coil is energized, the armature

engages the friction surface of the rotor,
further engaging the multiple discs within
the assembly until full torque is achieved,
thereby coupling the two in-line or parallel
shafts, thus driving the load.
Multiple Disc Brakes offer the very samesmooth efficient operation as a braking
device. By eliminating the rotor component
and using the electromagnet to engage astatic field assembly and a rotating armature assembly, braking can be achieved.

energized, the armature engages the friction surface of the rotor, coupling the two
in-line shafts, thus driving the load.
Shafts must be
fully bearing
supported

rotating components are disengaged thus
allowing the shaft to freely rotate.

Shafts must be
fully bearing
supported

power-off models, tooth brakes are ideal
for applications requiring very high torquein tight places.

FRICTION

Multi Disc Brakes & Clutches

Shafts must be
fully bearing
supported

Shafts must be
fully bearing
supported

These units provide high torque in a compact package size primarily for custom
applications in the aerospace industries.

Custom Assemblies (Value-Added Designs)
Variations of any device shown in this catalog can be adapted specifically to meet themost demanding needs of your application.
Custom gears, pulleys, sprockets, integrally

www.thomsonlinear.com

mounted to the clutch can be combinedwith special shaft sizes, coil voltages,
connector assemblies or any other type ofdesign imaginable.

11Friction Applications
Power-Off Brakes
Patient Lift
The BRP and SB can be used as a holding brake to consistently
hold a load in position at a specific stopping point.
Advantages• Uni-directional control• Compact design• Non-asbestos friction material• Factory set air gaps (no need to adjust)• Interchangeability with many existing brake designs
Product Selection
• BRP
• SB
• AKB
• LBRP

Floor Sweeper/Scrubber
BRP and SB are used as a parking brake to hold the vehicle on inclines,
etc. The BRP/SB eliminates the need for manual brake linkage or expensive
hydraulic brakes. TFD is used as a drive-by-wire feedback device.
Advantages• Uni-directional control• Compact design• Non-asbestos friction material• Factory set air gaps (no need to adjust)• Manual release options• Interchangeability with many
existing brake designs
Product Selection
• PMB
• BRP
• SB
• AKB
• TFD

Aerospace and Defense
Wrap spring and friction units are used in commercial and military aircraft, vehicles and equipment. Applications include autopilot systems, fuel control, tank gun turrets, helicopter actuators, onboard instrumentation, valves, seat actuation, air cabin control backup systems
and missiles/precision guided munition.
Advantages• Manufacturing facility is AS9100-B Certified• Fully potted coils with high temperature insulation capabilities• Able to endure high humidity, shock and vibration• Mil spec lead wire, plating, fasteners and fastener locking systems• High performance friction materials for high heat and dynamic low wear applications
Product Selection
• TFD
• TC
• TCR
• BDNB
• MDC
• SB
• AKB

12

www.thomsonlinear.com

Clutches & Brakes

Friction Applications

Power-On Clutches & Brakes
Paper Feed
Power-On Clutch Application:
CS and CF products are used on paper feed applications. There is a prime
motor that drives a series of belts/pulleys that drive feed rollers. The CS
or CF are mounted on the feed roller shaft. When power is applied to the
CS or CF, the clutch engages and then drives the feed roller. The clutch
will continue to drive until power is removed.
Product Selection
Advantages
•
•
•
•
•

Low inertia and minimal dragFast response, repeatable performance
Energy efficient
Simple installation
Non-asbestos friction material

• CS
• CF

Power Sliding Door
Power-On Tooth Clutch Application:
TC is a power-on tooth clutch used to drive a mechanicaldrive assembly in either direction
Advantages• Simple installation• Energy efficient• Torque to size ratio• Positive engagement, indexing capability
Product Selection
• TC
• CS
• CF

FRICTION

Conveyor Drive System
Power-On Clutch and Brake Application:
CS, CF power-on clutches are used to drive the conveyor belt.
The BF power-on brake is used to stop the conveyor belt.
Advantages• Fast response, repeatable performance• Static or dynamic engagement• Simple installation• Energy efficient• Economic cost
• Non-asbestos friction material
Product Selection
• CS
• CF
• BF

www.thomsonlinear.com

13

Application Data Form
Worksheet

Application Data Form
CustomerContact

Address
Phone

Dept
City

Fax

State
Zip

E-mailProject Information
Project TypePrice Target

Avg Yearly Qty

Initial Release Date

Initial Ship Qty

Current Source

Product Type

Project Life

Application
Application Data
Function

Unit Type

Other
Min. Torque Required

Type

Inertia

Input

Rotation

Friction

Shaft or Bore Size

Other

Life (Hours)

TTS

Cycle Life (M)TTZ

On Time

Input Speed

Off Time

Output Speed

Power Source
Actuation

Suppression

Other
Volts

DC Type

Other Volts

Min. Res.

External Environment
Vibration g (max)         at Hz

Shock g (max)Rel. humidity % max

Operating Temperature minus ° Cplus ° C

Protection
Corrosion Protection
Special Protection

Other IP

Miscellaneous
Safety Requirements
Fire Resistance
If possible insert drawing or sketch below, otherwise indicate drawing reference
Drawing / Comments

14

www.thomsonlinear.com

Clutches & Brakes

THE GENUINE WRAP SPRINGThe Genuine Wrap Spring™

www.thomsonlinear.com

15

The Genuine Wrap Spring™
How To SelectThree steps to selectWrap spring clutches and brakes are prepackaged, pre-assembled units that are aseasy to select as they are to install. The simple three step selection process includes:

Step 1

Determine the clutch or
brake function

Step 2
Step 3

Determine the size
Verify the design considerations

This selection process is based on theassumption that the diameter of the shaft at
the clutch or clutch/brake location has been
designed through good machine design
practice. For most applications, this process will determine the right size product.
When the performance requirements of agiven application are marginally within thecapabilities of a product, consider using thenext larger size. In instances where required
load/speed performance data is known
and unit size is uncertain, use the technicalselection process starting on page 84 which

Wrap spring clutches and brakes canperform three control functions—overrunning, start-stop, and single revolution.
Determine the function that will provide
the best control for your application. The
application ideas shown on pages 8–9
may be helpful. Select the Series which
best fits your application requirementsfrom the chart below.

almost instantly and, since spring wrap
increases with load, the unit must be
sized carefully to insure that it is correct for the application. If there is any
uncertainty regarding the correct unit
size, we recommend using the technicalselection process starting on page 84.
To select the correct wrap spring unit,
locate the approp­riate speed and shaft
diameter points on the chart that correlates
to the model that best suits your appli­cation.
For appli­ca­tions requiring speed or diameter values higher than those illustrated,
please contact your local Danaher Motion
Distributor or your Sales Representative.

Step 2

Step 3will help you review all neces­sary aspectsof your application.

Step 1
Determine the clutch or brake function

Verify the design function considerations

Determine the size

Once the appropriate series and model
size have been determined, review thedesign considerations. A complete checklist of these and other options are detailed
in the “How to Order” section for eachseries.

To select the correct size unit, deter­mine
the maximum RPM at which the clutch or
brake will operate and the shaft diameteron which the wrap spring unit will bemounted. A wrap spring clutch engages

Selection by Function
Max Torque
Function

Performance

OverrunningAn overrunning clutch willtransmit torque in one direction only when the input
hub is stopped or reversed.
Consequently, the load is disengaged and free to rotate or
overrun.
Engaged in one direction only

Start-Stop
A start-stop clutch will engage
and disengage a load either
by mechanical or electricalactuation. Start-stop clutches
provide a random stop position
for the load.
Random Positioning
Single Revolution
A single revolution clutch or
clutch/brake will accurately
position a load with no cumulative error for each single
revolution cycle. Multiple stop
collars with up to 24 stops (perrevolution) provide fractional
revolution capability.
Accurate positioning for single
or multiple

Wrap Spring
Product

Starting
lb-in (N-m)

Stopping
lb-in (N-m)

Max.*
RPM

Max.
Cycles/MinutePSI Series Model O

2500 (282.5)

N/A

1800

N/A

Reverse input rotation

ACCM

1500 (169.5)

N/A

400

N/A

Mechanical

ACCM Heavy Duty

2500 (282.5)

0

400

N/A

Mechanical

PSI Series Model SS

2500 (282.5)

0

1800

N/A

Mechanical

SAC Series Model SS

500 (56.5)

0

1800

N/A

AC; DC Solenoid or AIR

ACCE

1500 (169.5)

0

400

N/A

AC; DC Solenoid or AIR

ACCE Heavy Duty

2500 (282.5)

0

400

N/A

AC; DC Solenoid or AIR

ACCM

1500 (169.5)

0

400

N/A

Mechanical

ACCM Heavy Duty

2500 (282.5)

0

400

N/A

Mechanical

PSI Series Model S

2500 (282.5)

250 (28.25)

1800

1800

Mechanical

SAC Series Model S

500 (56.5)

50 (5.65)

1800

1200

AC; DC Solenoid or AIR

Super CB

5000 (565.0)

5000 (565.0)

1800

1200

AC; DC Solenoid or AIR

Standard CB

5000 (565.0)

5000 (565.0)

1800

1200

AC; DC Solenoid or AIR

ACCE

1500 (169.5)

0

400

N/A

AC; DC Solenoid or AIR

Actuation
MethodACCE Heavy Duty

2500 (282.5)

0

400

N/A

AC; DC Solenoid or AIR

ACCM

1500 (169.5)

0

400

N/A

Mechanical

ACCM Heavy Duty

2500 (282.5)

0

400

N/A

Mechanical*For RPM ranges on specific models, see selection charts on page 17.

16

www.thomsonlinear.com

Clutches & Brakes

The Genuine Wrap Spring™
Selection

Design Considerations

Super CB and Standard CB Series
ClutchSize Bore Size

Super CB and CB Series• AC or DC solenoid and pneumatic• CB-5, CB-6, CB-7, CB-8 and CB-10 sizes
available in the long life, Super CB
Series. See pages 18–29 for specificdetails.
SAC Series• AC or DC solenoid and pneumatic
ACCM/ACCE Series• Hub input/shaft output or shaft input/
hub output• Start-stop Model SS or single revolution
Model S
• AC or DC solenoid and pneumaticPSI Series• Hub input/shaft output or shaft input/
hub output• Overrunning Model O, start-stop
Model SS or single revolution Model S

2

1

4

3

/8

5

1

/2

6

3

/4

THE GENUINE WRAP SPRING

All Models• CW or CCW rotation• Single or multiple stop collar• Bore size

Selection Charts – RPM vs. Shaft Diameter

/4

6

1

7

1

7

11/4

7

11/2

8

1

8

11/4

8

13/8

8

11/2

10

11/2

10

15/8

10

13/4
200

300

400

500

600

700

900 1000 1100 1200 1300 1400 1500 1600 1700 1800

800

RPM

SAC Series
ClutchSize Bore Size

2

1

4

3

/8

5

1

/2

6

3

/4

6

1

/4

200

300

400

500

600

700

800

900 1000 1100 1200 1300 1400 1500 1600 1700 1800

RPM

ACCM/ACCE Series
Bore Size

1
11/4
13/8
17/16
200

300

400

500

600

700

800

900 1000 1100 1200 1300 1400 1500 1600 1700 1800

RPM

PSI Series
ClutchSize Bore Size

2

1

4

3

/8

5

1

/2

6

3

/4

6

1

8

1

8

11/4

8

13/8

8

11/2

/4

200

300

400

500

600

700

800

900 1000 1100 1200 1300 1400 1500 1600 1700 1800

RPM

www.thomsonlinear.com

17Super CB Series

Longer Life, Extra Performance Clutch/Brake Packages
Super CB Series combination clutches
and brakes accurately start and stoploads driven by a continu­ously rotating
power source. CB units operate from asingle AC or DC pulse, stopping the load
within ±½° noncumulative at speeds up
to 750 RPM, depending on size. Each unit
is pre-engineered and pre-assembled foreasy installation.
Super CB clutches and brakes provide
3 to 5 times longer life! The five sizes ofSuper CB clutch/brake packages offer
extraordinary per­formance and durability
for those applications requiring long life
under high load, high duty cycle conditions. Danaher Motion will retrofit standard CB-5, CB-6, CB-7, CB-8, CB-10.
Features• Available in 5 sizes• Cost-effective design• 3–5 times longer life than Standard CB• Split cam design sizes CB-5, CB-6, CB-7,
CB-8• Adjustable control collars for easy andaccurate output stop position setting• RoHS compliant• Load over-travel or back-up is eliminated since Super CB units lock theload in both directions when the solenoid is off• Anti-overrun feature prevents the output from running faster than the input• Roller bearings never need adjustment for wear• Bring loads up to speed in 3
milliseconds and stop within 1.5
milliseconds• AC or DC operated—other voltages
available• See pages 68 and 69 for controls,
power supplies• Direct retrofit for Standard CB-5,
CB-6, CB-7, CB-8, CB-10• 1-, 2- or 4-stop collar with steel insert
standard• Reinforced plastic stop collars alsoavailable for up to 24 stop maximum• Heavy-duty industrial grade coils• High cycle rate capability• High torque to size ratio• Repeatable positioning within ±½°

Typical Applications• Riveters• Punch presses• Packaging equipment• Conveyor drives• Heavy duty machinery• Rapid cycling equipment

How to orderSuper CB - 6 - CW - 24V - 3/4” bore - 2

Super CB SeriesSpecify:
Imperial or MetricSize
CB-5 = 5
CB-6 = 6
CB-7 = 7
CB-8 = 8
CB-10 = 10

Coil Voltage
12V = 12VDC
24V = 24VDC
90V = 90VDC
115V = 115VAC

Direction of Rotation
CW = Clockwise
CCW = Counterclockwise

Bore Size= ½”= ¾”, 1”= 1”, 1¼”,1½”		
*¾”= 1¼”, 1½”*1”,*13/8”
CB-10 = 1½”*15/8”,*1¾”

CB-5
CB-6
CB-7
		
CB-8

Stop Collar
1 = 1 stop
2 = 2 stop
4 = 4 stop
Other stop collars
are special order.

*Special order

OPTIONS
Dust Covers

See page 66

Stop Collars

See page 67

Pneumatic Actuators

See page 68

18

www.thomsonlinear.com

Clutches & Brakes

CLUTCH/BRAKE
PACKAGES

Super CB Series

Solenoid Operated Combination Clutch/Brake Packages
High torque in small package
Actuating solenoid is AC or DC operated

Maintenance-free, self-lubricating hubs are 18% oil
by volume
Hardened thrust washers on input and brake end

Sintered metal hub offers easy machining for custom
drive attachments

Steel tip insert
on control cam
collarHub mounting holes for simple pulley or sprocket
mounting

Single or multi-stop
collars control
rotation, ±½° stop
repeatability

Hardened and ground shaft
Hardened crossover points on input, output andbrake hubs provide increased life

PERFORMANCE
CB-5

CB-6

CB-7

CB-8

CB-10

Static torque

250 lb-in(28.25 Nm)

500 lb-in(56.5 Nm)

1,500 lb-in(169.5 Nm)

2,500 lb-in(282.5 Nm)

5,000 lb-in(565 Nm)

Maximum anti-overrun holding capability

45 lb-in(5.085 Nm)

300 lb-in(33.9 Nm)

600 lb-in(67.8 Nm)

600 lb-in(67.8 Nm)

1,200 lb-in(135.6 Nm)

Maximum anti-back holding capability

160 lb-in(18.08 Nm)

300 lb-in(33.9 Nm)

600 lb-in(67.8 Nm)

600 lb-in(67.8 Nm)

1,200 lb-in(135.6 Nm)

Inertia, rotating parts.195 lb-in2

1.718 lb-in2

6.75 lb-in2

12.84 lb-in2

48.0 lb-in2

Maximum radial bearing load at maximum speed

32 lbs.

63 lbs.

300 lbs.

300 lbs.

500 lbs.

Maximum operating speed

750 RPM

500 RPM

400 RPM

300 RPM

200 RPM

Response time, voltage on at full speed

27 MS

45 MS

50 MS

50 MS

70 MS

Weight3 lbs.

7 lbs.

12 lbs.

15 lbs.

27 lbsSee page 84 for Minimum Inertia Requirements. See pages 91 & 92 for Mounting Requirements.

RPM vs. SHAFT BORE

Size

Max
RPM

Shaft Bores
Standardin (mm)Shaft Bores
Specialin (mm)Shaft Bores
Metricin (mm)CB–5

750

1/ ” (12.7)
2—.4724-.4741 (12.0)

CB–6

500

3/ ” or 1” (19.05 or 25.4)
4—.7874-.7894 (20.0).9842-.9862 (25.0)

CB–7

400

1”, 11/4” or 11/2” (25.4, 31.75 or 38.10)

3/ ” (19.05)
4.9843-.9863 (25.0)
1.1811-1.8311 (30.0)
1.3780-1.3804 (35.0)

CB–8

300

11/4” or 11/2” (31.75 or 38.1)

1” or 13/8” (25.4 or 34.925)

1.3780-1.3804 (35.0)
1.5784-1.5772 (40.0)

CB–10

200

11/2” (38.1)

15/8” or 13/4” (41.275 or 44.45)

1.5749-1.5772 (40.0)
1.7717-1.7740 (45.0)*Consult Factory

www.thomsonlinear.com

19

THE GENUINEWRAP SPRING™

Brake engages automatically when de-clutchedSuper CB-5 Clutch/Brake
Dimensions & Specifications
1.31(33.27)

2.62(66.55).32 (8.13)
C MAX
THREAD45°

Ø .187 (4.75)
4 HOLE EQ. SP.
ON Ø 3.125 (79.38) B.C.

D

4.375
(111.13)ENGAGEMENT.46(11.68).19(4.83).09(2.29).25(6.35)

Ø .625(15.88)1.09(27.69).045 MAX(1.14)

1.31(33.27)
Ø 1.56(39.62)
4.56(115.82)
Ø .80 (20.32)
MINIMUM
CLEARANCE

2.50(63.50)20°.91 (23.11)

Ø 1.5610-1.5625(39.65-39.69)

B

B

ONE SIDE ONLYONE SIDE ONLY

2.06
(52.33)MAX

SPADE LUG
.25
2X (6.35) NOM WD X
.03
(0.77) NOM THK.26 WIDE X .50
LONG(6.60)(12.70)R FULL - BOTH ENDS

Dimensions (mm)Mounting requirements see pages 91 & 92.
PERFORMANCEELECTRICAL DATA

Static torque

250 lb-in

Maximum anti-overrun holding capability

45 lb-inMaximum anti-back holding capability

160 lb-in

Inertia, rotating parts

0.1950 lb-in2

Maximum radial bearing load at maximum speed

32 lbsMaximum operating speed

750 RPM

Response time, voltage on at full speed

27 MS

Weight3 lbs.

Voltage

Current(amps)

Resistance(ohms)

Status115 AC 60 Hz

0.103*

280.0

Standard

24 DC

0.325

74.0

Standard

12 DC

0.732

16.4

Modification

90 DC

0.096

936.0

Modification(Coils are rated for continuous duty)*115 AC - In rush current .232 amps / Holding current .098 amps

Bore & Keyway Data
Bore A

Pin Hole B

Mtg. Hole C

Set Screws D

0.5005-0.5025(12.712-12.764)

0.124-0.129(3.14-3.28)

3x #10-32 UNF-2B
on 1.25 BC#8-32 x 0.25
Lg. Hex Skt. Set Screw

0.4724-4741(12.0 H9)0.117-0.121(2.97-3.08)

3X M5 x 0.8 on
31.75 BC

M4 x 0.7 x 6.0
Lg. Hex Skt. Set Screw

Metric Bores

20

www.thomsonlinear.com

Clutches & Brakes

CLUTCH/BRAKE
PACKAGES

Super CB-5 Clutch/Brake
Component Parts

THE GENUINEWRAP SPRING™

3

Retaining
Ring

For assembly and disassembly see page 95.
COMPONENT PARTS

3

Drive
SleeveStop
Cam

Coupling
SleeveBrake
SleeveCOMPONENT PARTS

Split Cam Design

Item

Description

Part No.*

Item

Description

1

Retaining Ring

748-5-0006

102Input Hub Anti-Overrun

541-5-0029(541-5-0030)

3

Control Collar (Specify No. of Stops)
Standard - 1.8° Adjustable

CW/CCW

266-5-0801

Coil Assembly
24 DC
115 AC
12 DC
90 DC

11

Actuator Assembly4

Drive Spring

CW
CCW

808-5-0001
808-5-0002

12

Anti-Back Hub

5

Brake Spring

CW
CCW

808-5-0001
808-5-0002

540-5-0006(540-5-0047)

13

Dust Cover (AB Spring)287-5-9002

6Anti-Back Spring

CW
CCW

808-5-0005
808-5-0006

14

Brake Hub541-5-0024

7

Anti-Overrun Spring

CW
CCW

808-5-0003
808-5-0004

15

Pan Head Machine Screw (Sems) (2)797-1-0414

16

Spring Pin

679-1-0024

17

Headless Socket Set Screw

797-1-0153(797-1-0769)

18

Flat Head Socket Cap Screw

797-1-0322

19

Thrust Washer

950-5-0006

20Spacer807-1-9002

8

Plate Assembly

9Output Assembly
0.50 Bore(12.0 mm Bore)

Rotation

Split Cam Design

CW
CCW

686-5-0001
686-5-0002
824-5-0469(824-5-0470)

Retaining
Ring

Rotation

Stop
Cam

Part No.*101-5-0003
101-5-0006
101-5-0002
Sleeve101-5-0005

CW
CCW

101-5-0060
101-5-0061* Part numbers in ( ) are metricwww.thomsonlinear.com

21Super CB-6 Clutch/Brake
Dimensions & Specifications.31(7.87)

Ø .284 (7.21) 4 HOLE EQ. SP.
ON Ø 5.00 (127.0) B.C.

E

MAX THREADENGAGEMENT

4.312 (109.53).528 (13.41).37 (9.40).127 (3.23)
Ø 2.50 (63.50)

2X Ø .22 (5.59)

D

2.12 (53.85)

2X Ø

1.181
(30.00)5.75(146.05)
2.92 (74.17)

Ø 1.559-1.562(39.59-39.68)

.386
.80
(9.80) WIDE X (20.32) LONG
R FULL - BOTH ENDS
1.38
(35.05)2.12 (53.85).19(4.83)

2.25 (57.15)
MAX

25°

4.25 (107.95)
SPADE LUG
2X .25 NOM WD .03 NOM THK(6.35)(0.77)
X

Dimensions (mm)Mounting requirements see pages 91 & 92.
PERFORMANCEELECTRICAL DATA

Static torque

500 lb-in

Maximum anti-overrun holding capability

300 lb-in

Maximum anti-back holding capability

300 lb-in

Inertia, rotating parts

1.718 lb-in2

Maximum radial bearing load at maximum speed

63 lbsMaximum operating speed

500 RPM

Response time, voltage on at full speed

45 MS

Weight

7 lbs.

Voltage

Current(amps)

Resistance(ohms)

Status115 AC 60 Hz

0.334*

57.5

Standard

24 DC

0.586

41.0

Standard

12 DC

1.150

10.4

Modification

90 DC

0.151

598.0

Modification(Coils are rated for continuous duty)*115 AC - In rush current 1.1 amps / Holding current 0.2 amps

Bore & Keyway Data
Bore A

Keyway Width B

Keyway Depth C

Set Screws D

Mounting Holes E

0.7505-0.7525(19.062-19.114)

0.1885-0.1905(4.787-4.839)

0.837-0.842(21.25-21.39)

2x #10-32 UNC-2B x.19
Lg. Hex Skt. Set Screw

3x #1/4-20 UNC-2B
2.062 BC

1.0005-1.0025(25.412-25.464)——

2x 0.187-0.192 Hole
(4.74-4.88)

3x #1/4-20 UNC-2B
2.062 BC

0.7874-0.7894(20.0 H9)0.2356-0.2368(5.985-6.015)

0.8976-0.9015(22.800-22.900)

2x M5 x 0.8 x 5.0
Lg. Hex Skt. Set Screw

3x M6 x 1.0 holes on
52.38 BC

0.9842-0.9862(25.0 H9)——2x 4.87-5.14 Hole(.191-.203)

3x M6 x 1.0 holes on
52.38 BC

Metric Bores

22

www.thomsonlinear.com

Clutches & Brakes

CLUTCH/BRAKE
PACKAGES

Super CB-6 Clutch/Brake
Component Parts

THE GENUINEWRAP SPRING™

3

Split Cam Design

Retaining
Ring

Drive
SleeveStop
Cam

Coupling
SleeveBrake
SleeveFor assembly and disassembly see page 95.

COMPONENT PARTS
Cam Design
3 Split
Item
Description

Rotation

COMPONENT PARTS
Part No.*

Item

Description

1

Thrust Washer (Input)

950-6-0003

11

Thrust Washer (Plate Hub)

2

Input Hub Assembly with
Roller Bearing

541-6-0035(541-6-0036)

12

3

Stop Steel InsertSleeve
Retaining
Control
Collar Special
Cam
Ring(Specify No. of Stops)
Standard - 1.8° Adjustable
CW/CCW

Actuator AssemblySpecial Actuator(includes plunger & spacer)266-6-0750

13

Button Head Cap Screw (3)797-1-0243

14

Coil Assembly“D” Frame
24 DC
115 AC
12 DC
90 DC

101-1-0028
101-1-0058
101-1-0027
101-1-0030

14a

Flatwasher (2)950-1-0006

14b

Lockwasher - Split (2)950-1-0020

14c

Skt. Head Cap Screw (2)797-1-0044

15

Headless Skt. Set
Screw (2) (0.75 bore only)

797-1-0162(797-1-0774)

16

Retaining Ring (2)748-1-0036

17

Shim (2)807-1-0001

18

Shim
.005

807-1-0014

4

Drive Spring

CW
CCW

808-6-0001
808-6-0002

5Anti-Overrun Spring

CW
CCW

808-6-0005
808-6-0006

6

Output Assembly SPCL
0.750 Bore
Hard Shaft and Wear Rings
1.000 Bore
(20.0 mm Bore)(25.0 mm Bore)824-6-0478
824-6-0481(824-6-0482)(824-6-0483)

7

Anti-Back Spring

CW
CCW

808-6-0003
808-6-0004

8

Brake Spring

CW
CCW

808-6-0001
808-6-0002

9

Brake Hub w/Roller Brg.

10

Plate Assembly

www.thomsonlinear.com

541-6-0045
CW
CCW

686-6-0076
686-6-0077

19 Spacer* Part numbers in ( ) are metric

Rotation

Part No.*
950-6-0004

CW
CCW

102-1-0032
102-1-0033

807-1-9001

23

Super CB-7 Clutch/Brake
Dimensions & Specifications

5.02(127.50)
Ø .384 (9.75)
3 HOLE 90° APART
ON Ø 5.875 (149.23) BC

E

28 (9.12)
MAX THREADENGAGEMENT

45°

4.90
(124.46).89(22.60).405(10.28).38(9.65)

2X .25(6.35).25(6.35)

2.50(63.50)Ø 4.00(101.60)
Ø 2.368 2.372(60.14 60.25)

7.00(177.80)
3.118(79.20)

2X Ø

1.936
(49.17)D

1.80(45.72)

30°

.386
.80
WIDE x(9.80)(20.32) LONG
R FULL - BOTH ENDS
2.31
(58.68)MAX

2.50(63.80)Dimensions (mm)Mounting requirements see pages 91 & 92.
PERFORMANCEELECTRICAL DATA

Static torque1,500 lb-in

Maximum anti-overrun holding capability

600 lb-in

Maximum anti-back holding capability

600 lb-in

Inertia, rotating parts

6.75 lb-in2

Maximum radial bearing load at maximum speed

300 lbs

Maximum operating speed

400 RPM

Response time, voltage on at full speed

50 MS

Weight12 lbs.

Voltage

Current(amps)

Resistance(ohms)

Status115 AC 60 Hz

0.334*

57.5

Standard

24 DC

0.586

41.0

Standard

12 DC

1.150

10.4

Modification

90 DC

0.151

598.0

Modification(Coils are rated for continuous duty)*115 AC - In rush current 1.1 amps / Holding current 0.2 amps

Bore & Keyway Data
Bore A

Keyway Width B

Keyway Depth C

Set Screws D

Mounting Holes E

1.0005-1.0025(25.412-25.464)

0.251-0.253(6.37-6.43)

1.114-1.124(28.29-28.55)

2x #1/4-20 x 0.31
Lg. Hex Skt. Set Screw

6x #5/16-18 UNC-2B
on 3.375 BC

1.2505-1.2525(31.762-31.814)

0.3135-0.3155(7.962-8.014)

1.389-1.399(35.28-35.54)

2x #1/4-20 x 0.31
Lg. Hex Skt. Set Screw

6x #5/16-18 UNC-2B
on 3.375 BC

1.5005-1.5025(38.112-38.164)

0.376-0.378(9.55-9.61)

1.605-1.615(40.76-41.02)

2x #1/4-20 x 0.31
Lg. Hex Skt. Set Screw

6x #5/16-18 UNC-2B
on 3.375 BC

0.9843-0.9863(25.0 H9)0.3143-0.3156(7.983-8.017)

1.1142-1.1241(28.300-28.552)

2x M6 x 1.0 x 10.0
Lg. Hex Skt. Set Screw

6x M8 x 1.25
on 85.73 BC

1.1811-1.1831(30.0 H9)0.3143-0.3156(7.983-8.017)

1.3110-1.3209(33.299-33.551)

2x M6 x 1.0 x 10.0
Lg. Hex Skt. Set Screw

6x M8 x 1.25
on 85.73 BC

1.3780-1.3804(35.0 H9)0.3930-0.3944(9.982-10.018)

1.5079-1.5182(38.300-38.563)

2x M6 x 1.0 x 10.0
Lg. Hex Skt. Set Screw

6x M8 x 1.25
on 85.73 BC

Metric Bores

24

www.thomsonlinear.com

Clutches & Brakes

CLUTCH/BRAKE
PACKAGES

Super CB-7 Clutch/Brake
Component Parts

THE GENUINEWRAP SPRING™

3

Split Cam Design

Retaining
Ring

Drive
SleeveStop
Cam

Coupling
SleeveBrake
SleeveFor assembly and disassembly see page 95.

COMPONENT PARTS
Item
3
1

Description
Split
Cam Design
Retaining Ring

2

Input Hub Anti-Overrun

3Control
Collar (SteelStop
Insert)Retaining(Specify
Cam
RingNo. of Stops)
Standard • 1.6° Adjustable

Rotation

COMPONENT PARTS
Item

Description

Rotation

748-1-0039

10

Plate Assembly

541-7-0027(541-7-0030)

CW
CCW

11

Button Head Cap Screw (6)(541-7-8030)

12

Actuator Assembly(includes plunger)

CW/CCW

266-1-0030

13

Coil Assembly“D” Frame
24 DC
115 AC
12 DC
90 DC

101-1-0028
101-1-0058
101-1-0027
101-1-0030

SleevePart No. *4

Drive Spring Standard

CW
CCW

808-8-0007
808-8-0008

5Anti-Overrun Spring

CW
CCW

808-8-0009
808-8-0010

6

Output Assembly SPCL

(25.0 mm Bore)(30.0 mm Bore)(35.0 mm Bore)

Part No. *686-7-0009
686-7-0010
797-1-0064

CW
CCW

102-1-0032
102-1-0033

824-7-0143(1.00)		
824-7-0146(1.50)		
(824-7-0144)(1.25)(824-7-0133)(824-7-0135)(824-7-0137)

13a

Flatwasher (2)950-1-0006

13b

Lockwasher—Split (2)950-1-0020

13c

Head Cap Screw (2)797-1-0044

14

Headless Skt. Set Screw (2)797-1-0174

15

Thrust Washer (2)950-8-0001

16

Shim

807-1-0002

17

Shim
0.005
0.010

801-8-0001
801-8-0002

Spacer807-1-9001

7Anti-Back Spring

CW
CCW

808-1-0012
808-1-0013

8

Brake Spring

CW
CCW

808-8-0005
808-8-0006

18

9Brake Hub541-7-0029

Shims used as required* Part numbers in ( ) are metricwww.thomsonlinear.com

25Super CB-8 Clutch/Brake
Dimensions & Specifications
Ø .384 (9.75)
2 HOLE EQ. SP.
ON Ø 5.875 (149.23) B.C.

E

.36 (9.14)
MAX THREADENGAGEMENT.40 (10.16)

Ø 2.372-2.374(60.24-60.30).250 (6.35).190 (4.83).427 (10.85)++

6.125 (155.58).70 (17.78 )

+

45°

+

D
+

+

2.50
(63.50)Ø 4.00(101.60)

+
+

+

7.00
(177.80)

2X Ø 1.967(49.96)

3.118(79.20)+++2X .25(6.35)

D.386.80(9.80) WIDE X (20.32) LONG
R FULL - BOTH ENDS

1.80 (45.72)
2.50 (63.50)
5.02 (127.50)

2.31(58.68)MAX

30°

Dimensions (mm)Mounting requirements see pages 91 & 92.
PERFORMANCEELECTRICAL DATA

Static torque2,500 lb-in

Maximum anti-overrun holding capability

600 lb-in

Maximum anti-back holding capability

600 lb-in

Inertia, rotating parts

12.84 lb-in2

Maximum radial bearing load at maximum speed

300 lbs

Maximum operating speed

300 RPM

Response time, voltage on at full speed

50 MS

Weight15 lbs.

Voltage

Current(amps)

Resistance(ohms)

Status115 AC 60 Hz

0.334*

57.5

Standard

24 DC

0.940

25.4

Standard

12 DC

1.860

6.43

Modification

90 DC

0.240

378.6

Modification(Coils are rated for continuous duty)*115 AC - In rush current 1.1 amps / Holding current 0.2 amps

Bore & Keyway Data
Bore A

Keyway Width B

Keyway Depth C

Set Screws D

Mounting Holes E

1.0005-1.0025*(25.412-25.464)

0.251-0.253(6.37-6.43)

1.114-1.124(28.29-28.55)

2x #1/4-20 x 0.31
Lg. Hex Skt. Set Screw

6x #5/16-18 UNC-2B
on 3.375 BC

1.2505-1.2525(31.762-31.814)

0.3135-0.3155(7.962-8.014)

1.389-1.399(35.28-35.54)

2x #1/4-20 x 0.31
Lg. Hex Skt. Set Screw

6x #5/16-18 UNC-2B
on 3.375 BC

1.3755-1.3775*(34.937-34.989)

0.3135-0.3155(7.962-8.014)

1.518-1.528(38.55-38.82)

2x #1/4-20 x 0.31
Lg. Hex Skt. Set Screw

6x #5/16-18 UNC-2B
on 3.375 BC

1.5005-1.5025(38.112-38.164)

0.376-0.378(9.55-9.61)

1.605-1.615(40.76-41.02)

2x #1/4-20 x 0.31
Lg. Hex Skt. Set Screw

6x #5/16-18 UNC-2B
on 3.375 BC

1.3780-1.3804(35.0 H9)0.3930-0.3944(9.982-10.018)

1.5079-1.5182(38.300-38.563)

2x M6 x 1.0 x 10.0
Lg. Hex Skt. Set Screw

6x M8 x 1.25
on 85.73 BC

1.5784-1.5772(40.0 H9)——

2x M6 x 1.0 x 10.0
Lg. Hex Skt. Set Screw

6x M8 x 1.25
on 85.73 BC

Metric Bores* Special Order26

www.thomsonlinear.com

Clutches & Brakes

CLUTCH/BRAKE
PACKAGES

Super CB-8 Clutch/Brake
Component Parts

THE GENUINEWRAP SPRING™

3

Split Cam Design

Retaining
Ring

Drive
SleeveStop
Cam

Coupling
SleeveFor assembly and disassembly see page 95.

Brake
SleeveCOMPONENT PARTS
3

Split Cam Design

1

Retaining Ring

2

Input Hub Anti-Overrun

Item

3

Description

Retaining
Ring

Rotation

Stop
Cam

Control Collar (Steel Insert)(Specify No. of Stops)
Standard • 1.6° Adjustable

SleeveCOMPONENT PARTS
Item

Description

748-1-0039

Part No. *11

Button Head Cap Screw (6)541-8-0009(541-8-0012)

12

Actuator Assembly(includes plunger)
AC
AC
DC
DC

CW/CCW

266-8-0275

4

Drive Spring Standard

CW
CCW

808-8-0003
808-8-0004

5Anti-Overrun Spring

CW
CCW

808-8-0025
808-8-0026

6

Output Assembly SPCL

824-8-0579(1.00)
824-8-0576(1.50)
824-8-0577(1.38)(824-8-0578)(1.25)(824-8-0589)
A/R(35.0 mm Bore)(40.0 mm Bore7

Anti-Back Spring

8

Brake Spring

9

Brake Hub

10

Plate Assembly

www.thomsonlinear.com

CW
CCW

808-8-0025
808-8-0026

CW
CCW

808-8-0003
808-8-0004
541-8-0010

CW
CCW

686-8-0051
686-8-0052

13

Rotation

Part No. *797-1-0064

CW
CCW
CW
CCW

102-1-0032
102-1-0033
102-1-0034
102-1-0035

Coil Assembly“D” Frame
24 DC
115 AC
12 DC
90 DC

101-1-0053
101-1-0058
101-1-0052
101-1-0055

13a

Flatwasher (2)950-1-0006

13b

Lockwasher—Split (2)950-1-0020

13c

Head Cap Screw (2)797-1-0044

14

Headless Skt. Set Screw (2)797-1-0174(797-1-0783)

15

Thrust Washer (2)950-8-0001

16

Shim (2)807-1-0002

17

Shim
0.005
0.010

801-8-0001
801-8-0002

18

Spacer807-1-9001

Shims used as required* Part numbers in ( ) are metric27

Super CB-10 Clutch/Brake
Dimensions & Specifications
6.00(152.40)
Ø .406 (10.31)
3 HOLE 90° APART
ON Ø 7.00 B.C.
(177.80)

3.00(76.20)

E

D

45°

.768
(19.51)

7.768(197.31).764 MAX.
(19.41).25(6.35).23(5.84)

3.00(76.20)Ø

2.25 MAX(57.15)8.90(226.06)
4.25(107.95)

2.00(50.80)2.362
Ø (60.00)
2.934-2.937
Ø(74.52-74.60)
Ø 5.00 MAX.
(127.00)

2.55(64.77)
MAX.

.635 WIDE X 1.25 LONG
(31.75)(16.13)
R FULL - BOTH ENDS

25°

2.6
(64.04)MAX

Dimensions (mm)Mounting requirements see pages 91 & 92.
PERFORMANCEELECTRICAL DATA

Static torque

5,000 lb-in

Maximum anti-overrun holding capability

1,200 lb-in

Maximum anti-back holding capability

1,200 lb-in

Inertia, rotating parts

48.0 lb-in2

Maximum radial bearing load at maximum speed

500 lbs

Maximum operating speed

200 RPM

Response time, voltage on at full speed

70 MS

Weight27 lbs.

Voltage

Current(amps)

Resistance(ohms)

Status115 AC 60 Hz

0.174*

14.5

Standard

24 DC

0.940

25.4

Standard

12 DC

1.860

6.43

Modification

90 DC

0.240

378.6

Modification(Coils are rated for continuous duty)*115 AC - In rush current 2.9 amps / Holding current 0.1 amps

Bore & Keyway Data
Bore A

Keyway Width B

Keyway Depth C

Set Screws D

Mounting Holes E

1.5005-1.5025(38.112-38.164)

0.376-0.378(9.55-9.61)

1.669-1.679(42.39-42.65)

2x #1/4-20 x 0.25
Lg. Hex Skt. Set Screw

6x #1/4-20 UNC-2B 0.50 DP
on 3.417 BC

1.6255-1.6275(41.287-41.339)

0.376-0.378(9.55-9.61)

1.796-1.806(45.61-45.88)

2x #1/4-20 x 0.25
Lg. Hex Skt. Set Screw

6x #1/4-20 UNC-2B 0.50 DP
on 3.417 BC

1.7505-1.7525(44.462-44.514)

0.376-0.378(9.55-9.61)

1.922-1.932(48.81-49.08)

2x #1/4-20 x 0.25
Lg. Hex Skt. Set Screw

6x #1/4-20 UNC-2B 0.50 DP
on 3.417 BC

1.5749-1.5772(40.0 H9)0.4717-0.4732(11.979-12.021)

1.705-1.712(43.300-43.491)

2x M6 x 1.0 x 10.0
Lg. Hex Skt. Set Screw

6x M6 x 1.25 12.70 DP
on 86.79 BC

1.7717-1.7740(45.0 H9)0.5504-0.5520(13.980-14.021)

1.922-1.929(48.80-49.00)

2x M6 x 1.0 x 10.0
Lg. Hex Skt. Set Screw

6x M6 x 1.25 12.70 DP
on 86.79 BC

Metric Bores

28

www.thomsonlinear.com

Clutches & Brakes

CLUTCH/BRAKE
PACKAGES

Super CB-10 Clutch/Brake
Component Parts

THE GENUINEWRAP SPRING™

6

Cam Design

Retaining
Ring

Stop
Cam

SleeveFor assembly and disassembly see pages 95 & 96.

COMPONENT PARTS
Rotation

COMPONENT PARTS

Item

Description

Item

Description

Rotation

1

Retaining Ring-Truarc

748-1-0020

Part No. *13

Actuator Plate Assembly2

Input Hub Anti-Overrun

541-0-0017(541-0-0022)

CW
CCW

13a

Plate

686-0-0001

3

Retaining Ring

748-1-0217

13b

Pivot Pin679-0-0001

807-0-0013

13c

Lock Nut661-1-0010

14

DC Coil Assembly
24 DC
12 DC
90 DC

101-0-0003
101-0-0002
101-0-0004

15

Actuator Lever

102-0-9001

16

Brake Hub

17

Brake Spring

CW
CCW

808-0-0009
808-0-0010

18Anti-Back Spring

CW
CCW

808-0-0007
808-0-0008

19

AC Coil Assembly 115 AC

CW
CCW

101-0-0005
101-0-0054

20

AC Actuator Return Assembly

101-0-0009

21

Thrust Washer (Input)

950-0-0002

22

Thrust Washer (Plate)

950-0-0003

4Spacer5

Anti-Overrun Spring

CW
CCW

808-0-0001
808-0-0002

6

Control Collar Steel Insert Assembly(Specify No. of Stops)
Standard 1.5° • Adjustable

CW
CCW

266-0-0201
266-0-0211

Drive Spring

CW
CCW

808-0-0009
808-0-0010

1.500
1.625
1.750

824-0-0097
824-0-0098
824-0-0099(824-0-0100)

7
8

Shaft Assembly(Specify Bore)
Anti-Overrun(40.00 mm Bore)

9

Headless Set Screw

797-1-0173(797-1-0784)

10

Skt Head Cap Screw

797-1-0055

11

Head Cap Screw

797-1-0044

12

Lockwasher—Split

950-1-0020

www.thomsonlinear.com

Part No. *101-0-0052
101-0-0053

541-0-0019* Part numbers in ( ) are metric29

Standard CB Series

Solenoid Activated, Combination Clutch/Brakes
CB Series combination clutches andbrakes accurately start and stop loads
driven by a continuously rotating powersource. CB units operate from a single
AC or DC pulse, stopping the load within±½° noncumulative at speeds up to 1800
RPM, depending on size. Each unit is preengineered and pre-assembled for easy
installation.

• Cost-effective design• Split cam design, Models CB-5,
CB-6, CB-7, CB-8• Anti-overrun feature prevents the output from running faster than the input• Permanently lubricated—never needs
adjustment for wear• Brings load up to speed in 3
milliseconds and stops within 1.5
milliseconds• Single, 2 and 4 stop collar standard,
multi-stop collars with up to 24 stops
available as specials• AC or DC operated• See pages 68 and 69 for controls andpower supplies

Features• Available in 7 sizes• Adjustable control collars for easy andaccurate output stop position setting• Load over-travel or back-up is eliminated since CB units lock the load in both
directions when the solenoid is off• RoHS compliant

Typical Applications• Riveters• Punch presses• Packaging equipment• Conveyor drives• Heavy duty machinery• Rapid cycling equipment

How to orderCB

CB Series
Specify:
Imperial or MetricSize
CB-2 = 2
CB-4 = 4
CB-5 = 5
CB-6 = 6
CB-7 = 7
CB-8 = 8
CB-10 = 10

- 6 - CW - 24V - 3/4” bore - 2

Coil Voltage
12V = 12VDC
24V = 24VDC
90V = 90VDC
115V = 115VAC

Direction of Rotation
CW = Clockwise
CCW = Counterclockwise

Bore Size
CB-2 = ¼”
CB-4 = 3/8”
CB-5 = ½”
CB-6 = ¾”, 1”
CB-7 = 1”,1¼”,1½”		
		*¾”
CB-8 = 1¼”,1½”*1”,*13/8”
CB-10 = 1½”*15/8”,*1¾”

Stop Collar
1 = 1 stop
2 = 2 stop
4 = 4 stop
Other stop collars
are special order.

*Special order

OPTIONS
Dust Covers

See page 66

Stop Collars

See page 67

Pneumatic Actuators

See page 68

30

www.thomsonlinear.com

Clutches & Brakes

CLUTCH/BRAKE
PACKAGES

Standard CB Series

Combination Clutch/Brake Packages
Plate

THE GENUINEWRAP SPRING™

Solenoid CoilActuator
Control Collar

Input HubPERFORMANCE
CB-2

CB-4

CB-5

CB-6

CB-7

CB-8

CB-10

Static torque

25 lb-in(2.825 Nm)

120 lb-in(13.56 Nm)

250 lb-in(28.25 Nm)

500 lb-in(56.5 Nm)

1,500 lb-in(169.5 Nm)

2,500 lb-in(282.5 Nm)

5,000 lb-in(565 Nm)

Maximum anti-overrun holding
capability

10 lb-in(1.13 Nm)

25 lb-in(2.825 Nm)

45 lb-in(5.085 Nm)

300 lb-in(33.9 Nm)

600 lb-in(67.8 Nm)

600 lb-in(67.8 Nm)

1,200 lb-in(135.6 Nm)

Maximum anti-back holding

18 lb-in(2.034 Nm)

80 lb-in(9.04 Nm)

160 lb-in(18.08 Nm)

300 lb-in(33.9 Nm)

600 lb-in(67.8 Nm)

600 lb-in(67.8 Nm)

1,200 lb-in(135.6 Nm)

Inertia, rotating parts.0207 lb-in2.0636 lb-in2.1950 lb-in2

1.718 lb-in2

6.75 lb-in2

12.84 lb-in2

48.0 lb-in2

Maximum radial bearing load
at maximum speed

7.5 lbs.

14 lbs.

32 lbs.

63 lbs.

300 lbs.

300 lbs.

500 lbs.

Maximum operating speed

1,800 RPM

1,200 RPM

750 RPM

500 RPM

400 RPM

300 RPM

200 RPM

Response time, voltage on at full
speed

20 MS

24 MS

27 MS

45 MS

50 MS

50 MS

70 MS

Weight

1 lb.

2 lbs.

3 lbs.

7 lbs.

12 lbs.

15 lbs.

27 lbs.

See page 84 for Minimum Inertia Requirements. See pages 91 & 92 for Mounting Requirements.

RPM vs. SHAFT BORE
Size

Max
RPM

Shaft Bores
Standardin (mm)Shaft Bores
Specialin (mm)Shaft Bores
Metric Standardin (mm)

CB–2

1,800

1/ ” (6.35)
4—.2362-.2374 (6.0)

CB–4

1,200

3/ ” (9.525)
8—.3937-.3951 (10.0)

CB–5

750

1/ ” (12.70)
2—.4724-.4741 (12.0)

CB-6

500

3/ ” or 1” (19.05 or 25.0)
4—7874-.7894 (20.0) or .9842-.9862 (25.0)

CB-7

400

1”, 11/4” or 11/2” (25.4, 31.75 or 38.10)

3/ ” (19.05)
4.9843-.9863 (25.0), 1.1811-1.1831 (30.0) or
1.3780-1.3804 (35.0)

CB-8

300

11/4” or 11/2” (31.75 or 38.1)

1” or 13/8” (25.4 or 34.925)

1.3780-1.3804 (35.0) or 1.5784-1.5772 (40.0)

20011/2” (38.1)

15/8” or 13/4” (41.275 or 44.45)

1.5749-1.5722 (40.0) or 1.7717-1.7740 (45.0)

CB-10*Consult Factory

www.thomsonlinear.com

31

Standard CB-2 Clutch/Brake
Dimensions & Specifications.16 (4.07)
MAX THREADENGAGEMENT C
1.00(25.40)2.00(50.80)Ø .188 (4.78) 4-HOLES
EQ. SP. ON Ø 2.125 (53.98) B.C.
2.50
(63.50).22 (5.59)

D.09 (2.29)

1.00(25.40).41(10.41).16 (4.06).03 MAX(0.77)

MIN
Ø .47(11.94) CLEARANCE
Ø 1.187-1.189(30.14-30.21)

3.39(86.11)

1.95(49.50)Ø .375(9.53)

Ø .625(15.88)B

B

ONE SIDE ONLYONE SIDE ONLYSPADE LUG
2X .25 NOM WD X .03 NOM THK(6.35)(0.77).198.38(5.03) WIDE X (9.65) LONG
R FULL - BOTH ENDS
.71
(18.03)

1.69(42.93)
MAX

20°

.09
(2.29)As shown
viewed from CCW
input hub only

Dimensions (mm)Mounting requirements see pages 91 & 92.
As shown
viewed fromCCW
PERFORMANCE input.
(May be shaft
25 lb-inor hub input.)

Static torqueMaximum anti-overrun holding capability

ELECTRICAL DATA

10 lb-in

18 lb-in
As shown
CCW
viewedfrom
Inertia, rotating parts
0.0207lb-in2lug drive end
Maximum radial bearing load at maximum speed
7.5 lbs
Maximum anti-back holding capability

Maximum operating speed

1800 RPM

Response time, voltage on at full speed

20 MS

Weight1 lb.

Voltage

Current(amps)

Resistance(ohms)

Status115 AC 60 Hz

0.104*

825

Standard

24 DC

0.230

104

Standard

12 DC

0.460

26

Modification

90 DC

0.059

1510

Modification(Coils are rated for continuous duty)*115 AC - In rush current .10 amps / Holding current .04 amps

Bore & Keyway Data
Bore A

Pin Hole B

Mtg. Hole C

Set Screws D

0.2505-0.2525(6.362-6.414)

0.061-0.065(1.54-1.66)

3x #6-32 UNC-2B
on 0.938 BC#8-32 x 0.190
Lg. Hex Skt. Set Screw

0.2362-0.2374(6.0 H9)0.055-0.062(1.4-1.57)

3X M4 x 0.7 on
23.83 BC

M4 x 0.7 x 5.0
Lg. Hex Skt. Set Screw

Metric Bores

32

www.thomsonlinear.com

Clutches & Brakes

CLUTCH/BRAKE
PACKAGES

Standard CB-2 Clutch/Brake
Component Parts

THE GENUINEWRAP SPRING™

3

Cam Design

Retaining
Ring

3

Drive
SleeveStop
Cam

Coupling
SleeveBrake
SleeveCam Design

Stop
Cam

Retaining
Ring

SleeveFor assembly and disassembly see page 95.
COMPONENT PARTS
Item

Description

1

Retaining Ring

748-1-0085

2

Input Hub Anti-Overrun

540-2-0004(540-2-0107)

3

Control Collar (Specify No. of Stops)
Standard - 2.8° Adjustable

CW
CCW

266-2-0001
266-2-0031

4

Drive Spring

CW
CCW

808-2-0108
808-2-0109

5

Brake Spring

CW
CCW

808-2-0101
808-2-0100

6Anti-Back Spring

CW
CCW

7

Anti-Overrun Spring

8

Plate Assembly

9

Rotation

COMPONENT PARTS
Part No. *Item

Description

10

Coil Assembly
24 DC
115 AC
12 DC
90 DC

275-1-0003
275-1-0006
275-1-0002
275-1-0005

11

Actuator Assembly (kit w/ plunger)

101-2-0001

12Anti-Back Hub

540-2-0003(540-2-0109)

13

Spring Pin

808-2-0004
808-2-0003

14

Headless Socket Set Screw

797-1-0152(797-1-0768)

CW
CCW

808-2-0003
808-2-0004

15

Flat Head Socket Cap Screw (3)797-1-0311

CW
CCW

686-2-0001
686-2-0002

16

Brake Hub

540-2-0006

17

Pan Head Machine Screw (Sems) (2)797-1-0415

www.thomsonlinear.com

CCW

Part No. *679-1-0019* Part numbers in ( ) are metricOutput Assembly with
Anti-Overrun (0.25 Bore)(6.0 mm Bore)

Rotation824-2-0006(824-2-0319)

33

Standard CB-4 Clutch/Brake
Dimensions & Specifications
4X Ø.187 (4.75) 4-HOLES
EQ. SP. ON Ø 2.125 (53.98) B.C.
1.19
(30.23)C
2.38(60.45).27 (6.86)
MAX THREADENGAGEMENT

3.381(85.88).33(8.38).15(3.81).83(21.08).09 (2.29).035(0.89) MAX.14 (3.56)

D

1.00(25.40)Ø .645(16.39)MIN CLEARANCE

Ø 1.25(31.75)

Ø 1.248 -1.250(31.69-31.75)

Ø .500(12.70)4.10(104.14)2.56(65.02).26.50(6.60) WIDE X (12.70) LONG
R FULL - BOTH ENDSB

ONE SIDE ONLYB

ONE SIDE ONLY

.807 (20.50)
18°

1.94
(49.28)
MAX

.25
.03
NOM WD X
NOM THK(6.35)(0.77)SPADE LUG

2X

Dimensions (mm)Mounting requirements see pages 91 & 92.

PERFORMANCEELECTRICAL DATA

Static torque120 lb-in

Maximum anti-overrun holding capability

25 lb-inMaximum anti-back holding capability

80 lb-in

Inertia, rotating parts

0.0636 lb-in2

Maximum radial bearing load at maximum speed

14 lbsMaximum operating speed

1200 RPM

Response time, voltage on at full speed

24 MS

Weight2 lbs.

Voltage

Current(amps)

Resistance(ohms)

Status115 AC 60 Hz

0.103*

280.0

Standard

24 DC

0.325

74.0

Standard

12 DC

0.732

16.4

Modification

90 DC

0.096

936.0

Modification(Coils are rated for continuous duty)*115 AC - In rush current .232 amps / Holding current .098 amps

Bore & Keyway Data
Bore A

Pin Hole B

Mtg. Hole C

Set Screws D

0.376-0.378(9.55-9.61)

0.115-0.135(2.92-3.43)

3x #6-32 UNC-2B
on .938 BC#8-32 x 0.188
Lg. Hex Skt. Set Screw

3X M4 x 0.7 on
23.83 BC

M4 x 0.7 x 5.0
Lg. Hex Skt. Set Screw

Metric Bores
0.3937-0.3951(10.0 H9)340.117-0.121(2.97-3.08)

www.thomsonlinear.com

Clutches & Brakes

CLUTCH/BRAKE
PACKAGES

Standard CB-4 Clutch/Brake
Component Parts

THE GENUINEWRAP SPRING™

3

Cam Design

Retaining
Ring

3

Drive
SleeveStop
Cam

Coupling
SleeveBrake
SleeveCam Design

Retaining
Ring

Stop
Cam

SleeveFor assembly and disassembly see page 95.

COMPONENT PARTS
Rotation

COMPONENT PARTS

Item

Description

1

Retaining Ring

748-1-0027

Part No. *2

Input Hub Anti-Overrun

540-4-0021(540-4-0077)

3

Control Collar (Specify No. of Stops)
Standard - 2.4° Adjustable

CW
CCW

266-4-0051
266-4-0081

4

Drive Spring

CW
CCW

808-4-0066
808-4-0059

5

Brake Spring

CW
CCW

808-4-0016
808-4-0017

6Anti-Back Spring

CW
CCW

808-4-0018
808-4-0019

7

Anti-Overrun Spring

CW
CCW

808-4-0022
808-4-0023

8

Plate Assembly

CW
CCW

686-4-0001
686-4-0002

9Output Assembly with Anti-Overrun
0.38 Bore(10.0 mm Bore)

www.thomsonlinear.com

824-4-0015(824-4-0300)

Item

Description

10

Coil Assembly
24 DC
115 AC
12 DC
90 DC

Rotation

Part No. *275-1-0163
275-1-0166
275-1-0162
275-1-0165

11

Actuator Assembly

102-4-0005

12Anti-Back Hub

540-4-0018(540-4-0078)

13

Dust Cover (AB Spring)287-4-9002

14

Brake Hub

540-4-0015

15

Pan Head Machine Screw (Sems) (2)797-1-0412

16

Spring Pin

679-1-0022

17

Headless Socket Set Screw

797-1-0152(797-1-0768)

18

Flat Head Socket Cap Screw (3)797-1-0311* Part numbers in ( ) are metric

35

Standard CB-5 Clutch/Brake
Dimensions & Specifications

1.31(33.27)

2.62(66.55)C.32 (8.13)
MAX THREADENGAGEMENT
Ø .187 (4.75) 4-HOLES
EQ. SP. ONØ 3.125 (79.38) B.C.

.46
(11.68)1.09(27.69).09 (2.29).19 (4.83)

D.25(6.35)

Ø .625(15.88)1.31(33.27)4.375(111.13).045(1.14)
MAX

Ø 1.56(39.62)

Ø 1.5610-1.5625(39.649-39.688)

4.56(115.82)B

2.50(63.50)ONE SIDE ONLYB

ONE SIDE ONLY

.50
.26
(6.60) WIDE X (12.70) LONG
R FULL - BOTH ENDS

.91
(23.11)

2.06

20°

As shown
viewed from CCW
input hub only

(52.33)SPADE LUG
MAX
.25
.03
2X (6.35) NOM WD (0.77) NOM THK

Dimensions (mm)Mounting requirements see pages 91 & 92.
PERFORMANCE
Static torqueMaximum anti-overrun holding capability
Maximum anti-back holding capability
Inertia, rotating parts
Maximum radial bearing load at maximum speed

As shown
viewed from
CCW
input.
(May250be lb-inshaft
or hub input.)
45 lb-in
160 lb-in
As 0.1950
shownlb-in2
viewed from CCW
lug drive
32 lbsend

Maximum operating speed

750 RPM

Response time, voltage on at full speed

27 MS

Weight3 lbs.

ELECTRICAL DATA
Voltage

Current(amps)

Resistance(ohms)

Status115 AC 60 Hz

0.103*

280.0

Standard

24 DC

0.325

74.0

Standard

12 DC

0.732

16.4

Modification

90 DC

0.096

936.0

Modification(Coils are rated for continuous duty)*115 AC - In rush current .232 amps / Holding current .098 amps

Bore & Keyway Data
Bore A

Pin Hole B

Mtg. Hole C

Set Screws D

0.5005-0.5025(12.712-12.764)

0.124-0.129(3.14-3.28)

3x #10-32 UNF-2B
on 1.25 BC#8-32 x 0.25
Lg. Hex Skt. Set Screw

0.4724-4741(12.0 H9)0.117-0.121(2.97-3.08)

3X M5 x 0.8 on
31.75 BC

M4 x 0.7 x 6.0
Lg. Hex Skt. Set Screw

Metric Bores

36

www.thomsonlinear.com

Clutches & Brakes

CLUTCH/BRAKE
PACKAGES

Standard CB-5 Clutch/Brake
Component Parts

THE GENUINEWRAP SPRING™

3

Retaining
Ring

For assembly and disassembly see page 95.
3

COMPONENT PARTS
Rotation

Split Cam DesignPart No. *Description

10

Coil Assembly
24 DC
115 AC
12 DC
90 DC

Stop
Cam

Coupling
SleeveBrake
SleeveSplit
Cam Design
COMPONENT
PARTS

Item

Description

1

Retaining Ring

748-1-0030

2

Input Hub Anti-Overrun

540-5-0007(540-5-0018)

3

Control Collar (Specify No. of Stops)
Standard - 1.8° Adjustable

CW/CCW

266-5-0801
11

Actuator Assembly4

Drive Spring

CW
CCW

808-5-0001
808-5-0002

12

Anti-Back Hub

5

Brake Spring

CW
CCW

808-5-0001
808-5-0002

540-5-0006(540-5-0047)

13

Dust Cover (AB Spring)287-5-9002

6Anti-Back Spring

CW
CCW

808-5-0005
808-5-0006

14

Brake Hub

540-5-0004

7Anti-Overrun Spring

CW
CCW

808-5-0003
808-5-0004

15

Pan Head Machine Screw (Sems) (2)797-1-0414

16

Spring Pin

679-1-0024

8

Plate Assembly

CW
CCW

686-5-0001
686-5-0002

17

Headless Socket Set Screw

797-1-0153(797-1-0769)

9

Output Assembly with
Anti-Overrun (0.50 Bore)(12.0 mm Bore)

18

Flat Head Socket Cap Screw (3)797-1-0322

19

Spacer807-1-9002

824-5-0002(824-5-0107)

Item

Drive
SleeveRotation

Retaining
Ring

Stop
Cam

CW
CCW

Part No. *101-5-0003
101-5-0006
Sleeve101-5-0002
101-5-0005
101-5-0058
101-5-0059* Part numbers in ( ) are metricwww.thomsonlinear.com

37

Standard CB-6 Clutch/Brake
Dimensions & Specifications

Dimensions (mm)Mounting requirements see pages 91 & 92.
PERFORMANCEELECTRICAL DATA

Static torque

500 lb-in

Maximum anti-overrun holding capability

300 lb-in

Maximum anti-back holding capability

300 lb-in

Inertia, rotating parts

1.718 lb-in2

Maximum radial bearing load at maximum speed

63 lbsMaximum operating speed

500 RPM

Response time, voltage on at full speed

45 MS

Weight

7 lbs.

Voltage

Current(amps)

Resistance(ohms)

Status115 AC 60 Hz

0.334*

57.5

Standard

24 DC

0.586

41.0

Standard

12 DC

1.150

10.4

Modification

90 DC

0.151

598.0

Modification(Coils are rated for continuous duty)*115 AC - In rush current 1.1 amps / Holding current 0.2 amps

Bore & Keyway Data
Bore A

Keyway Width B

Keyway Depth C

Set Screws D

Mounting Holes E

0.7505-0.7525(19.062-19.114)

0.1885-0.1905(4.787-4.839)

0.837-0.842(21.25-21.39)

2x #10-32 UNC-2B x 0.19
Lg. Hex Skt. Set Screw

3x #1/4-20 UNC-2B
2.062 BC

1.0005-1.0025(25.412-25.464)——

2x 0.187-0.192 Hole
(4.74-4.88)

3x #1/4-20 UNC-2B
2.062 BC

0.7874-0.7894(20.0 H9)0.2356-0.2368(5.985-6.015)

0.8976-0.9015(22.800-22.900)

2x M5 x 0.8 x 5.0
Lg. Hex Skt. Set Screw

3x M6 x 1.0 holeson 52.38 BC

0.9842-0.9862(25.0 H9)——2x 4.87-5.14 Hole(.191-.203)

3x M6 x 1.0 holeson 52.38 BC

Metric Bores

38

www.thomsonlinear.com

Clutches & Brakes

CLUTCH/BRAKE
PACKAGES

Standard CB-6 Clutch/Brake
Component Parts

THE GENUINEWRAP SPRING™

3

Split Cam Design

Retaining
Ring

Drive
SleeveStop
Cam

Coupling
SleeveFor assembly and disassembly see page 95.

Brake
SleeveCOMPONENT PARTSCOMPONENT PARTS

Item

Description

Rotation

10

Plate Assembly

CW
CCW

686-6-0076
686-6-0077

540-6-0003(540-6-0059)

11

Actuator Assembly(includes plunger)

CW
CCW

102-1-0032
102-1-0033

Control
Collar (Specify
Stop No. of Stops)SleeveCW/CCW
Retaining
Cam
Ring - 1.8° Adjustable
Standard

266-6-0726

12

Button Head Cap Screw (3)797-1-0243

4

Drive Spring

CW
CCW

808-6-0001
808-6-0002

13

5Anti-Overrun Spring

CW
CCW

808-6-0005
808-6-0006

Coil Assembly“D” Frame
24 DC
115 AC
12 DC
90 DC

101-1-0028
101-1-0058
101-1-0027
101-1-0030

6

Output Assembly
0.750 Bore
1.000 Bore
(20.0 mm Bore)(25.0 mm Bore)

13a

Flatwasher

950-1-0006

13b

Lockwasher—Split

950-1-0020

13c

Skt. Head Cap Screw (2)797-1-0044

14

Headless Socket
Set Screw (2) (.75 Bore only)
Set Screw (2) (20.0 mm Bore only)

797-1-0162(797-1-0774)

15

Shim (2)807-1-0001

16

Shim
.005
.010

807-1-0014
807-1-0017

17

Spacer807-1-9001

Item
3
1

Description
Split
Cam Design

Rotation

Part No. *Retaining Ring

748-1-0038

2

Input Hub Anti-Overrun

3824-6-0002
824-6-0003(824-6-0348)(824-6-0349)

7

Anti-Back Spring

CW
CCW

808-6-0003
808-6-0004

8

Brake Spring

CW
CCW

808-6-0001
808-6-0002

9
Brake Hub* Part numbers in ( ) are metric

540-6-0001

Part No. *Shims used as required

www.thomsonlinear.com

39

Standard CB-7 Clutch/Brake
Dimensions & Specifications

5.02(127.50)E

Ø.384 (9.75)
3 HOLES 90º APART
ON Ø 5.875 (149.23) B.C.

.28 (7.12)
MAX. THREADENGAGEMENT

6X 60°

4.90(124.46).89(22.60)

4.05(10.28).38(9.65).25
2X (6.38).25(6.35)

D

2.50(63.50)2X ØØ 2.368 2.372(60.14 60.25)

7.00(177.80)

1.936(49.17)

3.118(79.20)Ø 4.00(101.60)

1.80(45.72)2.80(63.50)

30°

D

.386
.80
(9.80) WIDE X (20.32) LONG

2.31
(58.68)MAX

R FULL BOTH ENDS

Dimensions (mm)Mounting requirements see pages 91 & 92.
PERFORMANCEELECTRICAL DATA

Static torque1,500 lb-in

Maximum anti-overrun holding capability

600 lb-in

Maximum anti-back holding capability

600 lb-in

Inertia, rotating parts

6.75 lb-in2

Maximum radial bearing load at maximum speed

300 lbs

Maximum operating speed

400 RPM

Response time, voltage on at full speed

50 MS

Weight12 lbs.

Voltage

Current(amps)

Resistance(ohms)

Status115 AC 60 Hz

0.334*

57.5

Standard

24 DC

0.586

41.0

Standard

12 DC

1.150

10.4

Modification

90 DC

0.151

598.0

Modification(Coils are rated for continuous duty)*115 AC - In rush current 1.1 amps / Holding current 0.2 amps

Bore & Keyway Data
Bore A

Keyway Width B

Keyway Depth C

Set Screws D

Mounting Holes E

1.0005-1.0025(25.412-25.464)

0.251-0.253(6.37-6.43)

1.114-1.124(28.29-28.55)

2x #1/4-20 x 0.31
Lg. Hex Skt. Set Screw

6x #5/16-18 UNC-2B
on 3.375 BC

1.2505-1.2525(31.762-31.814)

0.3135-0.3155(7.962-8.014)

1.389-1.399(35.28-35.54)

2x #1/4-20 x 0.31
Lg. Hex Skt. Set Screw

6x #5/16-18 UNC-2B
on 3.375 BC

1.5005-1.5025(38.112-38.164)

0.376-0.378(9.55-9.61)

1.605-1.615(40.76-41.02)

2x #1/4-20 x 0.31
Lg. Hex Skt. Set Screw

6x #5/16-18 UNC-2B
on 3.375 BC

0.9843-0.9863(25.0 H9)0.3143-0.3156(7.983-8.017)

1.1142-1.1241(28.300-28.552)

2x M6 x 1.0 x 10.0
Lg. Hex Skt. Set Screw

6x M8 x 1.25
on 85.73 BC

1.1811-1.1831(30.0 H9)0.3143-0.3156(7.983-8.017)

1.3110-1.3209(33.299-33.551)

2x M6 x 1.0 x 10.0
Lg. Hex Skt. Set Screw

6x M8 x 1.25
on 85.73 BC

1.3780-1.3804(35.0 H9)0.3930-0.3944(9.982-10.018)

1.5079-1.5182(38.300-38.563)

2x M6 x 1.0 x 10.0
Lg. Hex Skt. Set Screw

6x M8 x 1.25
on 85.73 BC

Metric Bores

40

www.thomsonlinear.com

Clutches & Brakes

CLUTCH/BRAKE
PACKAGES

Standard CB-7 Clutch/Brake
Component Parts

THE GENUINEWRAP SPRING™

3

Split Cam Design

Retaining
Ring

Drive
Sleeve3 Split Cam Design
Item Description

Stop
Cam

Coupling
SleeveBrake
SleeveFor assembly and disassembly see page 95.

COMPONENT PARTS
Rotation

COMPONENT PARTS
Item

Description

Rotation

1

Retaining Ring

748-1-0039

10

Plate Assembly2

Input Hub Anti-Overrun

11

Button Head Cap Screw (6)3Stop
SleeveRetaining
Cam
RingCollar (Specify
Control
No. of Stops) CW/CCW

540-8-0009(540-7-0048)

CW
CCW

266-1-0026

12

Actuator Assembly(includes plunger)

4

Drive Spring

CW
CCW

808-8-0007
808-8-0008

135Anti-Overrun Spring

CW
CCW

808-8-0009
808-8-0010

6

Output Assembly
1.00
1.50
Anti-Overrun
1.25(25.0 mm Bore)(30.0 mm Bore)(35.0 mm Bore)

Coil Assembly“D” Frame
24 DC
115 AC
12 DC
90 DC

101-1-0028
101-1-0058
101-1-0027
101-1-0030

Standard - 1.6° Adjustable

Part No. *CW
CCW

102-1-0032
102-1-0033

13a

Flatwasher (2)950-1-0006

13b

Lockwasher—Split (2)950-1-0020

824-7-0115(824-7-0123)(824-7-0125)(824-7-0127)

13c

Head Cap Screw (2)797-1-0044

14

Headless Socket Set Screw (2)797-1-0174

15

Shim

807-1-0002

16

Shim
.005
.010

807-8-0001
807-8-0004

Spacer807-1-9001

Anti-Back Spring

CW
CCW

808-1-0012
808-1-0013

8

Brake Spring

CW
CCW

808-8-0005
808-8-0006

17

540-7-0030

Shims used as required

www.thomsonlinear.com

797-1-0064

824-7-0114
824-7-0117

7

9
Brake Hub* Part numbers in ( ) are metricPart No. *686-8-0051
686-8-0052

41

Standard CB-8 Clutch/Brake
Dimensions & Specifications.36 (9.14)

E MAX THREADENGAGEMENT
5.02(127.50)

6.125(155.58)
2.50(63.50).40(10.16).427 (10.85).70 (17.78).190 (4.83)

+

+

+

+

2X .25 (6.35)

D

+

2.50
(63.50)++Ø 4.00(101.60)
+

+

2X Ø

1.937
(49.20)++7.00(177.80)
3.118(79.20)+++DØ 2.372-2.374(60.24-60.30).386.80(9.80) WIDE X (20.32) LONG
R FULL - BOTH ENDS
1.80
(45.72)30°

2.50(6.35)

2.31(58.68)MAX

Ø .384 3 HOLES 90 APART(9.75).5.875
ON Ø (149.23) B.C.

Dimensions (mm)Mounting requirements see pages 91 & 92.
PERFORMANCEELECTRICAL DATA

Static torque2,500 lb-in

Maximum anti-overrun holding capability

600 lb-in

Maximum anti-back holding capability

600 lb-in

Inertia, rotating parts

12.84 lb-in2

Maximum radial bearing load at maximum speed

300 lbs

Maximum operating speed

300 RPM

Response time, voltage on at full speed

50 MS

Weight15 lbs.

Voltage

Current(amps)

Resistance(ohms)

Status115 AC 60 Hz

0.334*

57.5

Standard

24 DC

0.586

41.0

Standard

12 DC

1.150

10.4

Modification

90 DC

0.151

598.0

Modification(Coils are rated for continuous duty)*115 AC - In rush current 1.1 amps / Holding current 0.2 amps

Bore & Keyway Data
Bore A

Keyway Width B

Keyway Depth C

Set Screws D

Mounting Holes E

1.0005-1.0025*(25.412-25.464)

0.251-0.253(6.37-6.43)

1.114-1.124(28.29-28.55)

2x #1/4-20 x 0.31
Lg. Hex Skt. Set Screw

6x #5/16-18 UNC-2B
on 3.375 BC

1.2505-1.2525(31.762-31.814)

0.3135-0.3155(7.962-8.014)

1.389-1.399(35.28-35.54)

2x #1/4-20 x 0.31
Lg. Hex Skt. Set Screw

6x #5/16-18 UNC-2B
on 3.375 BC

1.3755-1.3775*(34.937-34.989)

0.3135-0.3155(7.962-8.014)

1.518-1.528(38.55-38.82)

2x #1/4-20 x 0.31
Lg. Hex Skt. Set Screw

6x #5/16-18 UNC-2B
on 3.375 BC

1.5005-1.5025(38.112-38.164)

0.376-0.378(9.55-9.61)

1.605-1.615(40.76-41.02)

2x #1/4-20 x 0.31
Lg. Hex Skt. Set Screw

6x #5/16-18 UNC-2B
on 3.375 BC

1.3780-1.3804(35.0 H9)0.3930-0.3944(9.982-10.018)

1.5079-1.5182(38.300-38.563)

2x M6 x 1.0 x 10.0
Lg. Hex Skt. Set Screw

6x M8 x 1.25
on 85.73 BC

1.5784-1.5772(40.0 H9)——

2x M6 x 1.0 x 10.0
Lg. Hex Skt. Set Screw

6x M8 x 1.25
on 85.73 BC

Metric Bores* Special Order42

www.thomsonlinear.com

Clutches & Brakes

CLUTCH/BRAKE
PACKAGES

Standard CB-8 Clutch/Brake
Component Parts

THE GENUINEWRAP SPRING™

3

Split Cam Design

Retaining
Ring

Drive
Sleeve3 Split Cam Design
Item Description

Stop
Cam

Coupling
SleeveBrake
SleeveFor assembly and disassembly see page 95.

COMPONENT PARTS
Rotation

COMPONENT PARTS
Part No. *Item

Description

Rotation

1

Retaining Ring

748-1-0039

10

Plate Assembly2

Input Hub Anti-Overrun

540-8-0014(540-8-0041)

CW
CCW

11

Button Head Cap Screw (6)3Stop
SleeveRetaining
Control
Collar (Specify
CW/CCW
Cam No. of Stops)Ring

266-8-0251

12

Actuator Assembly(includes plunger)

4

Drive Spring
Standard

CW
CCW

808-8-0003
808-8-0004

135Anti-Overrun Spring

CW
CCW

808-8-0025
808-8-0026

6

Output Assembly
1.00
1.50
Anti-Overrun
1.38
1.25
(35.0 mm Bore)(40.0 mm Bore)

Coil Assembly“D” Frame
24 DC
115 AC
12 DC
90 DC

101-1-0028
101-1-0058
101-1-0027
101-1-0030

Standard - 1.6° Adjustable797-1-0064
CW
CCW

102-1-0032
102-1-0033

13a

Flatwasher (2)950-1-0006

13b

Lockwasher—Split (2)950-1-0020

824-8-0327
824-8-0328(824-8-0420)
A/R

13c

Head Cap Screw (2)797-1-0044

14

Headless Socket Set Screw (2)797-1-0174(797-1-0784)

15

Shim (2)807-1-0002

16

Shim
.005
.010

807-8-0001
807-8-0004

Spacer807-1-9001

Anti-Back Spring

CW
CCW

808-8-0025
808-8-0026

8

Brake Spring

CW
CCW

808-8-0003
808-8-0004

17

540-8-0016

Shims used as required

www.thomsonlinear.com

686-8-0051
686-8-0052

824-8-0329
824-8-0326

7

9
Brake Hub* Part numbers in ( ) are metricPart No. *43

Standard CB-10 Clutch/Brake
Dimensions & Specifications
6.00(152.40).406Ø (10.31)
3 HOLE 90° APART
ON Ø 7.00 B.C.
(177.80)

7.768(197.31)3.00(76.20).795(20.19)

E

45°

.25
(6.35)

2X .23(5.84).25(6.35)

D.667(16.94)D

3.00(76.20)8.90(226.06)
4.25(107.95)

2X Ø 2.374(60.30)Ø 2.934-2.937(74.52-74.60)
5.00
MAX
Ø
(127.00)

2.00(50.80)25°

2.55(64.77)
MAX.635 WIDE X 1.25 LONG
(16.13)(31.75)R FULL - BOTH ENDS

2.6
(66.04)MAX

Dimensions (mm)Mounting requirements see pages 91 & 92.
PERFORMANCEELECTRICAL DATA

Static torque

5,000 lb-in

Maximum anti-overrun holding capability

1,200 lb-in

Maximum anti-back holding capability

1,200 lb-in

Inertia, rotating parts

48.0 lb-in2

Maximum radial bearing load at maximum speed

500 lbs

Maximum operating speed

200 RPM

Response time, voltage on at full speed

70 MS

Weight27 lbs.

Voltage

Current(amps)

Resistance(ohms)

Status115 AC 60 Hz

174*

14.5

Standard

24 DC

0.94

25.4

Standard

12 DC

1.86

6.43

Modification

90 DC

0.24

378.6

Modification(Coils are rated for continuous duty)*115 AC - In rush current 2.9 amps / Holding current 0.1 amps

Bore & Keyway Data
Bore A

Keyway Width B

Keyway Depth C

Set Screws D

Mounting Holes E

1.5005-1.5025(38.112-38.164)

0.376-0.378(9.55-9.61)

1.669-1.679(42.39-42.65)

2x #1/4-20 x 0.25
Lg. Hex Skt. Set Screw

6x #1/4-20 UNC-2B 0.50 DP
on 3.417 BC

1.6255-1.6275(41.287-41.339)

0.376-0.378(9.55-9.61)

1.796-1.806(45.61-45.88)

2x #1/4-20 x 0.25
Lg. Hex Skt. Set Screw

6x #1/4-20 UNC-2B 0.50 DP
on 3.417 BC

1.7505-1.7525(44.462-44.514)

0.376-0.378(9.55-9.61)

1.922-1.932(48.81-49.08)

2x #1/4-20 x 0.25
Lg. Hex Skt. Set Screw

6x #1/4-20 UNC-2B 0.50 DP
on 3.417 BC

1.5749-1.5772(40.0 H9)0.4717-0.4732(11.979-12.021)

1.705-1.712(43.300-43.491)

2x M6 x 1.0 x 10.0
Lg. Hex Skt. Set Screw

6x M8 x 1.25 12.70 DP
on 86.79 BC

1.7717-1.7740(45.0 H9)0.5504-0.5520(13.980-14.021)

1.922-1.929(48.80-49.00)

2x M6 x 1.0 x 10.0
Lg. Hex Skt. Set Screw

6x M8 x 1.25 12.70 DP
on 86.79 BC

Metric Bores

44

www.thomsonlinear.com

Clutches & Brakes

CLUTCH/BRAKE
PACKAGES

Standard CB-10 Clutch/Brake
Component Parts

THE GENUINEWRAP SPRING™

6

Cam Design

Retaining
Ring

Stop
Cam

For assembly and disassembly see page 95.

SleeveCOMPONENT PARTSCOMPONENT PARTS
Item

Description

Item

Description

Rotation

1

Retaining Ring-Truarc

748-1-0020

11

Actuator Plate Assembly2

Input Hub Anti-Overrun

541-0-0002(541-0-0012)

CW
CCW

11a

Plate

686-0-0001

Pivot Pin679-0-0001

Rotation

Part No. *Part No. *101-0-0052
101-0-0053

3

Retaining Ring

748-1-0217

11b

4

Spacer807-0-0013

11c

Lock Nut661-1-0010

5Anti-Overrun Spring

CW
CCW

808-0-0001
808-0-0002

12

6

Control Collar (Specify No. of Stops)
Standard - 1.5° Adjustable

CW
CCW

266-0-0127
266-0-0151

DC Coil Assembly
24 DC
12 AC
90 DC

101-0-0003
101-0-0002
101-0-0004

7

Drive Spring Standard

CW
CCW

808-0-0009
808-0-0010

13

Actuator Lever

102-0-9001

14

Brake Hub

541-0-0013

8

Shaft Assembly
1.500
1.625
Anti-Overrun
1.750(40.0 mm Bore)(45.0 mm Bore)

15

Brake Spring

CW
CCW

808-0-0009
808-0-0010

16

Anti-Back Spring

CW
CCW

808-0-0007
808-0-0008

824-0-0007(824-0-0039)(824-0-0040)

17

AC Coil Assembly
115 AC115 AC

CW
CCW

101-0-0005
101-0-0054

797-1-0173(797-1-0784)

20

AC Actuator Return Assembly

101-0-0009

21

Head Cap Screw (2)797-1-0044

797-1-0055

22

Lockwasher—Split (2)950-1-0020

9

Headless Set Screw (2)10 Skt. Head Cap Screw (6)* Part numbers in ( ) are metricwww.thomsonlinear.com

824-0-0005
824-0-0006

45

SAC Series

Solenoid Actuated, Wrap Spring Clutches
The SAC Series features four models of
pre-assembled, solenoid actuated, wrap
spring clutch packages. SAC units operatefrom a single AC or DC pulse to accurately start loads at speeds up to 1800
RPM, depending on size. Adjustable stop
control collars provide easy and accurate
output stop position settings. A typical
SAC Series clutch will bring the load up
to speed within 3 milli­seconds. They areeasy to interface with PCs and industrial
control systems. SAC Series clutches areaccurate, repeat­able, fast acting, simple,
maintenance free, and low cost.

Features• Available in 4 sizes• Solenoid ­actuated, wrap spring
clutch package• 4 standard model sizes• Torque range from 25 lb. in. to
500 lb. in.
• 1, 2 and 4 stops standard—other stops
available, up to 24 maximum• Hub input (shaft input available, ­consult
factory)• RoHS compliant

Typical Applications• Computer peripherals• Business machines• Packaging equipment• Check cancellers• Riveters

How to order
SAC - 6 - CW - 24V - 3/4” bore - 2

SAC SeriesSpecify:
Imperial or MetricSize
SAC-2 = 2
SAC-4 = 4
SAC-5 = 5
SAC-6 = 6

Coil Voltage
12V = 12VDC
24V = 24VDC
90V = 90VDC
115V = 115VAC

SAC-2
SAC-4
SAC-5
SAC-6

Bore Size= ¼”= 3/8”= ½”= ¾”, 1”

Stop Collar
1 = 1 stop
2 = 2 stop
4 = 4 stop
Other stop collars
are special order.

Direction of Rotation
CW = Clockwise
CCW = Counterclockwise

OPTIONS
Dust Covers

See page 66

Stop Collars

See page 67

Pneumatic Actuators

See page 68

46

www.thomsonlinear.com

Clutches & Brakes

SAC Series

Wrap Spring ClutchesHigh torque in small package

CLUTCHES

Actuating solenoid is AC or DC operated

THE GENUINEWRAP SPRING™

Anti-rotation slot for simple pin mounting

Maintenance-free, self-lubricating hubs are
18% oil by volume
Hub mounting holes for simple pulley or
sprocket mounting

Sintered metal hub offers easy machining forcustom drive attachments

Single or multi-stop collars control rotation

PERFORMANCE
SAC-2

SAC-4

SAC-5

SAC-6

Static torque

25 lb-in(2.825 Nm)

120 lb-in(13.56 Nm)

250 lb-in(28.25 Nm)

500 lb-in(56.5 Nm)

Shaft bores (standard)

0.250(6.35 mm)0.375
(9.525 mm)

0.500(12.70 mm)

0.750 or 1.00
(19.05 mm or 25.40 mm)

RPM (maximum)

1,800 RPM

Inertia, rotating parts

0.0207 lb-in

1,200 RPM
2

0.0636 lb-in

750 RPM2

0.1950 lb-in

500 RPM2

1.718 lb-in2

Maximum radial bearing load at maximum speed

7.5 lbs

14.0 lbs

32.0 lbs

63.0 lbs

Response time, voltage on at full speed

20 MS

24 MS

27 MS

45 MS

Weight

1 lb.

2 lbs.

3 lbs.

7 lbs.

See page 84 for Minimum Inertia Requirements. See pages 91 & 92 for Mounting Requirements.

RPM vs. SHAFT BORE
Size

Max.
RPM

Shaft Bores Standardin (mm)Shaft Bores Metricin (mm)

SAC-2

1,800

1/ ” (6.35)
40.2362-0.2374 (6.0)

SAC-4

1,200

3/ ” (9.525)
8

0.3937-0.3951 (10.0)

SAC-5

750

1/ ” (12.70)
20.4724-0.4741 (12.0)

SAC-6

500

3/ ” or 1” (19.05 or 25.40)
40.7874-0.7894 (20) or
0.9842-0.9862 (25)

www.thomsonlinear.com

47

SAC-2, SAC-4, SAC-5 Clutches
Dimensions

D
45°
NOM.

120°
(3x)

P

S

+

+

E

C
V

T
U

+

R

W

N*

+

+

+

M*

M*

+

B
F

A*

THIS HOLE MUST
BE PINNED TO
MATING SHAFT

2X
ONE SIDE
ONLY

K on LK DIA. HOLE (4)ON L B.C.

H

J

G

Y

X

MAX

SLOT

Dimensions (mm)Mounting requirements see pages 91 & 92.

DIMENSIONSModelTorque(lb-in)

B
Nom.

C
Nom.

D
Nom.

E
Nom.

F
Nom.

G
Nom.

H
Nom.

J
Nom.

K
Nom.

L
Nom.

SAC-2

25

3.39
(86.11)

2.50(63.50)2.00(50.80)1.00(25.40)1.95(49.53)0.71(18.03)20.0°

0.201 W x 0.375 L(5.10 x 9.53)

0.194(4.93)

2.125(53.98)

SAC-4

120

4.10
(104.14)3.38(85.85)2.38(50.45)1.00(25.40)2.56(65.02)0.807(20.50)17.5°.26 W x 50 L
(6.60 x 12.70)

0.187(4.75)

2.125(53.98)

SAC-5

250

4.56
(115.82)4.37(111.00)

2.62(66.55)1.31(33.27)

2.50(63.50)0.91(23.11)

20.0°.26 W x .50 L(6.60 x 12.70)

0.187(4.75)

3.125(79.38)Model

Torque(lb-in)

P
Nom.

R
Nom.

S
Nom.

T
Nom.

U
Min.

V
Nom.

W
Max.

X
Max.

Y
Nom.

SAC-2

25

0.09
(2.29)

1.188(30.17)0.375(9.525)0.405(10.29)0.13(3.30)

0.215(5.46)

0.62(15.75)1.70(43.18)0.09(2.29)

SAC-4

120

0.15
(3.81)

1.249(31.72)0.500(12.70)0.83(21.08)0.51(12.95)0.330(8.38)

0.75(19.05)

1.94(49.28)0.09(2.29)

SAC-5

250

0.25
(6.35)

1.562(39.67)0.625(15.87)

1.09(27.69)0.73(18.54)0.470(11.94)

1.00(25.40)2.00(50.80)0.09(2.29)*See bore data on next page48

www.thomsonlinear.com

Clutches & Brakes

SAC-2, SAC-4, SAC-5 Clutches
Specifications

PERFORMANCE
SAC-4

SAC-5

Static torque

25 lb-in(2.825 Nm)

120 lb-in(13.56 Nm)

250 lb-in(28.25 Nm)

Shaft bores (standard)

0.250(6.35 mm)0.375
(9.525 mm)

0.500(12.70 mm)

RPM (maximum)

1,800 RPM

Inertia, rotating parts

0.0207 lb-in

0.0636 lb-in

Maximum radial bearing load at maximum speed

7.5 lbs

14 lbs

32 lbsResponse time, voltage on at full speed

20 MS

24 MS

27 MS

Weight

1 lb.

2 lbs.

3 lbs.

1,200 RPM

750 RPM
0.1950 lb-in2

2

THE GENUINEWRAP SPRING™

2

CLUTCHES

SAC-2

See page 84 for Minimum Inertia Requirements. See pages 91 & 92 for Mounting Requirements.

SAC-2 ELECTRICAL DATA

SAC-4 and 5 ELECTRICAL DATA

Voltage

Current(amps)

Resistance(ohms)

Voltage

Current(amps)

StatusResistance(ohms)

120 AC 60 Hz

0.104*

825

StatusStandard

115 AC 60 Hz

0.103*

280

Standard

24 DC

0.230

104

Standard

24 DC

0.325

74

Standard

12 DC
90 DC

0.460

26

Modification

12 DC

0.732

16.4

Modification

0.059

1510

Modification

90 DC

0.096

936

Modification(Coils are rated for continuous duty)(Coils are rated for continuous duty)*120 AC - In rush current .10 amps / Holding current .04 amps

*115 AC - In rush current .232 amps / Holding current .098 amps

Bore & Keyway Data
Model

Bore A

M

Mtg. Holes N

SAC-2

0.2505-0.2525(6.362-6.414)

0.061-0.065(1.55-1.65)

3x 6-32 UNC-2B
on .938 BC

SAC-4

0.376-0.378(9.55-9.61)

0.124-0.129(3.14-3.28)

3x 6-32 UNC-2B
on .938 BC

SAC-5

0.5005-0.5025(12.712-12.764)

0.124-0.129(3.14-3.28)

3x 10-32 UNC-2B
on 1.250 BC

Metric Bores
SAC-2

0.2362-0.2374(6.0 H9)2x 1.49-1.58(2x 0.059-0.062)

3x M4 x 0.7 on
23.83 BC

SAC-4

0.3937-0.3951(10.0 H9)2x 2.97-3.08(2x 0.117-0.121)

3x M4 x 0.7 on
23.83 BC

SAC-5

0.4724-0.4741(12.0 H9)2x 2.97-3.08(2x 0.117-0.121)

3x M5 x 0.8 on
31.75 BC*For assembly and disassembly see page 96

www.thomsonlinear.com

49

SAC-2, SAC-4, SAC-5 Clutches
Component Parts

3

Cam Design

Retaining
Ring

3

3

Split Cam Design

Retaining
Ring

Drive
SleeveStop
Cam

Coupling
SleeveStop
Cam

Coupling
SleeveBrake
SleeveCam Design

Retaining
Ring

Stop
Cam

SleeveSizes 2 and 4 only

Sizes 5 and 6 only

3

Brake
SleeveDrive
SleeveSplit Cam Design

For assembly and disassembly see page 96.

Retaining
Ring

50

Stop
Cam

Sleevewww.thomsonlinear.com

Clutches & Brakes

SAC-2, SAC-4, SAC-5 Clutches
Component Parts

COMPONENTS
SAC-2

SAC-4

SAC-5

1

Retaining Ring

748-1-0085

748-1-0027

748-1-0030

2

Input Hub

540-2-0004

540-4-0021

540-5-0007

3

Stop Collar (Specify no. of stops)
Standard CW (1)Standard CCW (1)266-2-0001
266-2-0031

266-4-0051
266-4-0081

266-5-0801
266-5-0801

4

Drive Spring CW
Drive Spring CCW

808-2-0108
808-2-0109

808-4-0066
808-4-0059

808-5-0001
808-5-0002

5

Plate Assembly CW
Plate Assembly CCW

686-2-0001
686-2-0002

686-4-0001
686-4-0002

686-5-0001
686-5-0002

6

Output Assembly

824-2-0006

824-4-0015

824-5-0002

7

Coil Assembly (Specify voltage)
24 DC
115 AC*12 DC (optional)*90 DC (optional)

275-1-0003
275-1-0006
275-1-0002
275-1-0005

275-1-0163
275-1-0166
275-1-0162
275-1-0165

101-5-0003
101-5-0006
101-5-0002
101-5-0005

8Actuator Assembly(kit w/plunger)

101-2-0001

102-4-0005

101-5-0058 CW
101-5-0059 CCW

9Flat Head Socket Cap Screw (3)797-1-0311

797-1-0311

797-1-0322

10

Pan Head Machine Screw (Sems) (2)797-1-0415

797-1-0412

797-1-0414

11

Plate Hub

540-2-0006

540-4-0015

540-5-0004

12

Grooveless Retaining Ring

748-1-0384

748-1-0377

748-1-0398

13

Sleeve803-2-003

803-4-0010

803-5-0014

THE GENUINEWRAP SPRING™

Description

CLUTCHESItemCOMPONENTS
Item

Description

SAC-2

SAC-4

SAC-5

A

Anti-Overrun Spring CW
Anti-Overrun Spring CCW

808-2-0003
808-2-0004

808-4-0022
808-4-0023

808-5-0003
808-5-0004

B

Anti-Back Spring CW
Anti-Back Spring CCW

808-2-0004
808-2-0003

808-4-0018
808-4-0019

808-5-0005
808-5-0006

C

Actuator Limit Stop
Actuator Limit Stop

816-2-0001 CW
816-2-0002 CCW

816-1-0003 CW
816-1-0003 CCW

816-5-0013 CW
816-5-0013 CCW

D

Anti-Back Hub

540-2-0003

540-4-0018

540-5-0006

E

Spring Pin

679-1-0019

679-1-0022

679-1-0024

F

Headless Socket Set Screw

797-1-0152

797-1-0152

797-1-0153

G

Dust Cover (AB spring)—287-4-9002

287-5-9002

H

Hex Nut­­—

661-1-0022—

I

Pan Head Machine Screw (Sems)—

797-1-0412

797-1-0414

J

Brake Spring

808-2-0101 CW
808-2-0100 CCW

808-4-0016 CW
808-4-0017 CCW

808-5-0001 CW
808-5-0002 CCW

www.thomsonlinear.com

51

SAC-6 Clutches
Dimensions
Ø

°

Ø

°

Ø

Ø

°

Dimensions (mm)Mounting requirements see pages 91 & 92.

PERFORMANCEELECTRICAL DATA

Inertia, rotating parts

500 lb-in (58.5 Nm)
1.718 lb-in2

Maximum radial bearing load at maximum speed

63 lbsMaximum operating speed

500 RPM

Response time, voltage on at full speed

45 MS

Weight

7 lbs.

Static torque

Voltage

Current(amps)

Resistance(ohms)

Status115 AC 60 Hz

0.334*

57.5

Standard

24 DC

0.586

41.0

Standard

12 DC

1.150

10.4

Modification

90 DC

0.151

598.0

Modification(Coils are rated for continuous duty)*115 AC - In rush current 1.1 amps / Holding current 0.2 amps

Bore & Keyway Data
Bore A

Keyway Width B

Keyway Depth C

Set Screws D

Mounting Holes E

0.7505-0.7525(19.062-19.114)

0.1885-0.1905(4.787-4.839)

0.837-0.842(21.25-21.39)

2x #10-32 UNC-2B x 0.19 (4.83)
Lg. Hex Skt. Set Screw

3x #1/4-20 UNC-2B
on 2.062 BC

1.0005-1.0025(25.412-25.464)——

2x 0.187-0.192 Hole
(4.74-4.88)

3x #1/4-20 UNC-2B
on 2.062 BC

2x M5 x 0.8 x 5.00 Nom.
Lg. Hex Skt. Set Screw

3x M6 x 1.0
on 52.38 BC

2x 4.87-5.14

3x M6 x 1.0
on 52.38 BC

Metric Bores

52.7874-.7894(20.0 H9).2356-.2368(5.985-6.015).8976-.9015(22.800-22.900).9842-.9862(25.0 H9)——

www.thomsonlinear.com

Clutches & Brakes

SAC-6

Component Parts
3

Split Cam Design

Drive
SleeveStop
Cam

Coupling
Sleeve

CLUTCHES

Retaining
Ring

Brake
SleeveTHE GENUINEWRAP SPRING™

(Sizes 5 & 6 only)3

Split Cam Design

Retaining
Ring

Stop
Cam

SleeveFor assembly and disassembly see page 96.

COMPONENT PARTS
Rotation

COMPONENT PARTS

Item

Description

1

Retaining Ring

Part No.

Item

Description

748-1-0038

9a

Flatwasher (2)2Input Hub Anti-Overrun

3Control Collar (Specify No. of Stops)
Standard - 1.8° Adjustable

CW/CCW

4

Drive Spring

CW
CCW

808-6-0001
808-6-0002

Rotation

950-1-0006

Part No.

540-6-0003

9b

Lockwasher – Split (2)950-1-0020

266-6-0726

9cSkt. Head Cap Screw (2)797-1-0044

10

Headless Skt. Set Screw(0.75 Bore only)

797-1-0162

11

Button Head Cap Screw (3)797-1-0243

5

Output Assembly
0.750 Bore
1.000 Bore824-6-0002
824-6-0003

12

Sleeve803-6-0014

13

Shim (2)807-1-0001

6

Brake Hub

540-6-0001*14

7Plate Assembly

CW
CCW

686-6-0076
686-6-0077

Shim
0.005
0.010

807-1-0014
807-1-0017

8

Actuator Assembly
Includes Plunger

CW
CCW

102-1-0032
102-1-0033

15

Spacer807-1-9001

9

Coil Assembly“D” Frame
24 DC
115 AC
12 DC
90 DC

www.thomsonlinear.com

101-1-0028
101-1-0058
101-1-0027
101-1-0030

OptionsA

Anti-Overrun Spring

CW
CCW

808-6-0005
808-6-0006

B

Anti-Back Spring

CW
CCW

808-6-0003
808-6-0004

Shims used as required

53

ACCE Series

Solenoid Actuated, Accumulating Conveyor Clutches
Solenoid actuated for start-stop
operation
The ACCE accumulating conveyor clutch
offers extraordinary performance anddurability.
Designed expressly for industrial use,
ACCE units are suitable for indexing andrapid cycling in heavy-duty machining
such as packaging equipment and conveyors.

Operation
With the stop collar released and the input
hub rotating in a specified direction, thelay of helical spring around the input andoutput hubs is such that the spring grips
both hubs, connecting them in a positivedisplacement drive.
If the stop collar is engaged, the springtang connected to it is forced back, andthe spring opens. This allows the input hub
to continue rotating without transmitting
torque to the output hub.
The solenoid actuator provides for theelectrical control of engagement throughthe stop collar (power ON-clutch driving;power OFF-clutch disengaged).
The heavy-duty actuator is offered as asimple laminated AC solenoid actuatedmechanical device to operate in conjunction with PSI–6, –8 and ACCE clutches.
Mounted in the proper proximity to theclutches, it will control single, multiple orpartial revolutions. It is designed as a nopower, no revolution device. The actuator is ruggedly constructed for maximum
strength and long life.

Terminals
1/4” spade lug connectors
Features• Low cost
• Trouble-free design for long life• Complete package for immediate
installation• High torque, 1500 lb.-in. at speeds to
400 RPM• 2500 lb.-in. available, consult factory• RoHS compliant

Typical Applications• Material ­conveyors• Packaging equipment

How to order
ACCE - 7 - S - CW - HI - 1” bore - 4 - 24V

ACCE SeriesSpecify:
Imperial or MetricModel
S = Single
			 Revolution
SS = Start-Stop

Size
ACCE-7 = 7

Input
HI = Hub Input
SI = Shaft Input

Direction of Rotation
CW = Clockwise
CCW = Counterclockwise
Look into the input end to determine
the direction of rotation

Bore Size
1.44”*1”, *1¼”, *13/8”*Special order

Coil Voltage
12V = 12VDC
24V = 24VDC
90V = 90VDC
115V = 115VAC

Stop Collar
4 = 4 stop
powdered			 metal

OPTIONS
Pneumatic Actuators

54

See page 68

www.thomsonlinear.com

Clutches & Brakes

ACCE Clutch
Dimensions.75 MAX THREAD
E (19.05)
ENGAGEMENT

45°

2.52
(64.01).793(20.14).188(4.78)

D.225(5.72)

CLUTCHES

4X Ø .284 (7.21)
EQ. SP. ON
Ø 5.00 (127) B.C.

4.531
(115.09).535(13.59).194(4.93)THE GENUINEWRAP SPRING™

2.12(53.85)+++

Ø 2.938(74.63)
Ø 2.50(63.50)5.75(146.05)+

Ø 2.50(63.50)Ø 1.873-1.875(47.57-47.63)

2.125(53.98)4.25(107.95)

2.25 MAX(57.15)

Dimensions (mm)Mounting requirements see pages 91 & 92.

PERFORMANCE
Static torqueStandard
Heavy Duty

ELECTRICAL DATA
1,500 lb-in(2,500 lb-in available)
Consult factory

Voltage

Current(amps)

Resistance(ohms)

115 AC 60 Hz

0.334*

57.5

Inertia, rotating parts

2.0 lb-in2

24 DC

0.586

41.0

Maximum radial bearing load at maximum
speed

150 lbs

12 DC

1.150

10.4

90 DC

0.151

598.0

Maximum operating speed

400 RPM(Coils are rated for continuous duty)

Response time, voltage on at full speed

60 MS*115 AC - In rush current 1.1 amps / Holding current 0.2 amps

Weight12 lbs.

Bore & Keyway Data
Bore A

Keyway Width B

Keyway Depth C

Set Screws D

Mounting Holes E

1.0005-1.0025(25.412-25.464)

0.251-0.253(6.37-6.43)

1.114-1.124(28.29-28.55)#1/4-20 x 0.5
Hex Skt. Set Screw

4x #10-32 UNF
on 2.125 BC

1.2505-1.2525(31.762-31.814)

0.3135-0.3155(7.962-8.014)

1.389-1.399(35.28-35.54)#1/4-20 x 0.5
Hex Skt. Set Screw

4x #10-32 UNF
on 2.125 BC

1.3755-1.3775(34.937-34.989)——

2x 0.376-0.382
Hole @ 180°4x #10-32 UNF
on 2.125 BC——

2x 0.376-0.382
Hole @ 180°4x #10-32 UNF
on 2.125 BC

1.4380-1.4400 (STD)(36.525-36.576)

www.thomsonlinear.com

55

ACCE Clutch

Component Parts

For assembly and disassembly see page 96.

COMPONENT PARTS
Description

1

Retaining Ring (2)2Thrust Washer (2)3Retaining Ring (2)748-1-0022

4

Hub Assembly

541-7-0016

5

Control Collar

266-7-9024

6

Drive Spring, HI/SI

7

Shaft Assembly
1.000”
1.250”
1.375”
1.440”

824-7-0058
824-7-0059
Consult factory
824-7-0060

Washer950-7-0005

8

56

Rotation

COMPONENT PARTS

Item

CW
CCW

Part No.

Item

Description

748-1-0213

9Flat Head Cap Screw (3)950-7-0003

10Plate Assembly

11

Plate Bearing

166-7-0001

12

Retaining Ring

748-1-0044

13

Actuator Assembly(includes plunger)

14

Actuator Spacer

807-1-9001

15

Coil Assembly“D” Frame
24 DC
115 AC
12 DC
90 DC

101-1-0028
101-1-0058
101-1-0027
101-1-0030

808-7-0003
808-7-0004

Rotation

Part No.
797-1-0373

HI-CW/SI-CCW
HI-CCW/SI-CW

CW
CCW

686-7-0001
686-7-0002

102-1-0032
102-1-0033

www.thomsonlinear.com

Clutches & Brakes

ACCM Series

Mechanically Actuated, Accumulating Conveyor Clutches
Heavy-duty operation

Designed specifically for industrial equipment applications, ACCM clutches are
suitable for indexing, rapid cycling andpositive displacement clutching drives.

With the stop collar released and the input
hub rotating in a specified direction, thelay of helical spring around the input andoutput hubs is such that the spring grips
both hubs, connecting them in a positivedisplacement drive.

THE GENUINEWRAP SPRING™

Operation

Features• Low cost
• Trouble-free design for long life• Complete package for immediate installation• High torque, 1500 lb.-in. at speeds to 400
RPM• 2500 lb.-in. available, consult
factory.
• RoHS compliant

CLUTCHESThe ACCM accumulating conveyor clutch
offers extraordinary performance anddurability.

Available in three design styles
Standard: Model SS–Start-Stop
Optional: Model S–Single Revolution
Model O–Overrunning

If the stop collar is engaged, the springtang connected to it is forced back, andthe spring opens. This allows the input hub
to continue rotating without transmitting
torque to the output hub.

Typical Applications• Material conveyors• Packaging equipment

How to order
ACCM - 7 - S - CW - HI - 1” bore - 4

ACCM SeriesSpecify:
Imperial or MetricSize
ACCM-7 = 7Model
S = Single
			 Revolution
SS = Start-Stop
O = Overrunning

Input
HI = Hub Input
SI = Shaft Input

Bore Size
1.44”*1”, *1¼”, *13/8”*Special order

Stop Collar
4 = 4 stop
powdered			 metal

Direction of Rotation
CW = Clockwise
CCW = Counterclockwise
Look into the input end to determine
the direction of rotation

www.thomsonlinear.com

57

ACCM Clutch

Dimensions & Specifications
3.75(95.25)E.51(12.95).80(20.32).75 MAX THREAD(19.05) ENGAGEMENT

1.66(42.16)4x.19(4.83)

Ø 3.16(80.26).225(5.72)

Ø 2.50(63.50)Ø 1.873-1.875(47.57-47.63)

D
2.52(64.01)

4.38(11.13)

Dimensions (mm)PERFORMANCE
Static torqueStandard
Heavy Duty

1,500 lb-in(2,500 lb-in available)
Consult factory

Inertia, rotating parts

2.0 lb-in2

Maximum radial bearing load at maximum speed

150 lbs

Maximum operating speed

400 RPM

Response time, voltage on at full speed

60 MS

Weight

4 lbs.

Bore & Keyway Data
Bore A

Keyway Width B

Keyway Depth C

Set Screws D

Mounting Holes E

1.0005-1.0025(25.412-25.464)

0.251-0.253(6.37-6.43)

1.114-1.124(28.29-28.55)#1/4-20 x 0.5
Hex Skt. Set Screw

4x #10-32 UNF
on 2.125 BC

1.2505-1.2525(31.762-31.814)

0.3135-0.3155(7.962-8.014)

1.389-1.399(35.28-35.54)#1/4-20 x 0.5
Hex Skt. Set Screw

4x #10-32 UNF
on 2.125 BC

1.3755-1.3775(34.937-34.989)——

2x 0.376-0.382
Hole @ 180°4x #10-32 UNF
on 2.125 BC——

2x 0.376-0.382
Hole @ 180°4x #10-32 UNF
on 2.125 BC

1.4380-1.4400 (STD)(36.525-36.576)

58

www.thomsonlinear.com

Clutches & Brakes

ACCM Clutch
Component Parts
Model SS only
Model S consult factory
CLUTCHESTHE GENUINEWRAP SPRING™

For assembly and disassembly see page 96.

COMPONENT PARTS
Item

Description

Rotation

Part No.

1

Retaining Ring

748-1-0213

2

Thrust Washer

950-7-0003

3

Retaining Ring (2)748-1-0022

4

Free Hub

5

Drive Spring   Model SS

CW
CCW

808-7-0003
808-7-0004

6

Control Collar

CW
CCW

266-7-9024
266-7-9024

7

Shaft Assembly
1.000”
1.250”
1.375”
1.440”

541-7-0016

Consult factory
Consult factory
Consult factory
824-7-0053*Note: Consult factory for heavy duty parts.

www.thomsonlinear.com

59

PSI Series

Mechanically Actuated, Basic Wrap Spring Clutch Design
Ideal for Overrunning, Start-Stop andSingle Revolution Applications.
PSI Series clutches represent the mostfundamental wrap spring clutch design.
As a start-stop or single revolution clutch,
it is actuated simply by external blocking
or releasing of the stop collar. As a simple
overrunning clutch it provides positive
engagement of load to power source,
but permits free overrunning when input
power is slowed, stopped or reversed.

Features• Single revolution models can stop 10%of rated drive torque capacity• Mechanically actuated clutches• 5 models fit ¼” to 1½” shafts• Torque ranges from 25 lb.-in. to2500 lb.-in.
• Single revolution, start-stop or overrunning clutch functions• RoHS compliant

All units can be supplied with hub input/
shaft output or vice versa. Designed for
applications where direct mechanical control is desired, the PSI Series clutch is areliable, ­easily applied, low cost ­solution.
Typical Applications• Business machines• Copying machines• Material handling conveyors• Packaging equipment• Ribbon drives

How to order
PSI - 2 - S - CW - SI - 1/4” bore - 2

PSI SeriesSpecify:
Imperial or MetricModel
S = Single
			 Revolution
SS = Start-Stop
O = Overrunning

Input
HI = Hub Input
SI = Shaft Input

PSI-2
PSI-4
PSI-5
PSI-6
PSI-8

Bore Size= ¼”= 3/8”= ½”= ¾, 1”= 1¼”, 1½”*1”, *13/8”

Stop Collar
1 = 1 stop
2 = 2 stop
4 = 4 stop
Other stop collars are
special order*Special order

Size
PSI-2 =
PSI-4 =
PSI-5 =
PSI-6 =
PSI-8 =

2
4
5
6
8

Direction of Rotation
CW = Clockwise
CCW = Counterclockwise
Look into the input end to determine
the direction of rotation

OPTIONS
Stop Collars

60

See page 67

www.thomsonlinear.com

Clutches & Brakes

PSI Series

Wrap Spring Clutch Specifications & Capabilities
Self-lubricating,no maintenance

CLUTCHES

Simplemechanical actuation

THE GENUINEWRAP SPRING™

Easy-to-machine
hubs readily adapt
to application needs

Single stop collars for
single ­revolution operation—
multistops for less than one turn

PERFORMANCE
PSI-2

PSI-4

PSI-5

PSI-6

PSI-8

25 lb-in(2.825 Nm)

120 lb-in(13.56 Nm)

250 lb.in(28.25 Nm)

500 lb.in(56.5 Nm)

2500 lb.in(282.5 Nm)

0.006 lb-in2
0.008 lb-in2

0.015 lb-in2
0.023 lb-in2

0.059 lb-in2
0.069 lb-in2

0.570 lb-in2
0.73 lb-in2 (0.75 bore)
0.68 lb-in2 (1.00 bore)

4.990 lb-in2
11.91 lb-in2 (1.25 bore)
11.60 lb-in2 (1.50 bore)

Weight0.132 lbs.

0.22 lbs.

0.62 lbs.

2.60 lbs.

8.25 lbs.

Maximum radial bearing load at max.
speed

6.75 lbs.

13.50 lbs.

31.50 lbs.

63.0 lbs.

300.0 lbs.

Maximum operating speed

1,800 RPM

1,200 RPM

750 RPM

500 RPM

300 RPM

Static torque
Inertia, rotating parts

SI
HI

Operation Capabilities
Overrunning Model O
The overrunning
Outputclutch (Model O)
transmits torqueup to the rated
value in the positive direc­tion, whendisengaged it only
Input
transmits somedrag torque in thereverse direction. Major applications forthis unit are anti-overrun protection andanti-backup devices.

www.thomsonlinear.com

Start-Stop (random positioning)
Model SS

OutputControl Tang
The start-stop
Input
clutch (Model SS)
accel­erates theload just after thecontrol collar has
been released,thus the collar
is free to rotate
allowing the spring to grip both hubs
together. To disconnect the clutch, the collar must be restrained, stopping the collar
from rotating via the stop face. The spring
will then be opened and the clutch will bedisengaged. The output is free to rotate
and will be stopped by system friction andclutch drag torque.

Single Revolution
Model S
The single revoluControl Tang Output
tion clutch (Model InputS) accelerates inthe same manneras the model SS.
The deceleration starts when
the collar isrestrained, and the spring is opened, dis­en­gaging the clutch.
For Model S, the brake torque capability islimited to 10% of the rated torque.
All PSI Series clutches are easy to install.
The shaft can be pinned or, on larger units,delivered with keyways.

61

PSI-2, PSI-4, PSI-5 Clutches
Dimensions & Specifications

C
F

G
H

E

D

KJ

P

AB
N
M

Dimensions (mm)DIMENSIONS   (mm)Model

Torque
lb-in

PSI-2

25

B

C

D

0.94
(23.90)1.25(31.75)0.16(4.10)

PSI-4

120

1.25
(31.75)1.38(35.05)0.16(4.05)

PSI-5

250

1.56
(39.60)1.88(47.75)0.22(5.56)

E

F

G

H

J
Dia

K
Dia.

N

P
Rad.

0.34
(8.60)

0.49(12.4)

0.33(8.40)

0.25(6.35)

0.8765-0.8775(22.263-22.289)

0.94(23.9)

1.00(25.4)

0.57(14.76)0.28(7.10)

0.68(17.27)0.34(8.64)

0.25(6.35)

1.1265-1.1275(28.639-28.613)

1.25(31.75)1.31(33.27)0.72(18.29)0.38(9.70)

1.00(25.4)

0.34(8.64)

0.25(6.35)

1.502-1.503(38.15-38.18)

1.56(39.60)1.69(42.93)0.96(24.38)Model PSI 2,4,5.AI5

Bore Data
Model

Bore A

M

PSI-2

0.2515-0.2525(6.36-6.39)

#8-32

PSI-4

0.376-0.378(9.55-9.61)

0.125 Dia.
(3.175 Dia.)

PSI-5

0.501-0.503(12.725-12.776)

0.188 Dia.
(4.775 Dia.)

Metric Bores
PSI-2

0.2362-0.2374(6.0 H9)

M3 x 0.5, 5.0
Lg. Set Screw (2@120)°

PSI-4

0.3937-0.3951(10.0 H9)

M4 x 0.7, 5.0
Lg. Set Screw (2@120)°

PSI-5

0.4724-0.4741(12.0 H9)0.197 Dia.
(5.0 Dia.)*For assembly and disassembly see page 96.

62

www.thomsonlinear.com

Clutches & Brakes

PSI-2, PSI-4, PSI-5 Clutches
Component Parts
Model “O”
CLUTCHESTHE GENUINEWRAP SPRING™

Model “SS”

Model “S”

COMPONENT PARTS
PSI-2
Part No.

PSI-4
Part No.

PSI-5
Part No.

Retaining Ring

748-1-0005

748-1-0087

748-1-0090

Free Hub

540-2-0047

540-4-0027

540-5-0113

266-2-9046

266-4-9005

266-5-9010

Item

Description

1
2
3

Control Collar

4

Drive Spring

Rotation

CW
CCW

266-2-9046

266-4-9005

266-5-9010

Model O

287-2-0003

287-4-0001

287-5-0015

Model S CW

808-2-0036

808-4-0024

808-5-0030

Model S CCW

808-2-0037

808-4-0030

808-5-0034

Model SS CW

808-2-0051

808-4-0026

808-5-0031

Model SS CCW

808-2-0052

808-4-0033

808-5-0035

Model O CW

808-2-0040

808-4-0042

808-5-0033

Model O CCW

808-2-0041

808-4-0043

808-5-0037

5

Shaft Assembly

824-2-0048

824-4-0037

824-5-0110

6

Headless Skt. Set Screw

797-1-0152

0.125 dia. hole

0.188 dia. holewww.thomsonlinear.com

63

PSI-6, PSI-8 Clutches

Dimensions & Specifications
PSI-6

PSI-8

Dimensions (mm)For assembly and disassembly see page 96.

DIMENSIONS   (mm)Model

Torque
lb-in

B
Dia.

C

D

E

F

G

H

J
Dia

R
Dia.

S
Rad.

PSI-6

500

Ø 2.437
Ø (61.90)

2.312(58.72)0.28(7.10)

0.27(6.86)

0.87(22.1)

0.63(16.00)0.12(3.05)

1.559-1.562(39.60-39.67)

2.75(69.85)1.50(38.1)

PSI-8

2500

Ø 4.00Ø (101.6)

4.25(107.95)

0.62(15.75)0.35(8.89)

2.20(55.9)

1.27(32.26)

0.188(4.78)

2.372-2.374(60.25-60.30)

4.00(101.6)2.00(50.8)

Bore & Keyway Data
Model

Bore A

Keyway Width B

Keyway Height C

M

Q

PSI-6

0.7505-0.7525(19.063-19.114)

0.1885-0.1905(4.787-4.839)

0.837-0.842(21.25-21.52#1/4-20 Tap#1/4-20 x 1/2 DP 3 on 2.062 BC Max.
Thread Engage Free Hub 0.312

PSI-6

1.0005-1.0025(25.412-25.464)——

0.25 Dia.
(6.35)#1/4-20 x 1/2 DP 3 on 2.062 BC Max.
Thread Engage Free Hub 0.312

PSI-8

1.0005-1.0025(25.412-25.464)

0.251-0.253(6.37-6.43)

1.114-1.124(28.29-28.55)

3/8-16 Tap
2 @ 90°

5/16-18 6 on 3.375 BC Max.
Thread Engage Free Hub 0.375

PSI-8

1.2505-1.2525(31.762-31.814)

0.3135-0.3155(7.962-8.014)

1.389-1.399(35.28-35.54)

3/8-162 @ 90°

5/16-18 6 on 3.375 BC Max.
Thread Engage Free Hub 0.375

PSI-8

1.3755-1.3775(34.937-34.989)

0.3135-0.3155(7.962-8.014)

1.518-1.528(38.55-38.82)

3/8-162 @ 90°

5/16-18 6 on 3.375 BC Max.
Thread Engage Free Hub 0.375

PSI-8

1.5005-1.5025(38.112-38.164)

0.376-0.378(9.55-9.61)

1.605-1.615(40.76-41.02)

3/8-162 @ 90°

5/16-18 6 on 3.375 BC Max.
Thread Engage Free Hub 0.375

M5 x 0.8 Tap

M6 x 1.0 THD
3 Holes on a 52.37 BC

Metric Bores

64

PSI-6

0.7874-0.7894(20.0 H9)0.2356-0.2368(5.985-6.015)

0.8976-0.9015(22.80-22.90)

PSI-6

0.9842-0.9862(25.0 H9)——

5.0 Dia.
(1.97 Dia.)

M6 x 1.0 THD
3 Holes on a 52.37 BC

PSI-8

1.378-1.3804(35.0 H9)0.3930-0.3944(9.982-10.018)

1.508-1.516(38.30-38.50)

M10 x 1.5, 25.0
Lg. Set Screw 2 @ 120°

M8 x 1.25 THD
6 Holes on a 85.73 BC

PSI-8

1.5748-1.5772(40.0 H9)——

M10 x 1.5, 25.0
Lg. Set Screw 2 @ 120°

M8 x 1.25 THD
6 Holes on a 85.73 BC

www.thomsonlinear.com

Clutches & Brakes

PSI-6, PSI-8 Clutches
Component Parts
Model “O”
CLUTCHESTHE GENUINEWRAP SPRING™

Model “SS”

Model “S”

COMPONENT PARTS
Item

Description

1

Retaining Ring

2

Free Hub3

Control Collar

45

Drive Spring

Shaft Assembly

Rotation

PSI-6
Part No.

PSI-8
Part No.

748-1-0038

748-1-0039

540-6-0009

540-8-0014

CW

266-6-0301

266-8-0127

CCW

266-6-0401

266-8-0127

Model O

287-6-0001

287-8-0002

Model S CW

808-6-0001

808-8-0011

Model S CCW

808-6-0002

808-8-0012

Model SS CW

808-6-0007

808-8-0013

Model SS CCW

808-6-0008

808-8-0014

Model O CW

808-6-0009

808-8-0015

Model O CCW

808-6-0010

808-8-0016

0.75” 824-6-0052

1.000” 824-8-0213

1.00” 824-6-0056

1.250” 824-8-0212
1.375” 824-8-0211
1.500” 824-8-0210

6

Headless Skt. Set Screw

www.thomsonlinear.com

797-1-0174

797-1-0199 (2)65Dust Cover Clutch Enclosures

Provide protection from contaminants for Super CB, CB and SAC Series Models
Plastic Clutch CoverPlastic Cover

Plastic

Aluminum Clutch Cover Kits

BenefitsTypical Applications

The environmentally designed castaluminum enclosure will protect a
CB-6, Super CB-6 or SAC-6 clutch
from indoor and outdoor hazards
such as falling dirt, non-corrosive liquids, dust, rain, sleet and snow.

ModelPart No.

Super CB-6

287-6-0007

Super CB-8

287-8-0003

Super CB-10

287-0-0002

CB-2

287-2-0007

CB-4

287-4-0002

CB-5

287-5-0007

CB-6

287-6-0007

CB-8

287-8-0003

CB-10

287-0-0002

SAC-2

287-2-0007

SAC-4

287-4-0002

SAC-5

287-5-0007

SAC-6

287-6-0007

ModelPart No.

Super CB-6

101-6-0096

CB-6 (Std.)

101-6-0095

SAC-6

101-6-0095

Note: A kit contains allcomponents and hardware
necessary to enclose aSuper CB-6, CB-6 andSAC-6 clutch.

• Sturdy cast aluminum construction• Offers NEMA 3 & 12 protection• Can be installed at any time
• Quieter clutch operation• USDA Approved Black Powder
Coat Paint Finish

3.734
Nom.

5.30
Nom.

.812
Nom.

7.18
Nom.

Removable, Recessed Screws Allow
Full Access to Clutch Unit

Shaft
Seal

3.00
Nom.
2X 2.92
Nom.
Hub/Shaft Shield
Hub Seal
Clutch
Cover

.88
Nom.

Egress for Coil Lead Wires(Accepts 0.231-.394 Cable)
Cover/Cover Plate Seal

Cover Plate Plug*Cover Plate

2X 1.38
Nom.
Anti-Rotating Bushing*
0.40 Nom. Bore

Dimensions (Aluminum)

66

www.thomsonlinear.com

Clutches & Brakes

Stop Collars

Specifications and Adjustments
Stop Collars
Stops

StatusSuper CB

Reinforced Plastic with steel insert
Reinforced Plastic

1, 2 or 4
3, 5 through 24 stops

Standard
Optional

Standard CB

Reinforced Plastic

1, 2 or 4
up to 24 max*Standard
Optional

PSI

Reinforced Plastic

1, 2 or 4
up to 24 max*Standard
Optional

SAC

Reinforced Plastic

1, 2 or 4
up to 24 max*Standard
Optional

ACCM

Powder Metal

4

Standard

4Standard

ACCE
Powder Metal* Consult factory for complete information

ACCESSORIESCollar TypeTHE GENUINEWRAP SPRING™

Stop Collars
Model

Retaining
Ring

Stop Collar Adjustments
Unique splined stop collars are a standard
feature of Super and Standard CB, as
well as the PSI and SAC model clutches.
These stop collars can be adjusted radially in fine increments. This feature allows
the user to repo­si­tion the output to comply
with speci­fied shaft and keyway place­ments. Standard stop collar posi­tion­ing
increments are shown at right.

Split Cam Design

Retaining
Ring

Drive
SleeveDrive
SleeveStop
Cam

Coupling
SleeveBrake
SleeveTraditional Cam Design

Stop
Cam

Coupling
SleeveRetaining
Ring

Brake
SleeveThe Split Cam stop collar design is a standard
feature on Super CB Sizes 5, 6, 7, 8;Standard CB Sizes 5, 6, 7, 8 and SAC Sizes 5, 6.

Stop
Cam

SleeveThe Cam stop collar design is a standard feature on Super CB Size 10; Standard CB Sizes 2,4, 10 and SAC Sizes 2, 4.

Stop Collar Removal and Adjustment
To adjust the stop collar, remove retaining ring A, slide cam B off sleeve C, rotate
the cam to the desired position, slide it
onto the sleeve again, and replace theretaining ring.

A
Retaining RingB
CamC
SleeveNote: While adjusting the stop collar on
split cam units, the coupling sleeve mustbe held secure so that it does not move.

Standard Stop Collar Adjustments
Series Retaining
Ring

Stop
Cam

Size

SleeveCollar Design

Adjustment

Super CB

CB-5

Split Cam

1.8°

Super CB

CB-6

Split Cam

1.8°

Super CB

CB-7

Split Cam

1.6°

Super CB

CB-8

Split Cam

1.6°

Super CB

CB-10

Cam

1.5°

Standard CB

CB-2

Cam

2.8°

Standard CB

CB-4

Cam

2.4°

Standard CB

CB-5

Split Cam

1.8°

Standard CB

CB-6

Split Cam

1.8°

Standard CB

CB-7

Split Cam

1.6°

Standard CB

CB-8

Split Cam

1.6°

Standard CB

CB-10

Cam

1.5°

SAC

SAC-2

Cam

2.8°

SAC

SAC-4

Cam

2.4°

SAC

SAC-5

Split Cam

1.8°

SAC

SAC-6

Split Cam

1.8°

Consult factory for complete information on non-standard stop collars.

www.thomsonlinear.com

67

Heavy Duty Actuator

For use with PSI-6, PSI-8 and ACCM Series Clutches
The Heavy Duty Actuator is offered as asimple laminated AC solenoid actuatedmechanical device to operate in con­junc­tion with the PSI-6 and PSI-8 clutches.
Mounted in the proper proximity to theclutches, it will control single, multiple,
or partial revolution. It is designed as ano power, no revolution device. Ruggedly
constructed from steel and nylon for maximum strength and long life.

Energized

Operation
When voltage is applied to the coil, thestop block is pulled back from the clutchstop collar allowing the clutch to engage.
It is not necessary to hold power on thecoil for the entire revolution. A pulse to
the coil will allow the clutch to start, thereturn spring pressure on the collar will
not disengage the clutch and the stop
block will be in position to dis­engage theclutch after one revo­lution. No “On” timing is necessary.

PN 901-00-002

De-Energized

4.00

.96

Energize/Deenergized.AI5

2.56
3.00

2.00

Energize/Deenergized.AI5.50

SPECIFICATIONS
InputLine power
120 AC, 60 Hz

DC Resistance

14.5 ohms

Load current

In rush current
2.9 amps

Holding current

0.1 amps

Terminals

1/4” spade lug
connections

.22

2.25

2.33
Ref.

(4) Slots .25 Wide

.25 Stroke(2) Male Tab Terminal For.250 Push On Connector

PSI-6

2.35

1.88

PSI-8

.188

Dimensions

Pneumatic Actuation
Pneumatic actuation is available on theStandard CB-4, -5, -6, -7, -8 and -10 aswell as the respective Super CB models;SAC-4, -5, -6, -8 and the ACCE clutches.

• No electrical sparks• Not subject to power line voltage
fluctuations

Control Dim.AI5• Longer life of control members
Air pressure required: 4,5 - 16,5 bar
Retrofit kits available.

68

www.thomsonlinear.com

Clutches & Brakes

One Shot Power Supply
Plug-in Clutch/Brake Control

Note: Actuator Limit Stop required whenusing the One Shot Power Supply.

Input

120/240 VAC,
50/60 Hz

Output160/325 VDC peak,
3 amps max
with 160 VDC output
5 amps max
with 325 VDC output

Ambient
Temperature+32° to +122°F(0° to 50°C)

Cycle Rate

The maximum cycle
rate is 200 CPM
at 120V
The maximum cycle
rate is 100 CPM
at 240V

Contact Rating

Actuating the single pole, double throw(SPDT) switch energizes the solenoid
coil. Releasing or resetting the switch
charges an internal capacitor. A minimumof 20 milli­seconds cycle time is required
between operations.

10 amp minimum.70(17.8)
1.57(39.9)

1.7(43.2)

Installation

3. Connect the HOT AC input wire to terminal 3 of the socket and the neutral
wired to terminal 4.

2.38(60.7)

Octal Socket P/N 805-1-0001

2.4
(61)

.71
(18)

One Shot Control
PN 901-00-019

1. Connect the two leads from the wrap
spring solenoid to terminals 6 and 7 ofthe octal socket.
2. Connect the common of the relay toterminal 1 of the socket, the normallyclosed to terminal 2, and normally open
to terminal 8.

One Shot Control
PN 901-00-019

1.96(40.5)

Warning: To avoid serious injury, always
make certain all power is off before
attempting to install this control or any
electrical equipment.

ACCESSORIESThe One Shot Power Supply is UL® Listed
when used with octal socket Part No.
805-1-0001, or DIN rail mount octal socket,
Part No. 805-1-0002 (each purchased
separately) and only UL-recog­nized whenused with other sockets. This unit may be
mounted in any convenient position using
the two mounting holes provided on thesocket. For use with ­D-frame coils only.

SPECIFICATIONSTHE GENUINEWRAP SPRING™

The One Shot Power Supply is a plug-in
clutch/brake control designed for operation of D-frame, AC or DC wrap spring
clutches and brakes. The One Shot provides a single voltage pulse of 160 or 325
VDC for approximately 20ms, whether thecustomer supplied switch is momentarilyclosed or held closed.

1.57(39.9)

Dimensions (mm)

2.40
(61)

DIN Rail Mount 05 P/N 805-1-0002

Connection Diagram
NO
C
NC

2

1

8

7

AC/DC
SOLENOIDOCTAL
SOCKETHOT3

120/240VAC
NEUT

www.thomsonlinear.com

4

5

6

NOTE: ACTUATOR LIMIT STOPREQUIRED WHEN USING THE
ONE SHOT POWER SUPPLY.

69

DL Series

DuraLIFE™ Clutches
DuraLIFE Series clutches (DL) are electromechanical wrap spring clutches thatcombine high torque, reliability and rapid
acceleration into one small package at avery competitive cost. It is offered in two
configurations: headed coil or flying leads.
Wrap spring technology provides very
fast response to bring loads up to speed
in less than 3 milliseconds (after spring
wrap-down and depending on rpm).
The DL-33 is a drop-in alternative for highcost clutches used in office automation
applications such as printers and copiers.
The long life and reliable performancemakes the DL-33 an ideal clutch for many
packaging and automotive applications.
Features
•
•
•
•
•
•

Wrap spring technology  
High torque, small package
Rapid acceleration
Consistent performance
Low wattage required
RoHS compliant

Applications
The DL-33 is suitable for high load,tight-fitting applications requiring quick
response, rapid acceleration and hightorque. These requirements are common
in office automation, packaging and automotive markets.
Application Considerations
Single Direction
Wrap spring clutches provide torque onlyin the direction in which they wrap down.
This allows for overrunning.
Relative High ShockDue to the rapid acceleration of the DL-33,
system inertia effects can be significant.
In some applications, an in-line slip device
may be used for shock absorption.
Engagement Relative to Speed
The DL-33 relies on relative motion
between the input and output for engagement. Thus the slower the speed, the longer the time until engagement.

Typical Applications
Office Automation• Copiers & Printers• Paper feed systems• Collators & Sorters• Mailing equipment• Ticket & receipt dispensers
Packaging• Labeller• Dispensing machines• Conveyors
Automotive• Cruise control• Power lift gate
• Trunk cinch actuator systems• Trunk power door closer

How to orderDL - 33 - HI - CW - 24 - MC - 1/4” - P

SeriesDL = DuraLIFE Clutch
			 Imperial MetricSize
30 = 30 mm
33 = 33 mm

Input
HI = Hub Input
SI = Shaft Input

Coil Voltage
12 = 12DC
24 = 24DC
90 = 90DC

Direction of Rotation
CW = Clockwise
CCW = Counterclockwise
Look into the 3-lug drive end to determine the direction of rotation

Electrical Connection
MC = Molded 					 Connector
FL = Flying Leads

Drive TypeP = Pin
D = “D” Bore

Bore Size
1/4”
5/16”
6mm
8mm

OPTIONS
3-Dog Drive Adapter
Flexible Coupling70

www.thomsonlinear.com

Clutches & Brakes

DL-30 Clutches

Dimensions & Specifications

THE GENUINEWRAP SPRING™
ENGINEEREDPRODUCTS

12 in MIN (300 mm)#24 AWG UL1213 Teflon 7x32

Dimensions (mm)For more information see page 87.
ELECTRICAL DATAPERFORMANCE
Static torque

25 lb-in (2.8 Nm)

Inertia, rotating parts

0.016 lb-in2

Maximum operating speed

1,200 RPM

Temperature

32°-140° F (0-60° C)

Cycle Life15 x 106 @ 25 lb-in Total Load

Weight0.22 lbs.

Voltage*

Current(amps)

Resistance(ohms ±10%)

Status

24 DC

0.110

227.0

Standard

12 DC

0.243

49.0

Modification

90 DC

Available*Custom voltages available(Coils are rated for continuous duty; 3.5 watts nominal)
Molded connector or 12” flying leads

Bore Data
Bore Sizes

Bore B Ø

1/4 inch0.2505-0.2530(6.362-6.427)

5/16 inch

0.3130-0.3155(7.950-8.014)
Metric Bores

6 mm

0.237-0.239(6.01-6.09)

8 mm

0.315-0.319(8.01-8.103)

Cross Pin or Standard “D” Bores available, consult factory.

www.thomsonlinear.com

71

DL-33 Clutches

Dimensions & Specifications
HI-CW/SI-CCW
1.

1.055–.010(26.80–0.25)

HI-CCW/SI-CW.755–.010(19.18–0.25).31(7.87)

Ø+.15

1.10 -.05(27.94 +3.81-1.27 )

3X120°.737 MAX(18.72).272–.010(6.91–0.25).096–.010(2.44–0.25).157 MIN(4)Ø

.103–.003
2X (2.62–0.08) RAD. FULL

Ø "B"

Ø
3X .210–.003(5.33–0.08)

1.312–.010(33.32–0.25).5115–.0015(12.99–0.038).004 (0.01) M A M

Ø 1.05(26.67).945–.010(24–0.25)

NOTES:
1.

.013–.013(0.33–0.33).005 (0.13) M A M

FLYING LEADS
12 in LENGTH (300 mm)#24 AWGUL1213 Teflon 7x32

INPUT AND ROTATION (VIEWED THIS END):
HUB INPUT-CW/SHAFT INPUT-CCW OR
HUB INPUT-CCW/SHAFT INPUT-CW

RECOMMENDED MATING CONNECTORS:TERMINAL - POLARIZED LATCHING
CRIMP ON CONTACTS
HOUSING: AMP NO 104257-1
CONTACTS:LOOSE: AMP NO 1-530151-0
STRIP: AMP NO 530151-9
ALTERNATE TERMINALINSUL. DISPLACEMENT CONTACTSASSEMBLY - AMP NO 103956-1
ASSEMBLY - MOLEX NO 70400-0141

Dimensions (mm)For more information see page 87.
PERFORMANCEELECTRICAL DATA

Static torque

30 lb-in (3.4 Nm)

Inertia, rotating parts

0.016 lb-in2

Maximum operating speed

1,200 RPM

Temperature

32°-140° F (0-60° C)

Cycle Life1 x 106 @ 30 lb-in Total Load

Weight0.22 lbs.

Voltage*

Current(amps)

Resistance(ohms ±10%)

Status

24 DC

0.130

185.0

Standard

12 DC

0.267

45.0

Standard

90 DC

0.034

2670.0Standard*Custom voltages available(Coils are rated for continuous duty; 3.5 watts nominal)
Molded connector or 12” flying leads

Bore Data
Bore Sizes

Bore B Ø

1/4 inch0.2505-0.2530(6.362-6.427)

5/16 inch

0.3130-0.3181(7.950-8.090)
Metric Bores

6 mm

0.237-0.239(6.01-6.09)

8 mm

0.315-0.318(8.01-8.09)

Cross Pin or Standard “D” Bores available, consult factory.

72

www.thomsonlinear.com

Clutches & Brakes

MAC SeriesHigh Performance Clutches at a Low Cost
Design Advantages

Years of experience in developing magnetically ­actuated clutches for papertransport drives are all wrapped up in the
MAC 30 & 45. These units meet the highest industry performance standards at an
outstanding price, using state-of-the-art
engineering, materials, and processes.

THE GENUINEWRAP SPRING™

Typical Applications• Paper transport drives• Forms handling equipment• Sheet feeders• Conveyors• Film processing machines• Copiers• Printers• Collators

ENGINEEREDPRODUCTS• Wrap spring technology allows for very
fast response to bring loads up to speed
within 50 milliseconds (less dependingon RPM)• Exceeds industry life requirements withlittle cycle-to-cycle variation• Enclosed construction effectively eliminates contaminants• Electrical actuation for simple
control interface• Drag free, friction free operation resultsin less wear• Unidirectional input• Output freewheels whendisengaged• RoHS compliant• Optional new connector head plugs
directly into wire harnesses• Eliminate the need to custom fit lead
lengths with new connector head• No leads to get tangled or damaged
with new connector head• Rapid engagement time• High torque to size ratio• Simple construction – only three main
assemblies• High performance at low cost

PERFORMANCE
MAC-30

MAC-45

Static torque

25 lb-in (2.83 Nm)

150 lb-in (16 Nm)

Maximum radial bearing load

15 lbs.

30 lbs.

Maximum operating speed

1,200 RPM

1,000 RPM

Response time, voltage on atfull speed

50 MS Max.
20 MS Nom.

150 MS Max.
40 MS Nom.

Input configuration

Hub input or shaft input

Bearing

Reinforced polyetherimide with internal lubricant

Weight0.22 lb.

1.00 lb

For more information see page 87.

www.thomsonlinear.com

73

MAC-30 Clutch

Dimensions & Specifications

12 in MIN (300 mm)#24 AWG UL1213 Teflon 7x32

Dimensions (mm)For more information see page 87.
ELECTRICAL DATA

Bore Data
Bore B

Status0.2505-0.2530(6.362-6.427)

Standard

0.3130-0.3155(7.950-8.014)

Optional

Metric Bores
0.2366-0.2394(6.009-6.081)

Standard

OPTIONS
Connector Head

Voltage

Current(amps)

Resistance(ohms)

Status

24 DC

0.110

227 ±21

Standard

Leads: 12.0 inches (300 mm) long standard
Ends stripped: .19/.31 inches (4.9/7.8 mm) (Optional: terminated with a connector of your choice)Standard

0.3153-0.3190(8.008-8.103)

Lug Drive Adapter

MAC-30

MAC-30 with Connector Head
Voltage

Current(amps)

Resistance(ohms)

Status

24 DC

0.110

227

Standard

12 DC

0.243

49

Modification

90 DC

Available

Termination: 2 x .023 - .027 x .24 (0.58 - 0.69 x (6.09) square pin, pre-tinned alloy(Molex #08-52-0601)
Leadsets: Teflon insulated lead wires per UL1213 are available to suit any wire harness

Consult Factory

74

www.thomsonlinear.com

Clutches & Brakes

MAC-45 Clutch

Dimensions & Specifications

THE GENUINEWRAP SPRING™
ENGINEEREDPRODUCTS

12 in MIN
(300 mm)#24 AWG
UL1180 Teflon 7x32

Dimensions (mm)For more information see page 87.

Bore Data

ELECTRICAL DATA

Bore B

Status

0.3755-0.3780(9.537-9.602)

Optional

0.5010-0.5035(12.725-12.789)

Optional

0.6260-0.6295(15.900-15.990)

Standard

Metric Bores
0.3941-0.3968(10.010-10.079)

Optional

0.4729-0.4755(12.011-12.078)

Optional

0.5516-0.5555(14.010-14.110)

Optional

0.6304-0.6346(16.012-16.119)

Optional

Voltage

Current(amps)

Resistance(ohms +/-10%)

Status

24 DC

0.257

93

Standard

12 DC

0.526

23

Modification

90 DC

0.054

1680

Modification

Leads:

12.0 inches (300 mm) long standard

Ends stripped:

0.19/0.31 inches (4.9/7.8 mm)(Optional: terminated with a connector of your choice)

PERFORMANCE
Bolt Circle Attachment
Ball Bearing Design
Lug Drive Adapter
Integral Connector Block (future option)
Consult factory

www.thomsonlinear.com

75

MAC-45 Clutch with Bolt Circle Attachment
Dimensions & Specifications

Dimensions (mm)For more information see page 87.

Bore Data

ELECTRICAL DATA

Bore B

Status

0.3755-0.3780(9.537-9.602)

Optional

0.5010-0.5035(12.725-12.789)

Optional

0.6260-0.6295(15.900-15.990)

Standard

Metric Bores
0.3941-0.3968(10.010-10.079)

Optional

0.4729-0.4755(12.011-12.078)

Optional

0.5516-0.5555(14.010-14.110)

Optional

0.6304-0.6346(16.012-16.119)

Optional

Voltage

Current(amps)

Resistance(ohms +/-10%)

Status

24 DC

0.257

93

Standard

12 DC

0.526

23

Modification

90 DC

0.054

1680

Modification

Leads:

12.0 inches (300 mm) long standard

Ends stripped:

0.19/0.31 inches (4.9/7.8 mm)(Optional: terminated with a connector of your choice)

PERFORMANCE
Ball Bearing Design
Lug Drive Adapter
Integral Connector Block (future option)
Consult factory

76

www.thomsonlinear.com

Clutches & Brakes

BBC Series

Spring Actuated Ball Bearing Clutch

Bearing life effectively determines clutch
life. Clutch ­performance has been significantly improved by replacing the sleevebearing, commonly used in this type ofclutch, with a shielded, pre­lubricated ballbearing. Life expectancy may now exceed
50 million cycles.

HI-CW/SI-CCW

1.053-1.073(26.74-27.26)

HI-CCW/SI-CW
44°
34°

.175
Max
(4.45)
Mating Lug.123-.130(3.12-3.31)

12 in MIN
(300 mm)#24 AWGUL1213 Teflon
7x32.11-.15(2.79-3.81)• Forms handling equipment• Paper feed drives• Copiers• Photographic processing equipment• Printers• Collating machines• Automatic bank tellers• Check processing machines• Feed rollers for paper, film, etc.

.14-.18(3.55-4.58).364-.384(9.24-9.76).002-.022(0.05-0.56).73-.77(18.54-19.56)

Typical Applications

ENGINEEREDPRODUCTS

Dimensions (mm)THE GENUINEWRAP SPRING™

• Electromagnetic actuation• High torque in a small package• Corrosion protected• Ball bearing mounted coil housing• Bearing shielded against
contamination and lubricant loss• Redesigned, high efficiency magnetic
circuit• Drag free, engaged or disengaged• High speed operation—up to 1800 RPM• Housing assembly can be used as shaft
bearing support• Uni-directional input• Freewheeling output whendisengaged• Simple installation—no adjustments
required• Custom configurations• RoHS compliant

The model BBC-29 clutch ­combines theease of direct electromagnetic actuation
with the quick response and high torqueoffered by wrap spring technology. This
improved clutch design features a ballbearing drive and a new ­magnetic circuit
to enhance its performance and effi­
ciency and greatly increase its life.

Ø .8744-.8752(22.209-22.231)
3XR.28-.29(7.11-7.37)

3 X 120°
Ø .921-.929(23.39-23.60)

1.16
Ø (29.47) Max.934-.948(23.72-24.08)
Slot

3X .208-.212(5.28-5.39).099-.103(2.51-2.62)

PERFORMANCEELECTRICAL DATA

Static torque

25 lb-in (2.83 Nm)

Maximum radial bearing load at minimum
speed

7.5 lbs. (3.41 Kg)

Voltage

Current(amps)

Resistance(ohms ±10%)

Status

24 DC

0.114

210.0

Standard

Maximum operating speed

1,800 RPM

12 DC

0.479

25.0

Modification

Response time, voltage on at full speed

40 MS Max.
20 MS Nom.

90 DC

0.049

1800.0Modification

Bore sizes

English: 0.250 inch (6.35 mm)
Metric: 0.2632 inch (6 mm)

Input configuration

Hub input or shaft input

Bearing

Shielded ball bearing

Weight1.0 lb.

For more information see page 87.

www.thomsonlinear.com

77

SP-2, 4, 5 Clutches

Dimensions & Specifications• Low cost• Trouble-free design for long life• Complete package for immediate
installation• High torque• Standard hub input; shaft input special• RoHS compliant

Designed specifically for computer peripheral and business machine applications,these clutches and brakes are suitable forindexing, rapid cycling, and positive displacement clutching drives.

B
Note 1

A

Note 2DC

J

INote 3Note 4

K
E

H

L

G

Note 3F

Notes
1. Output connection
		 SP-2: .062 dia. hole
		 SP-4: .125 dia. hole
		 SP-5: .125 dia hole
2. Tapped holes on input hub:		 SP-2: 3 holes,#6-32 on .938 B.C.
		 SP-4: 3 holes,#6-32 on .938 B.C.
		 SP-5: 3 holes,#10-32 on 1.250 B.C.
3. Mounting holes:
		 SP-2: .187 x .312 slot
		 SP-4: 4 holes,.187 dia. on 2.125 B.C.
		 SP-5: 4 holes,.187 dia. on 3.125 B.C.

Options• Anti-overrun• Anti-back (HI only)• Overtravel stop
Typical Applications• Paper drives• Card readers and sorters• Copying machines• Ribbon drives• Material handling conveyors

Dimensions (mm)DIMENSIONS   (mm)
Model

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

J

K

L

SP-2

1.670

0.250

0.125

0.080

1.188
1.187

1.620

0.090

0.25150.2505

1.620

0.810

0.690

3.00

SP-4

2.000

0.430

0.160

0.080

1.250
1.249

1.910

0.090

0.376
0.378

2.380

1.190

1.00

4.10

SP-5

2.375

0.340

0.150

0.090

1.56251.5615

2.180

0.090

0.50150.5005

2.620

1.310

1.310

4.56

PERFORMANCEELECTRICAL DATA

SP-2

SP-4

SP-5

Static torque

lb-in
(Nm)

25
(2.825)120(13.56)250(28.25)

Maximum anti-overrun
holding capability

lb-in
(Nm)

10
(1.13)

25(2.825)60(6.78)

Inertia, rotating parts

lb-in20.0086

0.0522

0.09774

Maximum radial bearing
load at maximum speed

lb

7.5

13

31

Maximum operating
speed

RPM

1500

1200

750

Response time, voltage
on at full speed

MS

25

30

30

0.55

0.88

1.32

Current(amps)

Current(amps)

Resistance(ohms)

Resistance(ohms)

SP-2

SP-4, SP-5

SP-2

SP-4, SP-5

115 AC 60 Hz

0.104

0.103

825

280

24 DC

0.230

0.325

104

74.0

12 DC*

0.460

0.732

26

16.4

90 DC*

0.059

0.096

1510

936

Voltage*Modifications

Optional – Anti-overrun operation
Weightlb

Note: By adding an optional over travel stop (OTS), the braking torque is increased from 10% to
20% of the rated clutch torque.

78

www.thomsonlinear.com

Clutches & Brakes

SP-6 Clutch

Dimensions & Specifications
Designed specifically for computer peripheral and business machine applications,these clutches and brakes are suitable forindexing, rapid cycling, and positive displacement clutching drives.

• Low cost• Trouble-free design for long life• Complete package for immediate
installation• High torque• Standard Hub input;
Shaft input special• RoHS compliant
THE GENUINEWRAP SPRING™

Options• Anti-overrun• Anti-back (HI only)• Overtravel stop

Dimensions (mm)Bore & Keyway Data
Bore A

Keyway Width B

Keyway Depth C

Set Screws D

Mounting Holes E

0.7505-0.7525(19.062-19.114)

0.1885-0.1905(4.787-4.839)

0.837-0.842(21.25-21.39)#10-32 UNC-2B x0.19
Lg. Hex Skt. Set Screw

3x #1/4-20 UNC-2B 0.48 MIN DP
2.062 BC

1.0005-1.0025(25.412-25.464)——

0.187-0.192 Hole
(4.74-4.88)

3x #1/4-20 UNC-2B 0.48 MIN DP
2.062 BCMETRIC BORES
0.7874-0.7894(20.0 H9)0.2356-0.2368(5.985-6.015)

0.8976-0.9015(22.800-22.900)

M5 x 0.8 x 5.0
Lg. Hex Skt. Set Screw

3x M6 x 1.0 holes on
52.38 BC

0.9842-0.9862(25.0 H9)——

4.87-5.14 Hole
(0.191-0.203)

3x M6 x 1.0 holes on
52.38 BCPERFORMANCEELECTRICAL DATA

Static torque

500 lb-in (56.5 Nm)

Maximum anti-overrun holding capability

300 lb-in (33.9 Nm)

Inertia, rotating parts

2.0 lb-in2

Maximum radial bearing load at maximum speed

63 lb

Maximum operating speed

500 RPM

Response time, voltage on at full speed

60 MS

Optional – Anti-overrun operation

Hub input or Shaft input

Weight5.29 lbs.

Voltage

Current(amps)

Resistance(ohms)

115 AC 60 Hz

0.334

57.5

24 DC

0.586

41.0

12 DC*

1.150

10.4

90 DC*

0.151

598*Modifications

Note: By adding an optional over travel stop (OTS), the braking torque is increased
from 10% to 20% of the rated clutch torque

www.thomsonlinear.com

79

ENGINEEREDPRODUCTS

Typical Applications• Paper drives• Card readers and sorters• Copying machines• Ribbon drives• Material handling conveyors

BIMAC Series

Low Cost Solenoid Actuated Clutches for AC or DC Operation• Low cost• Trouble-free design for long life• Complete package for immediate installation• High torque• 25 or 75 lb-in of torque• Speeds up to 1500 RPM• Fits up 1/4” and 3/8” shafts• RoHS compliant

Designed initially for the computer peripheral equipment and business machine
market, the BIMAC Series of solenoid
actuated clutches is ideal for a wide
range of indexing and rapid cycling applications.
The BIMAC Series is available in startstop and single revolution configurations.
Single revolution models are rated for 10%
braking load (20% with overtravel stop/
anti-back option).
In operation, when the coil is energized
the actuator pulls away from the control
collar, allowing the drive spring to wrap
down onto the input and output hubs for
positive torque transmission. When thecoil is de-energized, the actuator engages
the control collar which unwraps thespring and disconnects the hubs.

Typical Applications

H

I
J

Note 1

M

L

K

Note 2T• Paper drives• Card readers and sorters• Copying machines• Ribbon drives

N

G

O P

A

F
C

D

E
B

S

Notes
1. #6-32 tap. 3 holes, on .938 B.C.
2. .062 dia. holeU
R

Q
DIMENSIONS   (mm)

Mod.

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

J

K

L

M

N

O

P

Q

R

S

T

U

B1

1.45

1.25

0.62

0.30

0.14

0.19

0.562
0.561

1.62

0.31

0.20

0.09

0.55

0.44

0.09

.2505
.2515

0.375
0.374

0.50

0.56

0.25

1.188
1.187

1.06

B2

1.69

1.25

0.62

0.30

0.14

0.19

0.743
0.742

1.72

0.41

0.27

0.125

0.68

0.43

0.10

0.376
0.378

0.562
0.561

0.50

0.56

0.25

1.25

1.06

PERFORMANCEELECTRICAL DATABIMAC I Series

BIMAC II Series

Static torque

25 lb-in (2.83 Nm)

75 lb-in (8.475 Nm)

Inertia, rotating parts

0.0117 lb-in2

0.0427 lb-in2

Maximum radial bearing
load at maximum speed

12 lbs17 lbs.

Maximum operating speed

1500 RPM

Response time, voltage on
at full speed
Weight80

Voltage

Current(amps)

Resistance(ohms)

115 AC 60 Hz

0.15

785

24 DC

0.25

96

12 DC*

0.40

301000 RPM

90 DC*

0.50

1800

20 MS

20 MS

*Modifications

5 oz.

7 oz.

www.thomsonlinear.com

Clutches & Brakes

BDNB Series

Bi-Directional No-Back Design Clutches
The Bi-Directional No-Back offers an
extraordinary combination of functions at
low cost. The basic function of this unit
may be easily adapted to a large range ofapplications requiring automatic position
holding with rotary driven ­capability.

THE GENUINEWRAP SPRING™

The BDNB can be turned only whentorque is applied to the input shaft. The
input shaft may be driven in either direction with torque being transmitted directly
to the output shaft.

• Input operates in CW and CCW direction; output will hold loads within specified torque ranges• Modifications and special design variations available• Maximum operating speed 200 RPM• Flange can be oriented on the bi-side or
the brake side, depending on the application• RoHS compliant

Typical Applications

ENGINEEREDPRODUCTS• Tank turret drives• Boat or aircraft trim tabs• Robotics• Rudderlocks• Hoists• Manlifts• Actuator holdbacks

When there is no torque on the input,
the output shaft is “locked” and cannot
be rotated in either direction. Any torqueapplied to the output shaft is transmitted
directly to the clutch body, and will not bereflected to the input.

Dimensions (mm)Bi-Directional No Back offers two Flange
options:• Mounted on bi-side (shown above)• Mounted on brake side (shown at left)

PERFORMANCE
Torque ratings

250 lb-in (28.23)

Clutch holding torque, both directions

250 lb-in (28.23)

Output to housing lost motion

6°†

Input to output lost motion

25°

Maximum additional input torque10*

Weight2 lbs.

†Angular movement is determined with 25 lb-in of torque applied to output.
*Or less than 1.15 times the output shaft load, whichever is greaterwww.thomsonlinear.com

81

BDSC Series

Bi-Directional Slip Clutch
The BDSC clutch is a ­customer driven,
special unit designed for high volume
usage. It consists of just four components:
one snap ring, two hubs and one spring.
Like the CTS series, these clutches aredesigned to slip when­ever a preset torquelimit is exceeded. Torque ratings range
from 2 to 32 in.-oz.
By attaching ­various pulleys, sprockets
and other input devices, BDSC clutchesare ­easily adapted for a wide ­variety of
applications.

• Low cost design• Custom configurations• Torque ratings from 2 in.oz. to 30 oz.in.
• 200 RPM maximum speed• Suitable for 100% duty cycle• Torque can be varied with direction ofrotation• Low cost• RoHS compliant

Size 2.393- .398
(9.98-10.11).99-1.00(25.14-25.40).06-.07(1.52-1.78).035-.045(0.88-1.15)

R Full.686-.687
Ø(17.42-17.46).115-.135(2.92-3.43).083-.103(2.10-2.62)

Ø .81-.82(20.57-20.83)

Ø .2505-.2525(6.362-6.414).085-.095(2.15-2.42)

Ø .3740-.3755(9.49-9.54)#6-32 Hex Skt Set Screw(6.35) Nom Lg.25
1.16-1.20(29.46-30.48)

Size 4.190(4.83).030
Max.
(0.77)

Ø .375-.377(9.52-9.58)

Ø 1.29-1.33(32.76-33.79)

Ø.751-.775(19.07-19.69)

1.498-1.502(38.04-38.16)

2x #10-32UNF-2B
85 -95.62-.63(15.74-16.01).33-.35(8.38-8.89)

Typical Applications• Turntable drives• Machine doors• Conveyor drive systems forpoly film bag manufacturing• Gear boxes• Servo systems• Tension devices• Ribbon winding• Paper feed

Dimensions (mm)PERFORMANCE
Torque ratings

2 in-oz to 9 lb-in (.014–1.017 Nm)­– Torques held within ± 10%– Can provide different torques in different directions– 25 in-oz CW, 5 in-oz CCW

Bore Sizes

English: .25-.625 inch (6.35-15.88 mm)
Metric: .2362-.629 inch (6-16 mm)

Weight1.0 lb.

82

www.thomsonlinear.com

Clutches & Brakes

CTS Series

Constant Torque Slip Clutch
The unique feature of the CTS series isthat the clutch is designed to slip whenever a preset torque limit is exceeded. CTS
clutches can also be used to apply dragin a system for ­tensioning require­ments.
While standard wrap spring units aredesigned to drive and/or brake, the CTS
clutch is an inexpensive ­solution when aslip function is needed.

Typical Applications• Suitable for 100% duty cycle• 7 watts maximum power
dissipation• 150 RPM maximum speed• Torque ratings from 2 lb-in to 28 lb-in• RoHS compliant

THE GENUINEWRAP SPRING™

• Cable winding equipment• Torque wrenches• Data handling devices• Dispensing equipment• Gear boxes• Web tensioning• Servo systems

CTS-25B.19.25

8-32 SOCSET SCREW.062#8-32 UNC-2B
3 HOLES EQ. SP. ON
1.000 DIA B.C.

.2505
.2525
.686-.687
DIA

BORE
.3130
.3150

A

1.35
DIA

CTS-50.30#10-32 UNF - 2B
3 HOLES EQ. SP.
ON 1.250 DIA B.C.

#10-32 SOC
SET SCREW

.750
DIA

.5005
.5025

1.81
DIA

CTS-25 Clutch Data
TorqueAB

2 lb-in

0.95

0.845

4 lb-in

0.95

0.845

6 lb-in

0.95

0.845

8 lb-in

1.09

0.982

10 lb-in

1.09

0.982

12 lb-in

1.227

1.117

14 lb-in

1.227

1.117

1.25
DIA

B
.22

ENGINEEREDPRODUCTS

Constant Torque Slip Clutch - CTS Series

A

CTS-50 Clutch Data
TorqueAB

4 lb-in

1.243

1.125

8 lb-in

1.243

1.125

12 lb-in

1.243

1.125

16 lb-in

1.469

1.352

20 lb-in

1.469

1.352

24 lb-in

1.695

1.578

28 lb-in

1.695

1.578

1.5625-1.5610
DIA

PERFORMANCE
Torque ratings up to
Shaft sizes

www.thomsonlinear.com

CTS-25

CTS-5014 lb-in (1.582 Nm)

28 lb-in (3.164 Nm)

1/4” (6.35) and 5/16” (7.938)

1/2” (12.7)

83Selection Considerations
Inertia and Torque Values
Application Analysis
1. Function
The process for establishing the clutchor brake function is illustrated in Step 1
on page 16. In review, the three functions
and the appropriate series selections arenoted below.
Overrunning
Unidirectional torque transmission withfree wheeling in opposite direction.
Selection
PSI (Model 0)Start-Stop
Engage/disengage with random stop
position.
Selection
	SAC (Model SS)
ACCE
PSI (Model SS)
ACCM

3. Determine clutch or
brake torque value
With the inertia value calculated in Step2, determine the torque requirement
for the function determined in Step 1.
A) For Overrunning and Start-Stop(random start-stop)(SAC and PSI Models SS and O)
T = WR2 x RPM + friction torque*    3700 x t
 here—W
T = Torque required from wrap spring
WR2 = load inertia (Step 2)
RPM = shaft speed at clutch locationt = time to engagement (.003 for clutch)

Single Revolution
Accurate stop position in single or fraction revolution cycles.
Selection	CB Model S
SAC Model S
PSI Model S

In order to calculate the inertias of com­ponents which are made of material otherthan steel, use the multipliers found in theconversion chart (right) to establish theinertias of these components.
Inertia Conversion Chart

Find the value of T on the Torque vs.
Model Comparison Chart below.
*Frictional (drag) torque is the torque necessary to overcome
static friction. It may be measured by a spring-scale or bydead-weights, applied to a known moment arm so gradually as
to make inertia negligible. It is that torque found just sufficient
to induce motion.

Torque vs. Model Comparison
2500
2000
1500
1250
1000
750
500
250
200

In order to determine the inertia of a rotating member (shaft, disc, etc.) of a material
other than steel, multiply the inertia of theappropriate steel diameter from the charton page 85 by:Material

MultiplierBronzeSteel
Iron
Powdered Metal Bronze
Powdered Metal Iron
Aluminum
Nylon

1.05
1.00
.92
.79
.88
.35
.17

84

Where—
T = torque required from wrap spring
WR2 = Load inertia (Step 2)
RPM = Shaft speed at clutch or brake    locationt = time to disengagement(.0015 for brake)

5000

Torque (lb. ins.)

2. Calculate load inertia (WR2)
Use the inertia chart on page 85 tode­ter­mine the inertia of the application
compo­nents. To determine WR2 of a given
shaft or disc, multiply the WR2 from thechart by the length of shaft or thickness ofdisc in inches.
Note: For hollow shafts, subtract WR2 of
the I.D. from the WR2 of the O.D. and multiply by length.

B) For single revolution applications   (CB, SAC and PSI Models S)   T = WR2 x RPM – friction torque*   3700 x t

150
100
50
25

2

4

5

6

7

8

CB Series Single Rev.

10

2

4

5

6

8

PSI Series
Overrunning-Start/Stop

2

4

5

6

SAC Series
Single Rev.

www.thomsonlinear.com

Clutches & Brakes

Selection Considerations
Inertia and Torque Values
4. Verify selection with unit inertia

INERTIA OF STEEL SHAFTING (Per Inch of Length or Thickness)
WR2 (lb-in2)

Dia. (in.)

WR2 (lb-in2)

Dia. (in.)

WR2 (lb-in2)

1/4.00011

766.81613803.52

3/8.00055

7 1/4

77.04

13 1/4858.241/2.00173

7 1/2

87.984

13 1/2924.483/4.008647 3/4

100.656

13 3/4995.04A) Tt = (WR2LOAD + WR2UNIT)RPM + friction torque      
3700 x t

1

.0288

8

113.90414

1068.48

1 1/4

.072

8 1/4

128.8814 1/41147.68B) For Single Revolution Start-Stop   (CB, SAC-S and PSI Models S)

1 1/2

.144

8 1/2

144

14 1/21229.75

A) Tt = (WR2LOAD + WR2UNIT)RPM ­- friction torque      
3700 x t

1 3/4

.288

8 3/4

162.72

14 3/41317.62.432

9182.88

15

1404

2 1/4

.72

9 1/4

203.04

16

1815.84

2 1/2

1.152

9 1/2

223.2

17

2314.08

2 3/4

1.584

9 3/4

252

18

2910.24

3

2.304

10

277.92193611.52

3 1/2

4.176

10 1/4306.72204433.76

3 3/4

5.472

10 1/2338.4

215389.924

7.056

10 3/4371.52226492.96

4 1/4

9.072

11

407.52237757.28

4 1/2

11.376

11 1/4444.96249195.845

17.28

11 1/2486.722510827.36

5 1/2

25.488

11 3/4529.9226

12666.24

6

36

12

576

27

14731.2

6 1/4

42.624

12 1/4626.4

2817036.64

6 1/2

49.68

12 1/2679.682919604.16

6 3/4

57.888

12 3/4735.843022452.48

Where–Tt = total system torque    (WR2LOAD) = load inertia    (WR2UNIT) = clutch inertia
Find this new torque value on the Torquevs. Model Comparison Chart on page 84
to verify the model selected in Step 3.
Minimum Load Inertia—
Super CB and CB Clutch/Brakes
In order to achieve the CB accuracy
capability of ±1/2°, a minimum load inertia is required to fully engage the brakespring and disengage the clutch spring.
This minimum inertia (l) can be calculated
from the accompanying formula andchart:l = (t) (Tc + To) (3700) – Ic
            RPMl = Minimum inertia required to fully
activate the clutch/brake—lb-in2
t = Time—Seconds
Tc = Torque required to fully activate the   clutch/brake—lb-in
To = Drag torque—lb-in

Model

TC

t

CB-2

1.65

0.003

IC
0.0116

RPM = Revolutions per minute

CB-4

6.60

0.004

0.0450Ic = Inertia at the output side of the
clutch—lb-in2

CB-5

6.88

0.004

0.1663

CB-6

8.75

0.005

1.221 (0.75 in. bore)
1.138 (1.0 in. bore)

CB-7

17.0

0.005

9.43 (0.75 in. bore)
7.72 (1.0 in. bore)
6.70 (1.25 in. bore)
6.55 (1.50 in. bore)

CB-8

20.0

0.005

9.32 (1.0 in. bore)

CB-10

50.0

0.006

EXAMPLE:
CB-6 in a system running at 200 RPM with
3/4” bore and 20 lb-in drag. What inertia
is required to fully activate the clutch/
brake?
I = (0.005) (8.75 + 20) (3700) – 1.221 = 1.438 lb-in2     (200)

NOTE: When calculated inertia is zero or
negative, no further action is required. If
the calculation result is positive, additional inertia equal to or exceeding the result
should be added.

www.thomsonlinear.com

ENGINEERINGGUIDELINES

Dia. (in.)

THE GENUINEWRAP SPRING™

From the individual product specifications
find the unit inertia of the model selectedin Step 3. Add this to the load inertia previously determined to arrive at the total
torque requirement.
A) For Overrunning and On-Off   (PSI Models SS and O)TORQUE & INERTIA VALUES

8.15 (1.5 in. bore)
30 (1.5 in. bore)

How to determine maximum inertia loadof CBsT x 3700 x t = WR2
RPM     T = Clutch Torque     t = .0015

85

Selection Considerations
ExampleNip Feed for Ribbon (Tape) Cut-Off—
Indexes 180° for 5½” Length

Determine Correct Size
Clutch/Brake

Nip Feed for Ribbon (Tape) Cut-Off—
Indexes 180° for 5½” Lengths
1. Determine function: Application requires
accurate 180° start and stop positioning, therefore a CB or PSI Model S ischosen.
2. Calculate Load Inertia (WR2)
WR2 NIPS (2) = 4.176 lb-in2 each(ref. inertia chart, pg. 85)          x 2 = 8.352 lb-in2

4. After making initial unit selection, add
unit inertia (ref. Torque and Inertia
Values, pg. 85) to load inertia (rotating
components).
i.e.: 8.525 lb-in2 (Load WR2)
+1.718 lb-in2*
10.268 lb-in2 (Total System WR2)
 ouble-check size by computing newDdata with torque formula.
* (CB-6 WR2­—Pg. 26)

T = WR2 x RPM    5.55 (for brake)
T = 10.268 x 200 = 370 lb-in         5.55     CB-6 is correct size.
Note: All calculations shown assume zerocompliance in driven, as well as driving,
components. Compliance in the system
reduces the torque required to accelerate
the total inertial load to full RPM.

WR2SHAFT = .0288 x 6 = .1728 lb-in2
WR2L OAD = 8.5248 lb-in2
TOTAL

Selection Exp.AI5

3. Apply results to Step 3 formulas todetermine torque required for start/stop.
T = 8.5248 x 200/5.55 – 20 = 287.2 lb-inE stimate friction torque(about 20 lb-in for this example).
 ake initial unit selection from TorqueM
vs. Model Comparison Chart (pg. 84)
based on load torque requirements:
i.e., 287.2 in.lb. Size CB-6

86

www.thomsonlinear.com

Clutches & Brakes

Magnetically Actuated Clutch Operation Principles & Performance
DL, MAC & BBC Series
Clutch Operation
The inside diameter of the spring is larger than the outside diameter of the shaft hub. One end of the spring (control tang) is fastened to the control collar (or armature). When the coil is de-energized,
the hubs rotate independently ofeach other. The free hub (affixed tothe spring), the spring, and the collar
rotate as a unit. The opposing shaft
hub is not fastened to the spring
and rotates as another unit. The coilhousing is stationary and pilotedon the shaft bearing. A ground pin
placed in the retaining tab secures
De-Energized
the coil housing from rotating.

When the coil is energized, the control collar is pulled and held
against the shaft flange. The momentary relative motion between
spring and hubs “wraps” the spring,coupling the two hubs positively. All
torque is transmitted through thewrapped spring. Magnetic force isonly necessary to maintain a tightspring grip for total torque transfer.

Operational Performance

Performance Profile

Energized

THE GENUINEWRAP SPRING™

VOLTAGE

The time-to-speed of the DL, MAC and BBC Series clutches isdefined as the time required to accelerate the load to 100% of the
input speed from the initial voltage pulse. The spring wrap downtime is the only portion dependent on the input speed. Variation intime-to-speed is caused by:

CURRENTENGINEERINGGUIDELINES

TIME

1. Clutch to Clutch — statistical variation due to piece part tolerance

LOAD
RPM

2. Cycle to Cycle — comprised of speed, voltage, and temperaturechanges
3. Lifetime — enlargement of the normal band due to component
wear.
If dictated by the application, cycle-to-cycle variation can be
minimized by careful selection of system hardware and software.
Statistical variation may also be reduced through tighter part tolerance, but would result in a higher cost.

0

T1

T2

T

3 T4

T5

Current and speed response profile
T1 = Time to engage (TTE) (Electrical build up and collar movement
and spring wrap time).
T2 = Time to speed (TTS).
T3 - T4 = Armature disengagement time (ADT).
T5 - T3 = Time to zero (TTZ) (Load and speed dependent).

Characteristics of Disengagement
Control collar release time (ADT) is affected somewhat by speed,load, and the above three variables. The electrical circuit, however,has a major impact on the MAC-45’s disengagement performance.
Voltage transients and bleed down time should be minimized. The
optimum suppression network for an application using the MAC-

www.thomsonlinear.com

45 is represented by circuit C which incorporates a 1N4004 series
diode and a zener diode with two times the coil voltage. Omitting
the zener (circuit B) would result in a less expensive circuit but at
the expense of minor decrease in performance. Circuit A represents the quickest disengagement time but provides no protection
for voltage transients.

87Questions & Answers

Relating to Standard Genuine Wrap Spring Products
1. Question: What changes are necessary to convert a CB series clutch from
CW to CCW and vice versa?

5. Question: Can a single stop CB Series
clutch readily be changed to a multiple
stop unit and vice versa?

Answer: For all CB units, the following
parts must be changed; the drive spring,brake spring, anti-overrun spring, antiback spring, and plate subassembly.
The cams must also be reversed.
Additional require­ments: On CB-5, -6,
and -8 units, the actuator subassemblymust be changed. On CB-6, -8, and -10(DC only) the coil sub­assembly must bechanged. On CB-10 (AC only) the coilsubassembly would require a new coilkit. All other components can be reused.
The differential must also be reset after
the unit has been reassembled.

			 Answer: The serrated control of
the CB collar design facilitates easychangeover to a multiple stop collar. Please refer to the assembly/dis­
assembly instructions for the appropri­ate CB model. See Stop Collars,
page 67.

2. Question: How is the spring differential
set on a CB Series clutch? Why is thisimportant?
Answer: This setting is importantbecause it establishes the relationshipof the clutch spring to the brake spring.
If the setting is incorrect, the unit may
fail due to excessive wear or may not
operate at all. The differential setting
has been preset by the factory for “outof-the-box” CB Series clutches. See
page 90 for a detailed explanation ofspring differential adjustment.
3. Question: Can the input or output of a
CB Series clutch/brake be reversed?
Answer: The standard CB Series clutch(which includes the anti-overrun clutchfeature) cannot readily be reversed.
However, if input reversal is required,please contact your local Danaher
Motion Representative for additional
information.
			 One of the standard features of the
CB Series clutch/brake is the anti-backspring. While this spring is required toachieve stopping accuracy, it also prevents the output from being reversed.
Therefore, like the input of a standard
CB Series clutch/brake (incorpo­rat­ing
the AO feature), the output cannot andshould not be reversed.
4. Question: How often should a Deltran
wrap spring clutch be lubricated?
Answer: Under normal operating conditions, lubrication is not necessary
because the bearing surface components are manufactured from oil impregnated powdered metal materials.

88

6. Question: Can the output of the CB
Series clutch be adjusted after installation?
			 Answer: Certainly. The serrated designof the control collar assembly allows
repositioning the cam after the unit has
been installed. See page 67.
7. Question: How is rotation determined?
			 Answer: For the CB, SAC & SP Series,
determine the proper rotation by viewing the unit from the input hub end.
For sizes 2 through 6, the input hub
has 3 holes, while sizes 8 and 10 input
hubs each have 6 holes. For the PSI
Series, determine the proper rotation
by viewing the clutch from the input
end. For HUB input units, look at thefree hub when determining rotation, for
SHAFT input units, look at the shaft hub
when determining rotation. Also, see
the appropriate pages of this catalog
or contact your local Danaher Motion
representative.

10. Question: What does
overrun spring do?

the

anti-

			 Answer: The anti-overrun spring feature prevents overhauling loads fromover-running the input. The anti-overrun
is an internal spring with an interference fit that slips in one direction, buttransmits torque in the other.
11. Question: Can the anti-overrun
feature easily be incorporated into a
non-anti-overrun CB Series clutch?
			 Answer: This is easily accomplishedon the CB-5, 6, 7 & 8 units which only
require a new input hub and antioverrun spring. All other CB models must
be completely dis­assembled to replace
the output shaft assembly and input hub
and add the anti-overrun spring.
			 The “standard” CB Series clutch has theanti-overrun spring included. We recommend all CB Series clutches be purchased with the AO spring, if possible.

Anti-overrun
Spring8. Question: What is necessary toassure that a CB model wrap spring
clutch/brake stops consistently andaccurately?
			 Answer: In most cases whena CB does not position accurately, there
is insufficient inertia to fully wrap down
the brake spring. This situation can easily be resolved by either adding additional mass to the output or increasingmachine speed.
			 Remember, the CB Series clutch is an
RPM-inertia sensitive device. The specified minimum inertia must be met for
the CB Series clutch/brake to operateproperly.
9. Question: What are the possible causesof CB Series clutch slippage?
			 Answer: Any slippage in a CB is usually caused by an incorrect differential
setting. See the adjustment and repair
section of this catalog page 90.

12. Question: How much torque can a
Genuine Wrap Spring unit brake?
			 Answer: The PSI, SAC & SP model S
units are capable of braking 10% of theirstatic torque rating. By incor­porating
the over-travel stop feature into the
PSI and SP series model S units, brake
torque increases to 20% of static torquerating.
			 In general, the CB Series clutch is capable of stopping 50% of the unit’s static
torque rating.

www.thomsonlinear.com

Clutches & Brakes

Questions & Answers

Relating to Standard Genuine Wrap Spring Products
13. Question: What should be checked
when a CB Series unit doesn’t actuate
on each revolution?
Answer:a) Check for coil input voltage.
b) Check actuator cam clearance. With
the collar biased towards the actuator there should be a .010” to .030”
air gap between the bottom of theactuator and tip of the cam.
c) Check the setting. See Question 21 toreset or replace the solenoid.
14. Question: Can I use any coil with aone-shot power supply?

#2 identifies whether the unit is domestic or metric.
#3 identifies the size of the unit.
#4 identifies hub input and rotation.
#5 identifies special features.
#6, #7, #8—this three-digit number isserial number assigned to
identify specific features ofeach unit.
18. Question: Why doesn’t a model CB-6
with 1” bore include a keyway?
			 Answer: There is not enough material
in the shaft of a 1” bore CB-6 to accommodate a keyway. If a keyway is necessary for a specific application requiringa CB-6, the ¾” bore size should bechosen.
19. Question: How do I know if my clutch
was made with the old style, one piececollar or the split cam design?

16. Question: How can coil voltage of a
wrap spring clutch coil be determined?

			 Answer: To upgrade an older style (single piece) collar to the split cam design
the sleeve must be replaced. (For CB-5,
6, 7 & 8 models only). The single piece
unit is replaced by a brake sleeve,
coupling sleeve and a drive sleeve. In
addition to changing the sleeve, theactuator must also be replaced. The
position of the actuator on the cam isslightly different, and the new actuator
compensates for this change. Refer tothe appropriate pages of this catalog for
replacement part numbers.

+

+

+

+

			 Answer: There are either 3 or 4 holes
plus an anti-rotation slot on the CB,
SAC & SP Series plate assemblies.
These holes
are intendedfor
mounting
conve­
nience.
T h e s e
clutch/brake units
are shaftmounted,so the plateshouldsimply be
restrictedfrom rotat­
ing. These units must have some axial
com­pliance to operate properly.
+

+

++

+

+

+

			 Answer: Models CB-6, 7, 8 and 10 havevoltage markings near the terminal
tabs. CB-2, 4 and 5, as well as SAC
models, show the voltage on the backof the coil bracket.
17. Question: What is the meaning of thenumbers stamped on The Genuine
Wrap Spring clutches?

www.thomsonlinear.com

			 Answer: Currently, all new Genuine
Wrap Spring Standard and Super CB-5,-6, -7, -8, and SAC-5, and SAC-6 units are
manufactured with the split cam design.
The easiest way to identify the split cam
design is by looking at the pivot pin andactuator. If the unit is configured withthe split cam design there will be asmall plastic spacer between the pivot
pin and the actuator. The actuator will
also have two slots for the plunger. The
older design had no spacer, and there
was only one slot for the plunger andactuator interface.

			 Answer: The following instructions areto be used when resetting or replacing
the solenoid.
Collar-Actuator Clearance
1.		 Loosen the solenoid adapter plate suchthat the solenoid can be easily repositioned.
2.		 If the clutch is equipped with an actuator limit stop, loosen it and move it out of
the way.
3.		 Energize the solenoid.
4.		 Align the cam face and actuator tip as
shown in Figure 1.
5.		 Push the collar as indicated by thearrow in Figure 1 to take up the free collar play.
6.		 Check to ensure that the plunger isproperly seated.
7.		 Using a shim between the actuator tip
and cam face, set the collar actuator
clearance between .010 and .030 byrepositioning the solenoid assembly.
8.		 Tighten the solenoid adapter platescrews.
9.		 De-energize the solenoid and repeat
steps 2 through 5.
10.	Re-check the clearance.
11.	If equipped with an actuator limit stop,
re-energize the coil and set the limit
stop as follows:	DC Coils –Set the limit stop so it just contacts the actuator.
AC Coils –Set the actuator-limit stop clearance of .005-.020 at the closest
point.
NOTE: It may not be possible to completely
eliminate solenoid buzzing on AC solenoids.
Figure 1

20. Question: How can I convert my existing one piece collar to the split cam
design?
.010-.030

89

ENGINEERINGGUIDELINES

15. Question: What is the purpose of theholes in the CB, SAC & SP Series plateassembly?

#1 identifies the product series.

21. Question: How can the solenoid be
reset or replaced?

THE GENUINEWRAP SPRING™

			 Answer: Yes, the one-shot power supply can be used with either AC or
DC coils. However, when selecting acoil, remember that higher resistanceresults in slower response and conversely, lower resistance increases
response speed.

			 Answer: The
GenuineWrap
Spring clutches are given an eightdigit number. This number translates
into a description of your product.
Example: 123-45-678

CB Spring Differential Adjustments
Non-Split and Split Cam units
All Super CB and all CB series clutch/
brakes are factory preset to the proper
spring differential overtravel. Should acomponent require replacement and thesprings are affected, it is advisable tomark the two spring tang slots to ensure
correct reassembly. If this is not possible,
use the following procedure to reset the
springs.
Non-Split Cam Units
Retaining Ring
Stop Cam

Sleeve(Sizes 2, 4 and 10)

Spring Differential Adjustments for
Non-Split Cam Units
Super CB and CB Series  
(Sizes 2, 4 and 10 Only)
1. Remove the retaining ring from the
input hub.
2. Rotate the clutch so the brake springis fully wrapped down.
Note: Merely rotating the unit until
the actuator hits the cam will not fully
engage the brake spring. The output
shaft must be rotated in the driving
direction until the brake spring fully
wraps down.
3. With the brake fully engaged (per step2), pull the clutch spring out of its slot
and allow it to jump to wherever itcomes to rest.
4. The clutch spring should be between
two slots. Unwrap the spring and pushit back into the nearest slot.
5. Push the input hub back into place,release the actuator.
6. Rotate the clutch until the brakespring fully wraps down again.
7. With the brake fully engaged, hold theshaft with one hand and release theactuator.
8. The collar will jump forward as thebrake is released and the clutch
engages.

The amount of overtravel varies with the
unit.
Model

Overtravel

CB-2
CB-4
CB-10

.09 to .19”
.19 to .31”
.62 to .75”

Split Cam Units
Retaining Ring
Stop Cam

Note: Non-Split Cam design units

Coupling Sleeve

9. To obtain the overtravel, use a scale tomeasure the distance between the tipof the actuator and the tip of the cam.
(See picture below)

Brake Sleeve

10.If the overtravel is within specified
limits, reinstall the retaining ring, theunit is set.
11. If the overtravel exceeds the specified
amount, move the brake spring backone slot against the direction of rotation and repeat steps two through nine.
12. If the overtravel is less than the specified amount, move the brake springforward one slot in the direction ofrotation.
Note: If the unit is disassembled and thedrive and/or brake springs do not need tobe replaced, proceed as follows:—Reposition the drive and brake springs
to their original positions onto the output shaft assembly.
—Reassemble the clutch and position
the spring tangs of the drive and brakesprings in the factory marked locations
on the control collar assembly (on thecontrol collar there are designatedslots marked with a recessed punchmark).
—After the unit is completely assembled,
the differential setting should be backto its original setting.

(Sizes 5, 6, 7 and 8)

Spring Differential Adjustments
For Split Cam Units (5, 6, 7, and 8)
To adjust the differential on split camunits (Sizes 5, 6, 7 and 8) use the following
procedure:
1. Slide the retaining ring, stop cam, andcoupling towards the free hub (input)
separating the two split sleeves.
2. Move the brake sleeve spline in the
opposite direction of the drive to wrap
down the brake spring.
3. Hold the brake spring sleeve spline inplace and slide the coupling onto thesplines to secure the two sleeves.
4. Slide the stop cam onto the splined
section and re-insert the retaining ring
into the groove.
5. Rotate the clutch until the brake spring
fully wraps down again.
6. With the brake fully engaged, hold theshaft with one hand and release theactuator.
7. The collar will jump forward as thebrake is released and the clutch
engages.
8. To obtain the overtravel, use a scale tomeasure the distance between the tipof the actuator and the tip of the cam.
(See picture at left)
If the overtravel is too small or large,
repeat steps 1-8 above.
The amount of overtravel varies with the
unit.
Model

Overtravel

CB-5
CB-6
CB-7
CB-8

.15 to .25”
.19 to .37”
.37 to .50”
.37 to .50”

Note: Split Cam design units

90

www.thomsonlinear.com

Clutches & Brakes

Mounting Requirements

Super CB, Standard CB, SAC, SP, ACCE and BIMAC units(All plated mounted wrap spring products)
Horizontal & Vertical Mounting

Preferred horizontal mounting

The Genuine Wrap Spring clutches
are self-contained packaged products which are easy to mount. A few
simple precautions should be taken
to ensure maximum life.

Input member
counterbored to center massover clutch bearing
Clutch fully supported by
the shaft with bearing
support on both ends

See Figure 2 note.

Bearingmounted
pulleyPin drivenot bolted
to input+

Figure 1

The anti-rotation device employed must
be able to withstand the braking torquerequired by the load.

Optional Mounting Configurations

Plate restrained from rotating by pin
or shoulder bolt. No axial bindingIt may be desirable to have easy accessto the input for changing belts, etc. In thiscase, the clutch/brake can be mounted
on a stub shaft. If so, the unit must still befully supported. Overhung loads on the
input member must be avoided to securelong radial bearing life.

Figure 2

Optional Vertical Mounting
Figure 2 - When applying a wrap springvertically, the mating drive member (pulley, sprocket, or sheave must be bearingsupported as shown in Figure 2. This isnecessary to eliminate the axial loading
Perf. Mount.AI5
that will occur CB
from
the weight of themating drive member (pulley, sprocket or
sheave).

Preferred pulley mounting
Mounting (1) Dim.AI5

Figures 3 and 4

Set Collar

Double Bearing Support
for Stub Shaft
Input Member Inboard
Double Bearing Support
for Stub Shaft

Figure 3

The set-up shown in Figure 3 is possible
if the radial load to the input hub of the
clutch is small compared to the specified
load. With a substantial load, arrange thepulley over the centerline of clutch free
hub as shown in Figure 4.

Pin Drive
Not Bolted
to Input

The solution presented here is better thanthat in Figure 3. Place one support bearing
as close to the pulley as possible. Use atorque arm for anti-rotation.

Figure 4

Small units (size 2, 4,Figure
and35) are provided
with pilot holes in the output shaft. These
guide drilling through the machine shaft
for attachment of the unit, accomplishedby a pin.

91

ENGINEERINGGUIDELINES

Preferred Horizontal  Mounting
Figure 1 - Shows an ideal CB mounting.
The unit is locked to the output shaft witha key and set screws. The mounting plateis restrained from rotating with a pin, but
is not restrained axially, reducing the loadon the CBs internal plate bearing.

www.thomsonlinear.com

Set Collar

THE GENUINEWRAP SPRING™

All Genuine Wrap Spring clutch
products are designed for parallel
shaft applications where they are
fully supported by the shaft on which
they are mounted. In the case of
wrap spring clutch/brakes (CB) the
through shaft is always the output.
Connecting the parallel shaft to the
CB input can be accomplished byuse of a belt, chain or gear drive.
CB models must be mounted withthe shaft(s) in a horizontal position(Figure 1). If vertical mounting isrequired, see Figure 2.

Illustrate how proper
support can be provided. Input members are
generally face-mounted to the input hub of
the unit as shown on
Figure 1. This is facilitated by drilled andtapped holes provided
in the free hub flange.

Optional vertical mounting

Mounting Requirements
Mounting Thread Engagement
Thread Engagement
Requirements

Maximum thread engagement
specified by factory

Just a reminder . . . Whilemounting a sprocket or
pulley to the input hub of
your CB-2, -4, -5, -6, -7,-8, -10 or SAC-2, -4, -5 or-6 the screws/ bolts usedmust not protrude throughthe flange or hub. This willinterfere or jam the control
collar assembly, therefore causing the clutch
to malfunction by failingto “drive” or causing theclutch to “slip.” Pleaserefer to the following
chart for maximum thread
engagement:
Correct Mounting

CB/SAC-2 = .150
CB/SAC-4 = .280
CB/SAC-5 = .350
CB/SAC-6 = .312

Thread engagement
exceeds factory specifications.
This causes interference
which results in clutch
malfunction.

Incorrect Mounting

CB-7 = .280
CB-8 = .360
CB-10 = .500

CB Tech Tip.AI5

92

www.thomsonlinear.com

Clutches & Brakes

Application Analysis

Certain applications require “soft” starts or stops.
A friction clutch or brake can accomplish this by
reduced voltage to the coil. A wrap spring clutchor brake CANNOT be torque ­modulated, BUT theeffects can be minimized by use of a­ ­flexible
coupling or a properly shaped cam.

Start, Stop, or Start/Stop?

1.4.1 START.
Some applications require starting the load periodically but are not critical in the final stopping
position when the clutch is released.
Example: Application is feeding wire or paper
into a set of rollers which then continue to draw
the wire or paper off the larger spool, indepen-

www.thomsonlinear.com

Single revolution applications require a start/
stop function. This insures that the load is in a
known position at all times. The PSI, SP and SAC
style model S clutches plus the CB style clutch/
brake are used for these types of requirements.

PAPER ROL

TIME

Example: Most any cam controlling
application will require TIME
accurate positional control of the start of the cycle.
At the end of the cycle the brake stops
the motion where the cam is again inits known starting position for the next cycle.
2. LoadRPM
TIME

HALF PAPER ROLL

TIME

PAPER ROLL ALMOST DEPLETED

TIME

TIME

2.1 Friction—does it vary? How?

Example: A reversing drive for a moving platen
copying machine may require a soft start so as
not to put vibrations into the machine during
the copying cycle, but, during the return, thesevibrations may be of no consequence. Thus afriction clutch could be used for the copy cycle
and a spring clutch (MSC) for the return.

1.4

TIME

1.4.3 START/STOP.

Example: A conveyor which contains high but
small bottles may require soft starts so that thebottles do not fall over.

Example: To minimize the shock and vibration
during braking when using a CB or SP”S” style
clutch, compli­ance can be introduced into theplate retention method.

RPM

Example: The vertical axis of robot is controlled
TIME
by a ball screw. A brake can beused to hold that
position in the event of power failure.

2.1 Inertia—does it vary?
An important factor to consider is that a friction
clutch’s starting time is inertial and frictionalload dependent while that of the wrap spring
clutch is not. The time to speed of a wrap springis, for all practical purposes, constant irrespective of load, within its torque capacity.
Example: A printer will use rolls of paper and it
will require a clutch to provide accurate linear
positioning. A spring clutch may be the better
choice for this situation since it is not affectedby the changing inertia of the roll as the paper
is used.

Load friction varies with bearing wear and overtime will increase the friction seen by the clutch.
More important, the load may vary through thecycle and be both positive and ­negative as withmost cam type applications. The importanceof knowing how this varies and to what extent
should be known for proper clutch application.
3. RPM
3.1 Is the RPM constant?
Many complaints come from users of CBs
because of inaccurate stopping position. Upon
investigation it is found that one RPM is used
to initially set up the machine and then a faster
RPM used for operation. This inaccuracy happens because at lower RPM there is less energy
contained in the load and the brake spring does
not fully wrap down; when the RPM is increased
to the run speed the brake spring fully wraps
down and the stop ­position changes.

93

ENGINEERINGGUIDELINES

1.3	Will it require torque ­modulation?

HALF

FULL PAPER ROLLTHE GENUINEWRAP SPRING™

Example: A clutch coupling is required to transmit torque in both CW and CCW rotation andto decouple the load from the drive upon command. PSI engineers designed a wrap spring
clutch which can drive in both directions ofrotation and, when commanded, will completely
decouple the load from the drive, all with a single
spring.

FRICTION CLUTCH

RPM

Is it bi-directional?

There are certain applications which require
torque to be transmitted in both directions ofrotation with one clutch. When this is the case,a friction clutch is generally considered, NOT awrap spring clutch. There are applications, however, where special wrap spring clutches can be
designed for bi-directional applications.

TIME

SPRING CLUTCH

Certain applications require only stopping or
INDEPENDENTOFofROLL
SIZE
holding. In the wrap
spring section
the catalog
there would not be a unit specifically designatedas a brake; however, a PSI style clutch could
be used as a brake by tying one of the hubs tomechanical ground. MAC, BBC or MSC can be
configured for limited braking.

FULL

RPM

1.2

Example: Application is to use clutches for a two
speed drive. This would not require an ­accurate
stopping position. The PSI model SS or SAC
could be used.
1.4.2 STOP.

INDEPENDENT OF ROLL SIZERPMRPM

Example: A new automatic bank teller will
require a clutch or clutch/brake to deliver themoney to the customer after transaction.

FRIC

RPMRPM

Example: The application is on a new design fora riveting machine. The clutch will control an
eccentric which will drive home the rivet.

SPRING CLUTCH

RPM

What work is to be done?

Give a basic description of the type of machine
and what the clutch/brake is to do. This is important for the application engineers since they may
have had experience with this type of application
previously.

RPM

1.1

dent of the clutch. A PSI or SAC style model SS
could be used. The SS style clutch would allow
the output of the clutch to overrun the input,
allowing the continued motion of the wire when
the clutch is no longer engaged. An MSC or MAC
may also be suitable.

RPM

Function to Be Performed

RPM

1.

Application Analysis
It also is common that, to increase productionof a machine, the RPM has been increased, andthe clutch no longer functions the same. As the
RPM goes up, the dynamic torque increases
proportionately and can cause an over torquecondition.
It is important to know the RPM and if it changes
during set up.
3.2 Is the rotation always in the same direction?
There can be situations when the input rotation direction changes during manual set up
operations or normal operation of the machine.
If the wrap spring clutch has the anti-­overrun(AO) feature, this can not be done. Without antioverrun, the input can be rotated in the opposite
direction of rotation. The spring will tend to open
and slip on the input hub.
4. Timing Requirements
The time of initiating motion or stopping motion isalways important in any mechanical system.
4.1 TTS — Time To Speed
This is the time from initially applying voltage tothe coil or solenoid of the clutch until the load
has reached full RPM.
The machine synchronization and permissible
cycle rate can depend on this parameter. Spring
clutches are very con­sistent in TTS since they
are not dependent on the load; thus they willallow certain variations in load and still have­consistency in timing.

position accuracy of 5 degrees cycle to cycle.
Stopping position depends on system conditions
at the time of stopping. This means that if system
conditions, such as RPM or friction, change fromone stop to the next, the stopping position may
also change. For stopping accuracy the brakemust come to a positive, known position. For
the PSI or SP style models with overtravel stop,
this would mean that the pin comes all the way
to the limit stop. For the CBs it would mean thatthe brake spring wraps fully down on the brakehub. Once the actuator contacts the control
collar to disconnect the clutch, the stop point
is dependent on the system inertia to carry theload forward to this brake position. If the system
friction is high, there may not be enough inertia;
or if the RPM decreases, the energy of the inertia
also decreases and may no longer be enough toreach full brake.
Example: A CB with a 2 stop collar is not realizing 180 degrees between stops. This could
be because system friction is different at eachstop.
Example: A system runs at low RPM
for initial set up of the machine, then increases
to a normal run speed. The stopping position is
no longer the same. The energy of inertia is now
higher and the stopping position will advancesince at the lower RPM the brake spring might
not have been fully wrapped down on the brakehub.
6. Life Requirements

VOLTAGE

6.1 Cycles

ON

OFF

TIME
t
Duty Cycle =

ON

t

t
ON + OFFX 100 = ___%

4.2 Duty Cycle
Duty cycle is most often used as a means todetermine heat build up of an electrical device.
For single revolution spring clutches, the cycle
duration is dependent on the number of stops on
the control collar and the RPM. Cycle rate is thenumber of cycles per minute. Both are important
to know.
5. Stopping Position
5.1 Cycle-to-cycle accuracy requirements
Cycle-to-cycle accuracy is usually given as
angular accuracy for single revolution, indexingstyle clutches; PSI, SP, SAC and CBs.
Example: The application is that a clutch is tocontrol a cut-off knife and will require stopping

94

Cycle life is the required ­number of times the
clutch is engaged and disengaged during its
desired oper­at­ing life. Based on the appli­ca­tion
data given, an estimate can often be made on thenumber of cycles which can be expected. This is
a common request, but each application is some­what different and life testing in the machine isthe best way to give an accurate value.
6.2 Time
In certain applications this may be of greater
concern than the number of cycles.
Example: A clutch is to be used to control a firedamper door as a safety device which must beable to func­tion over a minimum life of ten years.
Hopefully the clutch will never have to be used,
but this information will determine, perhaps,
surface treatment and/or materials.
Example: The main drive clutch of a machine will
be engaged 10-20 times per day, 200 days, over
5 years. Life of the machine is to be 10,000 hours
minimum. This may dictate the type of bearings
required in the clutch.
7. Environment
7.1 Business or office ­equipment
This is usually a well known type of environment
but can sometimes differ from the norm.

Example: The clutch in a ­copier will be locatedadjacent to the heat lamp and can have a
local temperature of 130 degrees C. This situation would require careful consideration for the
clutch to properly ­perform over the expected life,
such as special bearing oil.
7.2 Industrial
Most industrial environments can be assumed,
but there may be unusual conditions which must
be considered.
Example: The clutch will operate a wrapping
mechanism on a textile machine. There will
be cotton fiber in the air. This cotton fiber cancollect on the actuator and not allow proper
function, but it will also collect on the oil of thepowdered metal bearings. This will act as a wickto draw the oil out and cause premature bearing
failure if not adequately protected from the cotton fiber. The solution in this case could be an
enclosure/ cover.
7.3 Agricultural or outdoor
This type of application will require the clutch
to be constructed with materials to meet harshconditions of weather and contamination.
Example: The clutch will control a grain drill. The
PSI-5 and PSI-6 farm clutches are constructedusing special control collars with dirt seals andshaft materials which will stand up to this operating environment.
8. Special Requirements
8.1 Input and direction of rotation
With the exception of the CBs, spring clutches
can be operated either as a shaft or hub input.
The CBs can only be operated as hub input.
The direction of rotation can be either clockwise
or counter clock­wise. The direction of ­rotation isdeter­mined by looking from the free hub end.
8.2 Bore size
Always try to use the catalog stan­dard sizes forbest economy and delivery. If this is not possible,
special bore sizes can be obtained.
8.3 Voltage of coil
Always try to use the catalog standard coilvoltages. The most popular is 24 VDC; however,special voltages can be supplied if required.
8.4 Gears, pulleys, or special free hub configuration
If the anticipated volume in the application willallow, it may be more eco­nomical for the factory
to supply the clutch directly with the requested
gear, pulley, sprocket, or other special feature. It
should be noted that Danaher Motion has an inhouse powdered metal facility so that the input
hub and the special feature could be molded
as an integral part. Consult with the factory to
determine the best method of manufacture.

www.thomsonlinear.com

Clutches & Brakes

Disassembly & Assembly Instructions
CB-2 and -4

CB-6, -7 and -8
Disassembly
1. Rotate the input hub until the actuator hits the stop cam.
Continue to apply torque in the direction of rotation to the output shaft
until the brake spring is fully wrapped down.
2.	 Remove the retaining ring from the input hub end.
3. Remove input hub – turn in direction of rotation only.
4. Remove the retaining ring from the mounting plate end.
5. Remove the output shaft and collar assembly (see split cam design)from the mounting plate – turn in direction of rotation
only. Do not remove brake hub from mounting plate.
6. Remove the collar assembly (see split cam design) from the output shaft
by extracting the collar toward the brake side of the output shaft.

www.thomsonlinear.com

Super CB-6, -7 and -8
Disassembly
1. Rotate the input hub until the actuator hits the stop cam. Continue toapply torque in the direction of rotation to the output shaft until the brakespring is fully wrapped down.
2.	 Remove the retaining ring from the input hub end.
3. Remove the input hub with thrust washer — turn in direction of rotation
only. (Super CB-7 and 8 note the orientation of the flange for assembly.)
4. Remove the retaining ring from the mounting plate end.
5. Remove the output shaft and collar assembly (see split cam design) fromthe mounting plate – turn in direction of rotation only. Do not remove
brake hub from mounting plate.
6. Remove the collar assembly (see split cam design) from the output shaft
by extracting the collar toward the brake side of the output shaft.
Assembly
1. Replace parts as needed.
2. Install the collar assembly (see split cam design) over the output shaft
and spring assembly. (Pull the brake spring through the collar withneedle-nosed pliers, taking care not to distort the spring.)
3. Install the output shaft and collar assembly on the mounting plate – turnin direction of rotation only.
4. Install the retaining ring on the mounting plate end with its smooth surface facing the brake hub.
5. Install the input hub with thrust washer (flange oriented correctly on
Super CB-7 and 8).
6. Install the retaining ring on the input hub with its smooth surface facing
the hub.
7. Reset spring differential as needed. (See “CB Spring Differential
Adjustments” on page 90.)
CB-10 and Super CB-10
Disassembly
1. Important—Insure that the spring tang location is marked before the unit
is taken apart.
2. Rotate the input hub until the actuator hits the stop cam. Continue toapply torque in the direction of rotation to the output shaft until the brakespring is fully wrapped down.
3.	 Remove the retaining ring from the input hub end.
4. Remove the input hub – turn in direction of rotation only (CB-10). (Super
CB-10 remove the input hub with the thrust washer – turn in direction ofrotation only and note the orientation of the flange for assembly.
5. Remove the retaining ring from the mounting plate end.
6. Remove the output shaft and collar assembly from the mounting plate –turn in direction of rotation only. Do not remove brake hub from mounting
plate.
7. Remove the collar assembly from the output shaft by extracting the collar
toward the brake side of the output shaft.

95

ENGINEERINGGUIDELINES

CB-5 and Super CB-5
Disassembly
1. Rotate the input hub until the actuator hits the stop cam.
Continue to apply torque in the direction of rotation to the output shaft
until the brake spring is fully wrapped down.
2.	 Remove the retaining ring from the input hub end.
3. Remove thrust washer (Super CB-5 only).
4. Remove input hub – turn in direction of rotation only.
5. Release the actuator so that the brake is disengaged.
6. Remove the collar assembly (see split cam design) by extracting the collar toward the clutch spring end.
Assembly
1. Replace parts as needed.
2. Install the collar assembly over the output shaft and spring assembly.
(Pull the clutch spring tang through the collar with needle-nosed pliers,
taking care not to distort the spring.)
3. Install the input hub – turn in direction of rotation only.
4. Install thrust washer (Super CB-5 only).
5. Install the retaining ring with smooth surface facing input hub.
6. Reset spring differential as needed. (See “CB Spring Differential
Adjustments” on page 90.)
Note: Anti-back springs and hubs should not be disassembled because of
the difficulty in maintaining endplay setting between hubs. The unit should
be returned to the factory for service.

Assembly
1. Replace parts as needed.
2. Install the collar assembly (see split cam design) over the output shaft
and spring assembly. (Pull the brake spring through the collar withneedle-nosed pliers, taking care not to distort the spring.)
3. Install the output shaft and collar assembly on the mounting plate – turnin direction of rotation only.
4. Install retaining ring on the mounting plate end with its smooth surface
facing brake hub.
5. Install the input hub.
6. Install the retaining ring on the input hub with smooth surface facing thehub.
7. Reset spring differential as needed. (See “CB Spring Differential
Adjustments” on page 90.)

THE GENUINEWRAP SPRING™

Disassembly
1. Important—Insure that the spring tang location is marked before theunit is taken apart.
2. Rotate the input hub until the actuator hits the stop cam.
Continue to apply torque in the direction of rotation to the output shaft
until the brake spring is fully wrapped down.
3.	 Remove the retaining ring from the input hub end.
4. Remove input hub – turn in direction of rotation only.
5. Release the actuator so that the brake is disengaged.
6. Remove the collar assembly – extract the collar toward the clutch spring
end.
Assembly
1. Replace parts as needed.
2. Install the collar assembly over the output shaft and spring assembly.
(Pull the clutch spring tang through the collar with needle-nosed pliers,
taking care not to distort the spring.)
3. Install the input hub – turn in direction of rotation only.
4. Reset spring differential as needed. (See “CB Spring Differential
Adjustments” on page 90.)
5. Install the retaining ring with smooth surface facing input hub.
Note: Anti-back springs and hubs should not be disassembled because of
the difficulty in maintaining endplay setting between hubs. The unit should
be returned to the factory for service.

Disassembly & Assembly Instructions
Assembly
1. Replace parts as needed.
2. Install the collar assembly over the output shaft and spring assembly.
(Pull the brake spring through the collar with needle-nosed pliers, taking
care not to distort the spring.)
3. Install the output shaft and collar assembly on the mounting plate – turnin direction of rotation only.
4. Install the retaining ring on the mounting plate end with its
smooth surface facing the brake hub.
5. Install the input hub and reset spring differential as needed (CB-10).
Install the input hub with thrust washer flange oriented correctly andreset the spring differential as needed (Super CB-10). (See “CB Spring
Differential Adjustments”on page 90.)
6. Install the retaining ring with smooth surface facing the hub.
SAC-2, -4 and -5
Disassembly
1.	Remove the retaining ring from the input hub end.
2. Remove input hub – turn in direction of rotation only.
3. Remove the stop collar by extracting the collar toward the clutch spring
end.
Assembly
1. Replace parts as needed.
2. Install the stop collar over the output shaft and spring assembly. (Pullthe clutch spring tang through the collar with needle-nosed pliers, taking care not to distort the spring.)
3. Install input hub – turn in direction of rotation only.
4. Install retaining ring.
SAC-6
Disassembly
1. Remove the retaining ring from the input hub end.
2. Remove input hub – turn in direction of rotation only.
3. Remove the retaining ring from the mounting plate end.
4.	Remove the output shaft and stop collar assembly from the mounting
plate – turn in the direction of rotation only. Do not remove plate hubfrom mounting plate.
5. Remove the control stop from the output shaft by extracting the collar
towards plate side of the output shaft.
Assembly
1. Replace parts as needed.
2. Install the stop collar over the output shaft and spring assembly.
3. Install the output shaft and stop collar assembly on the mounting plate –turn in direction of rotation only.
4. Install the retaining ring to output shaft.
5. Install the input hub.
6. Install the retaining ring on the shaft input end.
ACCE
Disassembly
1. Remove spiral ring and thrust washer from both ends of the shaft.
2.	Rotate clutch and remove it from the plate. Remove the large thrust
washer.
3. For shaft input units, remove the shaft assembly by rotating opposite todrive direction.
4. For hub input units, remove the hub by rotating opposite to drive direction.
5. For Model SS, remove the stop collar and spring by rotating opposite todrive direction and pulling the drive spring off the output hub.
6. For Model S, pull the stop collar axially to release it from the spring.
Rotate the spring opposite to drive direction until the down tang can be
pried from its hole.

96

Assembly
1. For Model S, assemble spring to output hub by rotating opposite to drive
direction until the down tang is seated in the hole.
2. For Model SS, assemble spring to output hub by rotating opposite todrive direction until the spring is seated against the large retaining ring.
3. Assemble stop collar over spring by deflecting the input tang with longnose pliers (reach through the collar with the pliers).
4. Assemble input by rotating opposite to drive direction.
5. Install large thrust washer and slide clutch assembly onto the plate.
6. Install thrust washers and spiral rings on both ends of the shaft.
ACCM
Disassembly
1. Remove spiral ring and thrust washer from the shaft.
2.	For shaft input units, remove the shaft assembly by rotating opposite todrive direction.
3. For hub input units, remove the hub by rotating opposite to drive direction.
4. For Model SS, remove the stop collar and spring by rotating opposite todrive direction and pulling the drive spring off the output hub.
5. For Model S, pull the stop collar axially to release it from the spring.
Rotate the spring opposite to drive direction until the down tang can be
pried from its hole.
Assembly
1. For Model S, assemble spring to output hub by rotating opposite to drive
direction until the down tang is seated in the hole.
2. For Model SS, assemble spring to output hub by rotating opposite todrive direction until the spring is seated against the large retaining ring.
3.	Assemble stop collar over spring by deflecting the input tang with longnose pliers (reach through the collar with the pliers).
4. Assemble input by rotating opposite to drive direction.
5. Install thrust washer and spiral ring on the shaft.
PSI
Disassembly
1. Remove retaining ring from shaft.
2. Remove hub end by rotating opposite to drive direction.
3. For Model S, remove stop collar and spring by rotating opposite to drive
direction and pulling to remove output tang from hub.
Assembly Model S
1. Assemble spring to output hub by rotat­ing opposite to direction of rota­tion. Output tang must be inserted com­pletely into hole in hub during thisassembly.
2.	Assemble stop collar over spring by de­flecting input tang with long-nose
pliers. (Reach through collar with pliers.)
3. Assemble input hub by rotating opposite to direction of rotation.
4. Assemble retaining ring to shaft.
Assembly Model O & SS
1. Assemble spring and stop collar (or sleeve) with control tang located inslot in collar.
2. Assemble spring and collar to output hub by rotating opposite to direction of rotation.
3.	Assemble input hub by rotating opposite to direction of rotation.
4. Assemble retaining ring to shaft.

www.thomsonlinear.com

Clutches & Brakes

Friction Clutches & Brakes

FRICTION

www.thomsonlinear.com

97

How to SelectBrake Selection

Clutch Selection

General Notes

Step 1

Step 1

Determine if the application requires astatic (holding) or dynamic (stopping)brake.

For clutch applications with a specificacceleration time requirement, first calculate the dynamic torque (TD) required toaccelerate the load using the inertia-timeequation:

In some applications it may be necessary to consider clutch or brake inertia
and engagement time in calculating load
acceleration. If the inertia or engagement time of the clutch or brake selected
represents more than 10% of the load
inertia or acceleration time, use the abovereferenced Inertia-time equation to solve
for acceleration time (t), using an inertia
equivalent to the sum of the load inertia
and the clutch or brake inertia (see performance data tables). Then verify thatthe sum of the acceleration and clutchor brake engagement times is still within
the required acceleration time for theapplication.

Step 2For static brake applications, determine
the required static torque to hold the load
under worst case conditions, consideringsystem drag. Skip to Step 5.
Step 3For dynamic braking applications with a
specific stopping time requirement, first
calculate the dynamic torque necessary
to decelerate the load, using the inertiatime equation:
TD = (0.1047 (I x w) / t) - D
where l = total system inertia lb-in-sec2,
w = shaft speed in RPM, t = time to zeroand D = load drag. Next multiply by 1.25 toconvert to static torque. Skip to Step 5.
Step 4
For those dynamic braking applications
requiring only an ability to stall a load,
calculate the appropriate static torqueusing the horsepower-RPM equation:
TS = 1.25 x 63000 x (HP x K) / w
where HP = horsepower, K = service factor and w = RPM OR refer to the chartsfound on page 99.
Step 5
Select a brake model from the catalog
with a static torque rating greater than
the required torque (service factor dependent). Verify that the selected brake fits
into the available application envelopeand mounting configuration.
Note: When braking dynamically, carefulconsideration must be given to proper
energy dissipation. Calculate the total
kinetic energy dissipation per cycle (Ek),and compare this to the allowable braking energy (Eb) based on the frequency
of engagement (N) given in the Energy
Dissipation Chart on page 143. If the total
kinetic energy dissipation per cycle ismore than allowable, given the frequency
of engagement, then consider using alarger series brake.

98

TD = 0.1047 (I x w) / t + D
where I = rotational load inertia in lb-in-sec2
units, w = differential slip speed in RPM,t = time to speed, and D = load drag torquereflected to the clutch. Next convert tostatic torque by multiplying by 1.25. Skip
to Step 3.
Step 2For clutch applications requiring only
an ability to accelerate a load, calculate
the appropriate static torque using thehorsepower-RPM equation:
TS = 1.25 x 63000 x (HP x K) / w

For more information on other key factorsthat greatly affect clutch or brake life,
such as ambient temperature, slip-speed
and load energy, please contact us at
1-540-633-3400.

where HP = horsepower, K = service factor, and w = differential slip speed in RPM
OR refer to the charts in the engineering
guidelines section.
Step 3
Select a clutch model from the catalog
with a static torque rating greater than
the required torque (service factor dependent). Verify that the selected clutch fits
into the available application envelopeand mounting configuration.
Note: When engaging a clutch dynamically (under load at speed), careful consideration must be given to proper energy
dissipation. Calculate the total energy
dissipated per minute:E = (Ek + Es) x N
where Ek = kinetic energy, Es = slip energy, and N = cycle rate. If the total energy
dissipation is more than allowable (seeperformance data tables), then consider
using a larger series clutch.

www.thomsonlinear.com

Clutches & Brakes

Selecting a Clutch or Brake
Torque, Horsepower & Speed
Disregarding frictional losses in a pulley,
gear or sprocket system incorporating a
clutch and running at a constant speed,
the HP delivered by the clutch equals
the HP of the prime mover. However,
the torque imposed on the clutch may
be greater or less than the torque on themine the proper sizing of a clutch or brakebased on motor horsepower and speed.
However, when precise control and life
expectancy are critical all design considerations should be evaluated.

prime mover depending on the ratio of the
speed of the shafts. Generally, the fasterthe clutch shaft speed, the lower thetorque required to drive the load.
The application charts below can be used
as a quick and easy reference to deter-

Light to Medium Duty Applications (K = 1.5)
Clutch or Brake Shaft Speed in RPM
100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 1100 1200 1500 1800 2000 2400 3000 3600 4000 4600 5000
1/50
H

1/20

O

1/12

R

1/8

S

1/6

E

1/4

P

1/3

O

1/2

W

3/4

E

1

R

1 1/2

Series 17

Series 19
Series 22/23
Series 26/28
Series 30

2
3
5

Series 40

7 1/2

Heavy Duty Applications (K = 3.0)
Clutch or Brake Shaft Speed in RPM
100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 1100 1200 1500 1800 2000 2400 3000 3600 4000 4600 5000
H

1/20

O

1/12

R

1/8

S

1/6

E

1/4

P

1/3

O

1/2

W

3/4

E

1

R

1 1/2
2

FRICTION

1/50

Series 17
Series 19
Series 22/23
Series 26/28
Series 30

Series 40

3
5
7 1/2

www.thomsonlinear.com

99

CS/CSC and CF/CFC Series

Shaft and Flange Mounted Clutches and Clutch Couplings
Electromagnetic clutches provide an efficient, electrically switchable link between
a motor and a load. Clutches are used tocouple two parallel shafts by the use ofpulleys, gears or sheaves. While the field(electromagnet) assembly is prevented
from rotating by an anti-rotation tab orflange, the rotor and armature assembly
are mounted on a single shaft, with therotor secured to the shaft. The armature
is bearing mounted and free to rotate.
When the coil is energized, the armature
engages the friction surface of the rotor,
thus driving the load.

• Torque: 2.5 to 125 lb-in(0.28 to 14.12 Nm)• Diameters: 1.25 to 3.27 in(31.8 to 83.1 mm)• Efficient means of cycling load
• Fast response, repeatableperformance• Static or dynamic engagement• Simple installation• Economic cost
• Energy efficientElectromagnetic clutch couplings provide
this same efficient, electrically switchable
link between a motor and a load for in-line
shafts. While the field (electromagnet)
assembly is prevented from rotating by ananti-rotation tab or flange, the rotor andarmature assembly are securely mounted
on opposing in-line shafts. When the coilis energized, the armature engages thefriction surface of the rotor, coupling thetwo in-line shafts, thus driving the load.

How to order
CS – 11    B    24* – E04** – E04**

SeriesCS = Shaft Mounted
			 Clutch
CSC = Shaft Mounted
			 Clutch Coupling
CF = Flange Mounted
			 Clutch
CFC = Flange Mounted
			 Clutch Coupling*

Frame Size
11 = 1.25 (31.8)
15 = 1.53 (38.9)
17 = 1.78 (45.2)
22 = 2.26 (57.4)
26 = 2.63 (66.8)
30 = 3.27 (83.1)

Coil Voltage
12 = 12VDC
24 = 24VDC
90 = 90VDC

B = Burnished
U = Unburnished

Rotor
Bore**
   English     E03 = .1875
E04 = .2500
E05 = .3125
E06 = .3750
E08 = .5000
E10 = .6250

Armature
Bore**
    Metric
M06 = 6mm
M08 = 8mm
M10 = 10mm

Other voltages available upon request** See dimension tables for appropriate bore sizes available for each frame size.
Metric bore sizes available upon request.
General Notes• The air gap should be checked periodically to insure
proper operation. If it exceeds maximum recommended dimensions, the clutch or brake may not function
properly.
• All friction faces must be kept free of grease and oil for
proper operation.
• Consult factory for additional options.

100

•

•

Actual starting and/or stopping times depend on application variables, manufacturing tolerances and friction
material wear. Please consult factory for evaluationof actual use before applying specific values to yourapplication.
Flying leads are provided as standard, terminal styleconnection available upon request.

••

Armature and rotor bore dimensions are minimums,
with tolerance generally .001/.002 larger to accommodate varying environmental conditions.
Coil of 24 & 90 volts are provided as standard, other coilvoltages are available upon request.

www.thomsonlinear.com

Clutches & Brakes

Clutches and Clutch Couplings
Full corrosion protection
Rotating components designed for
low inertia and minimal dragEfficient, low power consumption coil,
UL class B insulation system
Integral long-life bearings of advanced
structural components
Shaft mounting (bulkhead mounting
available)
Long-life wear surfaces

Zero backlash

Standard hub supplied, integrated gears,
pulley and other custom drive components available.

Typical Applications

FRICTION

www.thomsonlinear.com

CLUTCH &CLUTCH
COUPLINGS• Document handling• Copiers• Printers• Collators• Sorters• Finishers• ATM machines• Currency counters• Vending machines• Postal handling equipment• Ticket & receipt dispensing• Packaging• Material handling• Office automation101CS-11 Clutches & CSC-11 Clutch Couplings
Dimensions & Specifications
HJ

12 in MIN (300 mm)#22 AWG Irradiated Polyethelene

K

F

ØM

G
ØC

N

L
ØA

B

CS ModelDimensions (mm)Mounting requirements see page 146.

CS Model Shown

CSC Model

Dimensions

Model*

StaticTorquelb-in (Nm)

A: OD

B: OAL

C: BoreØ

F: TabHeight

G: Slot
Height

H: TabWidth

J: Slot
Width

K: TabThickness

L: Length

M: Mtg Ø x
N: LengthCS-11B24-E04-E04

5.0(0.56)

1.25(31.8)

1.38(35.1)

.250
(6.4)

0.87
(22.1)

0.56(14.2)

0.38
(9.7)

0.13
(3.3)

0.03
(0.8)

0.22
(5.6)

.507 x 0.33
(12.9 x 8.4)

CS-11B24-E05-E05

5.0(0.56)

1.25(31.8)

1.38(35.1)

.312
(7.9)

0.87
(22.1)

0.56(14.2)

0.38
(9.7)

0.13
(3.3)

0.03
(0.8)

0.22
(5.6)

.507 x 0.33
(12.9 x 8.4)

CSC-11B24-E04-E04

5.0(0.56)

1.25(31.8)

1.28(32.5)

.250
(6.4)

0.87
(22.1)

0.56(14.2)

0.38
(9.7)

0.13
(3.3)

0.03
(0.8)

0.22
(5.6)

NA

CSC-11B24-E05-E05

5.0(0.56)

1.25(31.8)

1.28(32.5)

.312
(7.9)

0.87
(22.1)

0.56(14.2)

0.38
(9.7)

0.13
(3.3)

0.03
(0.8)

0.22
(5.6)

NA

Armature
Disengage.
msec

Armature
Inertia

Rotor
Inertia

WeightEnergyDissipation

3.5 x 10-5
3.4 x 10-5

2.6 x 10-5
2.6 x 10-5

0.2 (0.1)

175

0.2 (0.1)

175

in (mm)in (mm)in (mm)in (mm)in (mm)in (mm)in (mm)in (mm)in (mm)in (mm)PERFORMANCE

Model

StaticTorquelb-in (Nm)

Coil
Voltage
VDC

Resistance
Ohms
nom

Power
Watts
max

ArmatureEngage.
msec

CS-11

5.0 (0.56)

24/90

128/1800

5.0

5.0

18.0

CSC-115.0 (0.56)

24/90

128/1800

5.0

5.0

18.0

lb-in-sec2

lb-in-sec2

lb (kg)ft-lb/min*See “How to order” model numbering system on page 100 for clutches & clutch couplings.
(-) denotes metric equivalents. Specifications subject to change without notice.
General Notes• Customer shall maintain concentricity between armature assembly and rotor shaft within .003 T.I.R.
• Customer shall maintain a loose pin fit through the antirotation tab to prevent pre-loading of bearings.
• Other voltages available upon request.

102

•
•
•

Initial working air gap at installation shall be .004/.009.
Customer supplied gear/pulley/sprocket is press-fit on
the clutch armature assembly knurl.
Rotor is secured to shaft by set screw or roll pin.

•••

Clutch coupling armature assembly is secured to shaft
by set screws and key.
Metric bores available
Static torque values above are burnished

www.thomsonlinear.com

Clutches & Brakes

CS-15, 17 Clutches & CSC-15, 17 Clutch Couplings
Dimensions & Specifications
K

H
E

12 in MIN (300 mm)#22 AWG Irradiated Polyethelene (CS-15 & CSC-15)#22 AWG PVC (CS-17 & CSC-17)

J

G

ØM

F

D

ØC

L

N
B

ØA

CS ModelDimensions (mm)Mounting requirements see page 146.

CSC Model

CS Model Shown

Dimensions
B: OALin (mm)C: BoreØin (mm)D: K’way
Heightin (mm)

E: K’wayWidth
in (mm)F: TabHeightin (mm)

G: Slot
Heightin (mm)H: TabWidthin (mm)

J: Slot
Widthin (mm)K: TabThick.
in (mm)

L:Lngthin (mm)M: Mtg Ø
x N: Lgin (mm)CS-15B24-E04-E04

10(1.13)

1.53(38.9)

1.83(46.5)

.250
(6.4)

.286
(7.3)

.062
(1.6)

1.10
(27.9)

0.75(19.1)

0.50(12.7)

0.19
(4.8)

0.06
(1.5)

0.38
(9.7)

.631 x 0.33
(16.0 x 8.4)

CS-15B24-E05-E05

10(1.13)

1.53(38.9)

1.83(46.5)

. 312
(7.9)

.364
(9.2)

.094
(2.4)

1.10
(27.9)

0.75(19.1)

0.50(12.7)

0.19
(4.8)

0.06
(1.5)

0.38
(9.7)

.631 x 0.33
(16.0 x 8.4)

CS-15B24-E06-E06

10(1.13)

1.53(38.9)

1.83(46.5)

. 375
(9.5)

NA

NA

1.10
(27.9)

0.75(19.1)

0.50(12.7)

0.19
(4.8)

0.06
(1.5)

0.38
(9.7)

.631 x 0.33
(16.0 x 8.4)

CSC-15B24-E04-E04

10(1.13)

1.53(38.9)

1.68(42.7)

. 250
(6.4)

.286
(7.3)

.062
(1.6)

1.10
(27.9)

0.75(19.1)

0.50(12.7)

0.19
(4.8)

0.06
(1.5)

0.38
(9.7)

NA

CSC-15B24-E05-E05

10(1.13)

1.53(38.9)

1.68(42.7)

. 312
(7.9)

.364
(9.2)

.094
(2.4)

1.10
(27.9)

0.75(19.1)

0.50(12.7)

0.19
(4.8)

0.06
(1.5)

0.38
(9.7)

NA

CSC-15B24-E06-E06

10(1.13)

1.53(38.9)

1.68(42.7)

. 375
(9.5)

NA

NA

1.10
(27.9)

0.75(19.1)

0.50(12.7)

0.19
(4.8)

0.06
(1.5)

0.38
(9.7)

NA

CS-17B24-E04-E04

15(1.69)

1.78(45.2)

1.85(47.0)

. 250
(6.4)

.286
(7.3)

.062
(1.6)

1.32
(33.5)

0.91(23.1)

0.50(12.7)

0.19
(4.8)

0.06
(1.5)

0.30
(7.6)

.631 x 0.33
(16.0 x 8.4)

CS-17B24-E05-E05

15(1.69)

1.78(45.2)

1.85(47.0)

.312
(7.9)

.364
(9.2)

.094
(2.4)

1.32
(33.5)

0.91(23.1)

0.50(12.7)

0.19
(4.8)

0.06
(1.5)

0.30
(7.6)

.631 x 0.33
(16.0 x 8.4)

CS-17B24-E06-E06

15(1.69)

1.78(45.2)

1.85(47.0)

.375
(9.5)

.425
(10.8)

.094
(2.4)

1.32
(33.5)

0.91(23.1)

0.50(12.7)

0.19
(4.8)

0.06
(1.5)

0.30
(7.6)

.631 x 0.33
(16.0 x 8.4)

CSC-17B24-E04-E04

15(1.69)

1.78(45.2)

1.55(39.4)

. 250
(6.4)

.286
(7.3)

.062
(1.6)

1.32
(33.5)

0.91(23.1)

0.50(12.7)

0.19
(4.8)

0.06
(1.5)

0.30
(7.6)

NA

CSC-17B24-E05-E05

15(1.69)

1.78(45.2)

1.55(39.4)

.312
(7.9)

.364
(9.2)

.094
(2.4)

1.32
(33.5)

0.91(23.1)

0.50(12.7)

0.19
(4.8)

0.06
(1.5)

0.30
(7.6)

NA

CSC-17B24-E06-E06

15(1.69)

1.78(45.2)

1.55(39.4)

.375
(9.5)

.425
(10.8)

.094
(2.4)

1.32
(33.5)

0.91(23.1)

0.50(12.7)

0.19
(4.8)

0.06
(1.5)

0.30
(7.6)

NA

Model*PERFORMANCE

Model

StaticTorquelb-in (Nm)

Coil
Voltage
VDC

Resistance
Ohms
nom.

Power
Watts
max

ArmatureEngage.
msec

Armature
Diseng.
msec

Armature
Inertialb-in-sec2

Rotor
Inertialb-in-sec2

CS-15

10 (1.13)

24/90

130/1800

5.0

8.0

22.0

CSC-1510 (1.13)

24/90

130/1800

5.0

8.0

22.0

5.9 x 10-5
6.6 x 10-5
7.3 x 10-5
8.1 x 10-5

CS-17

15 (1.69)

24/90

108/1500

6.0

10.0

27.0

CSC-1715 (1.69)

24/90

108/1500

6.0

10.0

27.0

Weightlb (kg)EnergyDissipation
ft-lb/min

5.2 x 10-5
5.2 x 10-5

0.4 (0.2)295

0.4 (0.2)

295

11.4 x 10-5
11.4 x 10-5

0.6 (0.3)420

0.6 (0.3)420*See “How to order” model numbering system on page 100 for clutches & clutch couplings.
(-) denotes metric equivalents. Specifications subject to change without notice.
General Notes• Initial working air gap at installation shall be .004/.009.
• Static torque values above are burnished.

www.thomsonlinear.com•

Customer shall maintain a loose pin fit through theanti-rotation tab to prevent pre-loading of bearings.

••

Metric bores available
Other voltages available upon request.

103

FRICTION

A: OD
in (mm)

CLUTCH &CLUTCH
COUPLINGS

StaticTorquein (mm)CS-22, 26 Clutches & CSC-22, 26 Clutch Couplings
Dimensions & Specifications
HJ

12 in MIN (300 mm)#22 AWG TeflonK

N: (3) Holes on
P: Bolt Circle

E

G

F

ØC

D

ØM

R

L
ØA

B

Dimensions (mm)Mounting requirements see page 146.

CS ModelCSC Model Shown

CSC Model
Dimensions

StaticTorquein (mm)

B: OALin (mm)C: BoreØin (mm)D: K’way
Heightin (mm)

E: K’wayWidth
in (mm)

A: OD
in (mm)F: TabHeightin (mm)

G: Slot
Heightin (mm)H: TabWidthin (mm)

J: Slot
Widthin (mm)K: TabThick.
in (mm)L:
Lngthin (mm)M: Mtg Ø
x R: Lngthin (mm)N: (3)
Mtg.
Holes

P: Mtg.
Hole BCØ in (mm)CS-22B24-E05-E05

40(4.52)

2.26(57.4)

2.20(55.9)

.312
(7.9)

.364
(9.2)

.094
(2.4)

1.52
(38.6)

1.16(29.5)

0.44(11.2)

0.19
(4.8)

0.06
(1.5)

0.36
(9.1)

.756 x .37(19.2 x 9.4)

NANA

CS-22B24-E06-E06

40(4.52)

2.26(57.4)

2.20(55.9)

.375
(9.5)

.425
(10.8)

.094
(2.4)

1.52
(38.6)

1.16(29.5)

0.44(11.2)

0.19
(4.8)

0.06
(1.5)

0.36
(9.1)

.756 x .37(19.2 x 9.4)

NANA

CS-22B24-E08-E08

40(4.52)

2.26(57.4)

2.20(55.9).500(12.7).564(14.3)

.125
(3.2)

1.52
(38.6)

1.16(29.5)

0.44(11.2)

0.19
(4.8)

0.06
(1.5)

0.36
(9.1)

.756 x .37(19.2 x 9.4)

NANA

CSC-22B24-E05-E05

40(4.52)

2.26(57.4)

2.06(52.3)

.312
(7.9)

.364
(9.2)

.094
(2.4)

1.52
(38.6)

1.16(29.5)

0.44(11.2)

0.19
(4.8)

0.06
(1.5)

0.36
(9.1)

NA

NA

NA

CSC-22B24-E06-E06

40(4.52)

2.26(57.4)

2.06(52.3)

.375
(9.5)

.425
(10.8)

.094
(2.4)

1.52
(38.6)

1.16(29.5)

0.44(11.2)

0.19
(4.8)

0.06
(1.5)

0.36
(9.1)

NA

NA

NA

CSC-22B24-E08-E08

40(4.52)

2.26(57.4)

2.06(52.3).500(12.7).564(14.3)

.125
(3.2)

1.52
(38.6)

1.16(29.5)

0.44(11.2)

0.19
(4.8)

0.06
(1.5)

0.36
(9.1)

NA

NA

NA

CS-26B24-E06-E06

80(9.04)

2.63(66.8)

2.47(62.7)

.375
(9.5)

.425
(10.8)

.094
(2.4)

1.75
(44.5)

1.34(34.0)

0.50(12.7)

0.19
(4.8)

0.06
(1.5)

0.34
(8.6)

.999 x 0.47
(25.4 x 11.9)

#8-32

1.375
(34.9)

CS-26B24-E08-E08

80(9.04)

2.63(66.8)

2.47(62.7).500(12.7).564(14.3)

.125
(3.2)

1.75
(44.5)

1.34(34.0)

0.50(12.7)

0.19
(4.8)

0.06
(1.5)

0.34
(8.6)

.999 x 0.47
(25.4 x 11.9)

#8-32

1.375
(34.9)

CSC-26B24-E06-E06

80(9.04)

2.63(66.8)

2.10(53.3)

.375
(9.5)

.425
(10.8)

.094
(2.4)

1.75
(44.5)

1.34(34.0)

0.50(12.7)

0.19
(4.8)

0.06
(1.5)

0.34
(8.6)

NA

NA

NA

CSC-26B24-E08-E08

80(9.04)

2.63(66.8)

2.10(53.3).500(12.7).564(14.3)

.125
(3.2)

1.75
(44.5)

1.34(34.0)

0.50(12.7)

0.19
(4.8)

0.06
(1.5)

0.34
(8.6)

NA

NA

NA

Model*PERFORMANCE

Model

StaticTorquelb-in (Nm)

Coil
Voltage
VDC

Resistance
Ohms
nom.

Power
Watts
max

ArmatureEngagement
msec

Armature
Disengagement
msec

Armature
Inertialb-in-sec2

Rotor
Inertialb-in-sec2

Weightlb (kg)EnergyDissipation
ft-lb/min

CS-22

40 (4.52)

24/90

75/1059

8.5

12.0

32.0

33.4 x 10-5

32.3 x 10-5

1.1 (0.5)

1400

32.3 x 10-5

CSC-2240 (4.52)

24/90

75/1059

8.5

12.0

32.0

33.1 x 10-5

1.1 (0.5)

1400

CS-26

80 (9.04)

24/90

65/893

9.5

15.0

35.0

80.0 x 10-562.0 x 10-5

1.4 (0.6)

2600

CSC-2680 (9.04)

24/90

65/893

9.5

15.0

35.0

81.0 x 10-562.0 x 10-5

1.4 (0.6)

2600*See “How to order” model numbering system on page 100 for clutches & clutch couplings.
(-) denotes metric equivalents. Specifications subject to change without notice.
General Notes• Initial working air gap at installation shall be .006/.013.
• Static torque values above are burnished

104•

Customer shall maintain a loose pin fit through the antirotation tab to prevent pre-loading of bearings.

••

Metric bores available
Other voltages available upon request.

www.thomsonlinear.com

Clutches & Brakes

CS-30 Clutches & CSC-30 Clutch Couplings
Dimensions & Specifications
HJ

12 in MIN (300 mm)#22 AWG TeflonK

N: (3) Holes on
P: Bolt Circle

E

G

F

ØC

D

ØM

R

L
ØA

B

Dimensions (mm)Mounting requirements see page 146.

CS ModelCSC Model Shown

CSC Model
Dimensions

A: OD
in (mm)

B: OALin (mm)C: BoreØin (mm)D: K’way
Heightin (mm)

E: K’wayWidth
in (mm)F: TabHeightin (mm)

G: Slot
Heightin (mm)H: TabWidthin (mm)

J: Slot
Widthin (mm)K: TabThick.
in (mm)

L:Lngthin (mm)

CS-30B24-E06-E06

125

3.27

2.81

.375

.425

.094

2.05

1.69

0.50

0.19

0.09

CS-30B24-E08-E08

125(14.12)

3.27(83.1)

2.81(71.4).500(12.7).564(14.3)

.125
(3.2)

2.05
(52.1)

1.69(42.9)

0.50(12.7)

0.19(4.8)

CS-30B24-E10-E10

125(14.12)

3.27(83.1)

2.81(71.4).625(15.9).709(18.0)

.188
(4.8)

2.05
(52.1)

1.69(42.9)

0.50(12.7)

CSC-30B24-E06-E06

125(14.12)

3.27(83.1)

2.17(55.1)

.375
(9.5)

.425
(10.8)

.094
(2.4)

2.05
(52.1)

1.69(42.9)

CSC-30B24-E08-E08

125(14.12)

3.27(83.1)

2.17(55.1).500(12.7).564(14.3)

.125
(3.2)

2.05
(52.1)

CSC-30B24-E10-E10

125(14.12)

3.27(83.1)

2.17(55.1).625(15.9).709(18.0)

.188
(4.8)

2.05
(52.1)(14.12)(83.1)(71.4)(9.5)(10.8)(2.4)(52.1)

M: Mtg Ø
x R: Lngthin (mm)N: (3)
Mtg.
Holes

P: Mtg.
Hole BCØ in (mm)

0.36

(9.1)

1.374 x .83(34.9 x 21.1)

#8-32

1.75
(44.5)

0.09
(2.3)

0.36
(9.1)

1.374 x .83(34.9 x 21.1)

#8-32

1.75
(44.5)

0.19
(4.8)

0.09
(2.3)

0.36
(9.1)

1.374 x .83(34.9 x 21.1)

#8-32

1.75
(44.5)

0.50(12.7)

0.19
(4.8)

0.09
(2.3)

0.36
(9.1)

NA

NA

NA

1.69
(42.9)

0.50(12.7)

0.19
(4.8)

0.09
(2.3)

0.36
(9.1)

NA

NA

NA

1.69
(42.9)

0.50(12.7)

0.19
(4.8)

0.09
(2.3)

0.36
(9.1)

NA

NA

NA

(42.9)(12.7)

(4.8)

(2.3)

CLUTCH &CLUTCH
COUPLINGS

Model*

StaticTorquein (mm)PERFORMANCE
Coil
Voltage
VDC

Resistance
Ohms
nom.

Power
Watts
max

ArmatureEngagement
msec

Armature
Disengagement
msec

Armature
Inertialb-in-sec2

Rotor
Inertialb-in-sec2

CS-30

125 (14.12)

24/90

44/600

15.0

18.0

45.0

180.0 x 10-5203.0 x 10-5

3.3 (1.5)

2900

CSC-30125 (14.12)

24/90

44/600

15.0

18.0

45.0

179.5 x 10-5203.0 x 10-5

3.3 (1.5)2900

Weightlb (kg)EnergyDissipation
ft-lb/min*See “How to order” model numbering system on page 100 for clutches & clutch couplings.
(-) denotes metric equivalents. Specifications subject to change without notice.
General Notes• Initial working air gap at installation shall be .008/.018.
• Static torque values above are burnished.

www.thomsonlinear.com•

Customer shall maintain a loose pin fit through the antirotation tab to prevent pre-loading of bearings.

••

Metric bores available
Other voltages available upon request.

105

FRICTION

Model

StaticTorquelb-in (Nm)

CF-11 Clutches & CFC-11 Clutch Couplings
Dimensions & Specifications

12 in MIN
(300 mm)#22 AWG Irradiated Polyethelene

H

ØA

ØC

ØM
ØF

ØJ: (4) Holes on
ØL: Bolt Circle

K

N
B

CFC Model

CF ModelDimensions (mm)Mounting requirements see page 146.

CF Model Shown

Dimensions

Model*

StaticTorquelb-in (Nm)

A: OD
in (mm)

B: OALin (mm)C: BoreØin (mm)F: MtgPilot Øin (mm)H : Mtg
Widthin (mm)J: (4) Mtg
Holes Øin (mm)K: Mtg Plt
Thicknessin (mm)

L: MtgHole BC Øin (mm)M: Mtg Ø
x N: Lengthin (mm)

CF-11B24-E04-E04

5.0

1.25

1.23

.250

1.498

1.17

.125

0.05

1.31

.507 x .33

CF-11B24-E05-E05

5.0
(.56)

1.25
(31.8)

1.23(31.2)

.312
(7.9)

1.498
(38.0)

1.17(29.7)

.125
(3.2)

0.05
(1.3)

1.31
(33.3).507 x .33(12.9 x 8.4)

CFC-11B24-E04-E04

5.0
(.56)

1.25
(31.8)

1.14(29.0)

.250
(6.4)

1.498
(38.0)

1.17(29.7)

.125
(3.2)

0.05
(1.3)

1.31
(33.3)

NA

CFC-11B24-E05-E05

5.0
(.56)

1.25
(31.8)

1.14(29.0)

.312
(7.9)

1.498
(38.0)

1.17(29.7)

.125
(3.2)

0.05
(1.3)

1.31
(33.3)

NA(.56)(31.8)(31.2)(6.4)(38.0)(29.7)

(3.2)

(1.3)

(33.3)(12.9 x 8.4)

PERFORMANCE
StaticTorqueCoil
Voltage

Resistence
Ohms

Power
Watts

ArmatureEngagement

Armature
Disengagement

Armature
Inertia

Rotor
Inertia

WeightEnergyDissipation

CF-11

5.0 (.56)

24/90

128/1800

5.0

5.0

18.0

3.5 x 10-5

2.5 x 10-5

0.2 (0.1)

175

CFC-115.0 (.56)

24/90

128/1800

5.0

5.0

18.0

3.5 x 10-5

2.5 x 10-5

0.2 (0.1)

175

Model

lb-in (Nm)

VDC

nom.

max

msec

msec

lb-in-sec2

lb-in-sec2

lb (kg)ft-lb/min*See “How to order” model numbering system on page 100 for clutches & clutch couplings.
(-) denotes metric equivalents. Specifications subject to change without notice.
General Notes• Initial working air gap at installation shall be .004/.009.
• Customer shall maintain the perpendicularity of thecase assembly mounting surface with respect to theshaft within .003 T.I.R. at the diameter of the bolt
circle.
• Customer shall maintain concentricity of case assembly mounting pilot with respect to the shaft within .003
T.I.R

106

•
•
•

Customer shall maintain concentricity between armature assembly and rotor shaft within .003 T.I.R.
Customer supplied gear/pulley/sprocket is press-fit on
the clutch armature assembly knurl.
Clutch coupling armature assembly is secured to shaft
by set screws and key.

•
•
•
•

Rotor is secured to shaft by a roll pin.
Metric bores available
Static torque values above are burnished.
Other voltages available upon request.

www.thomsonlinear.com

Clutches & Brakes

CF-15, 17 Clutches & CFC-15, 17 Clutch Couplings
Dimensions & Specifications

12 in MIN (300 mm)#22 AWG Irradiated Polyethelene (CF-15 & CFC-15)#22 AWG PVC (CF-17 & CFC-17)

E

ØM

H

D

ØC

ØA

N
ØJ: (4) Holes on
ØL: Bolt Circle

ØF

K

B

Dimensions (mm)Mounting requirements see page 146.

CF ModelCFC Model Shown

CFC Model
Dimensions

A: OD
in (mm)

B: OALin (mm)C: BoreØin (mm)D: K’way
Heightin (mm)

E: K’wayWidth
in (mm)F: MtgPilot Øin (mm)H : Mtg

Model*

StaticTorquein (mm)Widthin (mm)J: (4) Mtg
Holesin (mm)K: Mtg Plt
Thicknessin (mm)

L: MtgHole BCØ

M: Mtg Ø
x N: Lengthin (mm)

CF-15B24-E04-E04

10

1.53

1.54

.250

.286

0.62

1.999

1.56

.156

0.06

1.75

.631 x .33

CF-15B24-E05-E05

10(1.13)

1.53(38.9)

1.54(39.1)

.312
(7.9)

.364
(9.2)

.094
(2.4)

1.999
(50.8)

1.56(39.6)

.156
(4.0)

0.06
(1.5)

1.75
(44.5).631 x .33(16.0 x 8.4)

CF-15B24-E06-E06

10(1.13)

1.53(38.9)

1.54(39.1)

.375
(9.5)

NA

NA

1.999
(50.8)

1.56(39.6)

.156
(4.0)

0.06
(1.5)

1.75
(44.5).631 x .33(16.0 x 8.4)

CFC-15B24-E04-E04

10(1.13)

1.53(38.9)

1.38(35.1)

.250
(6.4)

.286
(7.3)

0.62
(1.6)

1.999
(50.8)

1.56(39.6)

.156
(4.0)

0.06
(1.5)

1.75
(44.5)

NA

CFC-15B24-E05-E05

10(1.13)

1.53(38.9)

1.38(35.1)

.312
(7.9)

.364
(9.2)

.094
(2.4)

1.999
(50.8)

1.56(39.6)

.156
(4.0)

0.06
(1.5)

1.75
(44.5)

NA

CFC-15B24-E06-E06

10(1.13)

1.53(38.9)

1.38(35.1)

.375
(9.5)

NA

NA

1.999
(50.8)

1.56(39.6)

.156
(4.0)

0.06
(1.5)

1.75
(44.5)

NA

CF-17B24-E04-E04

15(1.69)

1.78(45.2)

1.65(41.9)

.250
(6.4)

.286
(7.3)

.062
(1.6)

2.436
(61.9)

1.82(46.2)

.187
(4.7)

0.06
(1.5)

2.13
(54.1).631 x .33(16.0 x 8.4)

CF-17B24-E05-E05

15(1.69)

1.78(45.2)

1.65(41.9)

.312
(7.9)

.364
(9.2)

.094
(2.4)

2.436
(61.9)

1.82(46.2)

.187
(4.7)

0.06
(1.5)

2.13
(54.1).631 x .33(16.0 x 8.4)

CF-17B24-E06-E06

15(1.69)

1.78(45.2)

1.65(41.9)

.375
(9.5)

.425
(10.8)

.094
(2.4)

2.436
(61.9)

1.82(46.2)

.187
(4.7)

0.06
(1.5)

2.13
(54.1).631 x .33(16.0 x 8.4)

CFC-17B24-E04-E04

15(1.69)

1.78(45.2)

1.35(34.3)

.250
(6.4)

.286
(7.3)

.062
(1.6)

2.436
(61.9)

1.82(46.2)

.187
(4.7)

0.06
(1.5)

2.13
(54.1)

NA

CFC-17B24-E05-E05

15(1.69)

1.78(45.2)

1.35(34.3)

.312
(7.9)

.364
(9.2)

.094
(2.4)

2.436
(61.9)

1.82(46.2)

.187
(4.7)

0.06
(1.5)

2.13
(54.1)

NA

CFC-17B24-E06-E06

15(1.69)

1.78(45.2)

1.35(34.3)

.375
(9.5)

.425
(10.8)

.094
(2.4)

2.436
(61.9)

1.82(46.2)

.187
(4.7)

0.06
(1.5)

2.13
(54.1)NA

Coil
Voltage

ResistanceOhms(1.13)(38.9)(39.1)

(6.4)

(7.3)

(1.6)

(50.8)(39.6)

(4.0)

(1.5)

(44.5)(16.0 x 8.4)

lb-in (Nm)

VDC

nom.

max

ArmatureEngagement
msec

Armature
Disengagement

Armature
Inertia

Rotor
Inertia

5.0 x 10-5

0.4 (0.2)295

0.4 (0.2)

295

msec

lb-in-sec2

lb-in-sec2

Weightlb (kg)EnergyDissipation
ft-lb/min

CF-15

10 (1.13)

24/90

130/1800

5.0

8.0

22.0

5.9 x 10-5

CFC-1510 (1.13)

24/90

130/1800

5.0

8.0

22.0

6.6 x 10-5

5.0 x 10-5

CF-17

15 (1.69)

24/90

108/1500

6.0

10.0

27.0

7.3 x 10-5

11.7 x 10-5

0.6 (0.3)

420

27.0

8.1 x 10-5

11.7 x 10-5

0.6 (0.3)

420

CFC-1715 (1.69)

24/90

108/1500

6.0

10.0

*See “How to order” model numbering system on page 100 for clutches & clutch couplings.
(-) denotes metric equivalents. Specifications subject to change without notice.
General Notes•

Static torque values above are burnished.

•

Metric bores available••

Customer shall maintain concentricity of case assembly mounting pilot with respect to the shaft within .003 T.I.R.

•

Initial working air gap at installation shall be .006/.013.

••

Other voltages available upon request.

Customer shall maintain concentricity between armature androtor shaft within .003 T.I.R.

Customer shall maintain the perpendicularity of the case assembly mounting surface with respect to the shaft within .003 T.I.R.
at the diameter of the bolt circle.

www.thomsonlinear.com

107

FRICTION

Model

Power
Watts

CLUTCH &CLUTCH
COUPLINGSPERFORMANCE
StaticTorqueCF-22, 26 Clutches & CFC-22, 26 Clutch Couplings
Dimensions & SpecificationsH
N: (3) Holes on
ØP: Bolt Circle

12 in MIN (300 mm)#22 AWG Teflon

E

ØM

D

ØA

ØC

R
F

ØJ: (4) Holes on
ØL: Bolt Circle

K
B

Dimensions (mm)Mounting requirements see page 146.

CF ModelCFC Model Shown

CFC Model
Dimensions

StaticTorque

D: K’way
Heightin (mm)

E: K’wayWidth
in (mm)F: MtgPilot Øin (mm)H : Mtg Mtg
Width
in (mm)Holes Øin (mm)K: Mtg Plt
Thick.
in (mm)

L: MtgHoleBC Øin (mm)M: Mtg Ø x
R: Lgthin (mm)N: (3)
Mtg
Holes

P: MtgHoleBC Øin (mm)J: (4)

lb-in
(Nm)

A: OD
in (mm)

B: OALin (mm)C: BoreØin (mm)

CF-22B24-E05-E05

40(4.52)

2.26(57.4)

1.93(49.0)

.312
(7.9)

.364
(9.2)

.094
(2.4)

2.873
(73.0)

2.33(59.2)

.166
(4.2)

0.06
(1.5)

2.50
(63.5).756 x .37(19.2 x 9.4)

NANA

CF-22B24-E06-E06

40(4.52)

2.26(57.4)

1.93(49.0)

.375
(9.5)

.425
(10.8)

.094
(2.4)

2.873
(73.0)

2.33(59.2)

.166
(4.2)

0.06
(1.5)

2.50
(63.5).756 x .37(19.2 x 9.4)

NANA

CF-22B24-E08-E08

40(4.52)

2.26(57.4)

1.93(49.0).500(12.7).564(14.3)

.125
(3.2)

2.873
(73.0)

2.33(59.2)

.166
(4.2)

0.06
(1.5)

2.50
(63.5).756 x .37(19.2 x 9.4)

NANA

CFC-22B24-E05-E05

40(4.52)

2.26(57.4)

1.78(45.2)

.312
(7.9)

.364
(9.2)

.094
(2.4)

2.873
(73.0)

2.33(59.2)

.166
(4.2)

0.06
(1.5)

2.50
(63.5)NA

NA

NA

CFC-22B24-E06-E06

40(4.52)

2.26(57.4)

1.78(45.2)

.375
(9.5)

.425
(10.8)

.094
(2.4)

2.873
(73.0)

2.33(59.2)

.166
(4.2)

0.06
(1.5)

2.50
(63.5)NA

NA

NA

CFC-22B24-E08-E08

40(4.52)

2.26(57.4)

1.78(45.2).500(12.7).564(14.3)

.125
(3.2)

2.873
(73.0)

2.33(59.2)

.166
(4.2)

0.06
(1.5)

2.50
(63.5)

NA

NA

NA

CF-26B24-E06-E06

80(9.04)

2.63(66.8)

2.20(55.9)

.375
(9.5)

.425
(10.8)

.094
(2.4)

3.499
(88.9)

2.63(66.8)

.187
(4.7)

0.06
(1.5)

3.13
(79.5).999 x .47(25.4 x 11.9)

#8-32

1.375
(34.9)

CF-26B24-E08-E08

80(9.04)

2.63(66.8)

2.20(55.9).500(12.7).564(14.3)

.125
(3.2)

3.499
(88.9)

2.63(66.8)

.187
(4.7)

0.06
(1.5)

3.13
(79.5).999 x .47(25.4 x 11.9)

#8-32

1.375
(34.9)

CFC-26B24-E06-E06

80(9.04)

2.63(66.8)

1.84(46.7)

.375
(9.5)

.425
(10.8)

.094
(2.4)

3.499
(88.9)

2.63(66.8)

.187
(4.7)

0.06
(1.5)

3.13
(79.5)NA

NA

NA

CFC-26B24-E08-E08

80(9.04)

2.63(66.8)

1.84(46.7).500(12.7).564(14.3)

.125
(3.2)

3.499
(88.9)

2.63(66.8)

.187
(4.7)

0.06
(1.5)

3.13
(79.5)NA

NA

NA

Model*PERFORMANCE
StaticTorqueCoil
Voltage

Resistance
Ohms

Power
Watts

ArmatureEngagement

Armature
Disengagement

Armature
Inertia

Rotor
Inertia

WeightEnergyDissipation

CF-22

40 (4.52)

24/90

75/1059

8.5

12.0

32.0

33.4 x 10-5

31.7 x 10-5

1.1 (0.5)

1400

CFC-2240 (4.52)

24/90

75/1059

8.5

12.0

32.0

33.1 x 10-5

31.7 x 10-5

1.1 (0.5)

1400

64.0 x 10-5

1.4 (0.6)

2600

64.0 x 10-5

1.4 (0.6)

2600

Model

lb-in (Nm)

VDC

nom.

max

msec

msec

lb-in-sec2

CF-26

80 (9.04)

24/90

65/893

9.5

15.0

35.0

80.0 x 10-5

CFC-2680 (9.04)

24/90

65/893

9.5

15.0

35.0

81.0 x 10-5

lb-in-sec2

lb (kg)ft-lb/min*See “How to order” model numbering system on page 100 for clutches & clutch couplings.
(-) denotes metric equivalents. Specifications subject to change without notice.
General Notes• Customer shall maintain the perpendicularity of thecase assembly mounting surface with respect to theshaft within .003 T.I.R. at the diameter of the bolt
circle.
• Static torque values above are burnished.

108

•
•
•

Customer shall maintain concentricity of case assembly mounting pilot with respect to the shaft within .003
T.I.R.
Metric bores available
Other voltages available upon request.

••

Initial working air gap at installation shall be .006/.013.
Customer shall maintain concentricity between armature and rotor shaft within .003 T.I.R.

www.thomsonlinear.com

Clutches & Brakes

CF-30 Clutches & CFC-30 Clutch Couplings
Dimensions & SpecificationsH
N: (3) Holes on
ØP: Bolt Circle

12 in MIN (300 mm)#22 AWG Teflon

E

ØM

D

ØA

ØC

R
F

ØJ: (4) Holes on
ØL: Bolt Circle

K
B

CF ModelCFC Model

CFC Model Shown

Dimensions (mm)Mounting requirements see page 146.
Dimensions
StaticTorque

E: K’wayWidth
in (mm)F: MtgPilot Øin (mm)Widthin (mm)Holes Øin (mm)K: Mtg Plt
Thick.
in (mm)

L: MtgHoleBC Øin (mm)

M:  Mtg Ø x
R: Lgthin (mm)N: (3)
Mtg
Holes

CF-30B24-E06-E06

125(14.12)

3.27(83.1)

2.53(64.3)

.375
(9.5)

.425
(10.8)

.094
(2.4)

4.186
(106.3)

3.25(82.6)

.187
(4.7)

0.09
(2.3)

3.75
(95.3)

1.374 x .83(34.9 x 21.1)

#8-32

1.75
(44.5)

CF-30B24-E08-E08

125(14.12)

3.27(83.1)

2.53(64.3).500(12.7).564(14.3)

.125
(3.2)

4.186
(106.3)

3.25(82.6)

.187
(4.7)

0.09
(2.3)

3.75
(95.3)

1.374 x .83(34.9 x 21.1)

#8-32

1.75
(44.5)

CF-30B24-E10-E10

125(14.12)

3.27(83.1)

2.53(64.3).625(15.9).709(18.0)

.188
(4.8)

4.186
(106.3)

3.25(82.6)

.187
(4.7)

0.09
(2.3)

3.75
(95.3)

1.374 x .83(34.9 x 21.1)

#8-32

1.75
(44.5)

CFC-30B24-E06-E06

125(14.12)

3.27(83.1)

1.94(49.3)

.375
(9.5)

.425
(10.8)

.094
(2.4)

4.186
(106.3)

3.25(82.6)

.187
(4.7)

0.09
(2.3)

3.75
(95.3)NA

NA

NA

CFC-30B24-E08-E08

125(14.12)

3.27(83.1)

1.94(49.3).500(12.7).564(14.3)

.125
(3.2)

4.186
(106.3)

3.25(82.6)

.187
(4.7)

0.09
(2.3)

3.75
(95.3)NA

NA

NA

CFC-30B24-E10-E10

125(14.12)

3.27(83.1)

1.94(49.3).625(15.9).709(18.0)

.188
(4.8)

4.186
(106.3)

3.25(82.6)

.187
(4.7)

0.09
(2.3)

3.75
(95.3)NA

NA

NA

PERFORMANCE

Model
CF-30
CFC-30StaticTorqueCoil
Voltage

Resistance
Ohms

Power
Watts

ArmatureEngagement

Armature
Disengagement

Armature
Inertia

Rotor
Inertia

WeightEnergyDissipation

125 (14.12)

24/90

44/600

15.0

18.0

45.0

180.0 x 10-5

207.2 x 10-5

3.3 (1.5)

2900

45.0

179.5 x 10-5

207.2 x 10-5

3.3 (1.5)2900

lb-in (Nm)

125 (14.12)

VDC

24/90

nom.

44/600

max

15.0

msec

18.0

msec

lb-in-sec2

lb-in-sec2

lb (kg)ft-lb/min*See “How to order” model numbering system on page 100 for clutches & clutch couplings.
(-) denotes metric equivalents. Specifications subject to change without notice.
General Notes• Customer shall maintain the perpendicularity of thecase assembly mounting surface with respect to theshaft within .003 T.I.R. at the diameter of the bolt
circle.
• Static torque values above are burnished.

www.thomsonlinear.com•••

Customer shall maintain concentricity of case assembly mounting pilot with respect to the shaft within .003
T.I.R.
Metric bores available
Other voltages available upon request.

••

Initial working air gap at installation shall be .008/.018.
Customer shall maintain concentricity between armature and rotor shaft within .003 T.I.R.

109

FRICTION

D: K’way
Heightin (mm)

CLUTCH &CLUTCH
COUPLINGS

C: BoreØin (mm)H : Mtg Mtg

lb-in
(Nm)

B: OALin(mm)

Model*

J: (4)

P: MtgHoleBC Øin (mm)

A: OD
in
(mm)

BF Series

Power-on Brakes
Electromagnetic power-on brakes provide
an efficient, switchable means of stopping
and/or holding the load. While the field(electromagnet) assembly is fixed andprevented from rotating by a flange, thearmature assembly is secured to the shaft.
When the coil is energized, the armature
engages the friction surface of the fixed
field (electromagnet) assembly, thus stopping and/or holding the load.

• Torque: 5 lb-in to 125 lb-in(0.56 to 14.13 Nm)• Diameter: 1.25 to 3.27 in.

(31.8 to 83.1 mm)• Static or dynamic engagement• Simple installation• Economical cost
• Energy efficient
Typical Applications• Robotics• Medical equipment• Actuators• Motor brakes• Postal handling equipment• Packaging

How to order
BF - 26   B   24* - E08**

Series
BF = Power-on			 Brake

U = Unburnished
B = Burnished

Frame Size
11 = 1.25 (31.8)
15 = 1.53 (38.9)
17 = 1.78 (45.2)
22 = 2.26 (57.4)
26 = 2.63 (66.8)
30 = 3.27 (83.1)

Coil Voltage
12 = 12VDC
24 = 24VDC
90 = 90VDC

Hub Bore**
   English
   Metric
E03 = .1870
M03 = 3mm
E04 = .2500
M04 = 4mm
E05 = .3125
M05 = 5mm
E06 = .3750
M06 = 6mm
E08 = .5000
M08 = 8mm
E10 = .6250
M10 = 10mm

Insulation Class:
BF: Class B (130°C)*

Other voltages available upon request** See dimension tables for appropriate bore sizes available for each frame size.
Metric bore sizes available upon request.

General Notes• Actual starting and/or stopping times depend on application variables, manufacturing tolerances and friction
material wear. Please consult factory for evaluationof actual use before applying specific values to yourapplication.
• Consult factory for additional options.

110

•
•

Working air gap should be checked periodically to insure
proper operation. If it exceeds maximum recommended
dimensions, the clutch or brake may not function properly.
All friction faces must be kept free of grease and oil for
proper operation.

••

Flying leads are provided as standard, terminal styleconnection available upon request.
Coil of 24 & 90 volts are provided as standard, other coilvoltages are available upon request.

www.thomsonlinear.com

Clutches & Brakes

BF Series

Power-on Brakes

Efficient low power consumption coil, UL Class
B insulation system

Zero backlash accurate system positioning
Fully plated components, maximum corrosion
protection

BRAKESFRICTION

www.thomsonlinear.com111

BF-11 Brakes

Dimensions & SpecificationsBØJ: (4) Holes on
ØL: Bolt Circle

E

12 in MIN (300 mm)#22 AWG Irradiated Polyethelene

ØF
ØC
D

ØG

ØA

K
H

BF Model Shown

Dimensions (mm)Mounting requirements see page 146.
Dimensions
StaticTorquelb-in (Nm)

A: OD
in (mm)BF-11B24-E04

5.0(0.56)

BF-11B24-E05

5.0(0.56)

Model*

B: OALin (mm)

C: HubID Øin (mm)D: K’way
Heightin (mm)

E: K’wayWidth
in (mm)F: MtgPilot Øin (mm)

G: CaseIDØin (mm)H : Mtg
Widthin (mm)J: (4) Mtg
Holes Øin (mm)K: Mtg Plt
Thicknessin (mm)

L: MtgHole BC Øin (mm)1.25(31.8)

1.14(29.0)

.250
(6.4)

.286
(7.3)

.062
(1.6)

1.498
(38.0)

0.53(1.35)

1.17(29.7)

.125
(3.2)

0.05
(1.3)

1.31
(33.3)

1.25(31.8)

1.14(29.0)

.312
(7.9)

.364
(9.2)

.094
(2.4)

1.498
(38.0)

0.53(1.35)

1.17(29.7)

.125
(3.2)

0.05
(1.3)

1.31
(33.3)

Armature
Disengagement

Armature
Inertia

Rotor
Inertia

WeightEnergyDissipation

18.0

3.4 x 10-5NA

0.2 (0.1)

175

PERFORMANCE

Model
BF-11

StaticTorquelb-in (Nm)
5.0 (0.56)

Coil
Voltage
VDC

24/90

Resistance
Ohms
nom.

128/1800

Power
Watts
max
5.0

ArmatureEngagement
msec
5.0

msec

lb-in-sec2

lb-in-sec2

lb (kg)ft-lb/min*See “How to order” model numbering system on page 110 for BF power-on brakes.
(-) denotes metric equivalents. Specifications subject to change without notice.
General Notes• Customer shall maintain the perpendicularity of thecase assembly mounting surface with respect to theshaft within .003 T.I.R. at the diameter of the bolt
circle.
• Static torque values above are burnished.

112

•
•
•

Customer shall maintain concentricity of case assembly mounting pilot with respect to the shaft within .003
T.I.R.
Initial working air gap at installation shall be .004/.009.
Other voltages available upon request.

••

Brake coupling armature assembly is secured to shaftby (1) set screw and key.
Metric bores available

www.thomsonlinear.com

Clutches & Brakes

BF-15, 17 Brakes

Dimensions & SpecificationsBØJ: (4) Holes on
ØL: Bolt Circle

E

12 in MIN (300 mm)#24 AWG Teflon (BF-15)#22 AWG PVC (BF-17)

ØF
D

ØC
ØG

ØA

K

H

BF Model Shown

Dimensions (mm)Mounting requirements see page 146.
Dimensions
StaticTorqueC: HubID Ø

D: K’way
Height

E: K’way
Width

F: MtgPilot ØG: CaseID Ø

H : Mtg
Width

J: (4)
Mtg
Holes ØK: MtgPltThick.

L: MtgHoleBC ØModel*

lb-in (Nm)

A: OD
in (mm)

B: OALin (mm)BF-15B24-E04

10(1.13)

1.53(38.9)

1.38(35.1)

.250
(6.4)

.286
(7.3)

.062
(1.6)

1.999
(50.8)

0.68(17.3)

1.56(39.6)

.156
(4.0)

0.06
(1.5)

1.75
(44.5)

BF-15B24-E05

10(1.13)

1.53(38.9)

1.38(35.1)

.312
(7.9)

.364
(9.2)

.094
(2.4)

1.999
(50.8)

0.68(17.3)

1.56(39.6)

.156
(4.0)

0.06
(1.5)

1.75
(44.5)

BF-15B24-E06

10(1.13)

1.53(38.9)

1.38(35.1)

.375
(9.5)

NA

NA

1.999
(50.8)

0.68(17.3)

1.56(39.6)

.156
(4.0)

0.06
(1.5)

1.75
(44.5)

BF-17B24-E04

15(1.69)

1.78(45.2)

1.27(32.3)

.250
(6.4)

.286
(7.3)

.062
(1.6)

2.436
(61.9)

0.75(19.1)

1.82(46.2)

.187
(4.7)

0.06
(1.5)

2.13
(54.1)

BF-17B24-E05

15(1.69)

1.78(45.2)

1.27(32.3)

.312
(7.9)

.364
(9.2)

.094
(2.4)

2.436
(61.9)

0.75(19.1)

1.82(46.2)

.187
(4.7)

0.06
(1.5)

2.13
(54.1)

BF-17B24-E06

15(1.69)

1.78(45.2)

1.27(32.3)

.375
(9.5)

.425
(10.8)

.094
(2.4)

2.436
(61.9)

0.75(19.1)

1.82(46.2)

.187
(4.7)

0.06
(1.5)

2.13
(54.1)in (mm)in (mm)in (mm)in (mm)in (mm)in (mm)in (mm)in (mm)in (mm)StaticTorqueCoil
Voltage

Resistance
Ohms

Power
Watts

ArmatureEngagement

Armature
Disengagement

Armature
Inertia

Rotor
Inertia

WeightEnergyDissipation

BF-15

10.0 (1.13)

24/90

130/1800

5.0

8.0

22.0

NA

0.4 (0.2)

295

BF-17

15.0 (1.69)

24/90

108/1518

6.0

10.0

27.0

6.6 x 10-5
8.1 x 10-5NA

0.5 (0.3)

420

Model

lb-in (Nm)

VDC

nom.

max

msec

msec

lb-in-sec2

lb-in-sec2

lb (kg)ft-lb/min

FRICTION*See “How to order” model numbering system on page 100 for clutches & clutch couplings.
(-) denotes metric equivalents. Specifications subject to change without notice.
General Notes• Customer shall maintain the perpendicularity of thecase assembly mounting surface with respect to theshaft within .003 T.I.R. at the diameter of the bolt
circle.
• Static torque values above are burnished.

www.thomsonlinear.com•••

Customer shall maintain concentricity of case assembly mounting pilot with respect to the shaft within .003
T.I.R.
Initial working air gap at installation shall be .006/.013.
Other voltages available upon request.

••

BRAKESPERFORMANCE

Brake coupling armature assembly is secured to shaftby (2) set screws and key.
Metric bores available113

BF-22, 26 Brakes

Dimensions & SpecificationsBØJ: (4) Holes on
ØL: Bolt Circle

E

12 in MIN (300 mm)#22 AWG Teflon

ØF

D

ØC

ØG

ØA

K

H

Dimensions (mm)Mounting requirements see page 146.

BF Model Shown

Dimensions
StaticTorqueC: HubID Ø

D: K’way
Height

E: K’way
Width

F: MtgPilot ØG: CaseID Ø

H : Mtg
Width

J: (4)
Mtg
Holes ØK: MtgPltThick.

L: MtgHoleBC Ølb-in (Nm)

A: OD
in (mm)

B: OALin (mm)BF-22B24-E05

40(4.52)

2.26(57.4)

1.74(44.2)

.312
(7.9)

.364
(9.2)

.094
(2.4)

2.873
(73.0)

0.88(22.4)

2.33(52.9)

.166
(4.2)

0.06
(1.5)

2.50
(63.5)

BF-22B24-E06

40(4.52)

2.26(57.4)

1.74(44.2)

.375
(9.5)

.425
(10.8)

.094
(2.4)

2.873
(73.0)

0.88(22.4)

2.33(52.9)

.166
(4.2)

0.06
(1.5)

2.50
(63.5)

BF-22B24-E08

40(4.52)

2.26(57.4)

1.74(44.2).500(12.7).564(14.3)

.125
(3.2)

2.873
(73.0)

0.88(22.4)

2.33(52.9)

.166
(4.2)

0.06
(1.5)

2.50
(63.5)

BF-26B24-E06

80(9.04)

2.63(66.8)

1.84(46.7)

.375
(9.5)

.425
(10.8)

.094
(2.4)

3.499
(88.9)

1.06(27.0)

2.63(66.8)

.187
(4.7)

0.06
(1.5)

3.13
(79.5)

BF-26B24-E08

80(9.04)

2.63(66.8)

1.84(46.7).500(12.7).564(14.3)

.125
(3.2)

3.499
(88.9)

1.06(27.0)

2.63(66.8)

.187
(4.7)

0.06
(1.5)

3.13
(79.5)

BF-26B24-E10

80(9.04)

2.63(66.8)

1.84(46.7).625(15.9).709(18.0)

.188
(4.8)

3.499
(88.9)

1.06(27.0)

2.63(66.8)

.187
(4.7)

0.06
(1.5)

3.13
(79.5)

Model*in (mm)in (mm)in (mm)in (mm)in (mm)in (mm)in (mm)in (mm)in (mm)PERFORMANCE
StaticTorqueCoil
Voltage

Resistance
Ohms

Power
Watts

ArmatureEngagement

Armature
Disengagement

Armature
Inertia

Rotor
Inertia

WeightEnergyDissipation

BF-22

40.0 (4.52)

24/90

75/1048

8.5

12.0

32.0

NA

0.9 (0.4)

1400

BF-26

80.0 (9.04)

24/90

66/937

9.5

15.0

35.0

33.1 x 10-5
81.0 x 10-5NA

1.2 (0.5)

2600

Model

lb-in (Nm)

VDC

nom.

max

msec

msec

lb-in-sec2

lb-in-sec2

lb (kg)ft-lb/min*See “How to order” model numbering system on page 110 for clutches & clutch couplings.
(-) denotes metric equivalents. Specifications subject to change without notice.
General Notes• Customer shall maintain the perpendicularity of thecase assembly mounting surface with respect to theshaft within .003 T.I.R. at the diameter of the bolt
circle.
• Static torque values above are burnished.

114

•
•
•

Customer shall maintain concentricity of case assembly mounting pilot with respect to the shaft within .003
T.I.R.
Initial working air gap at installation shall be .008/.018.
Other voltages available upon request.

••

Brake coupling armature assembly is secured to shaftby (2) set screws and key.
Metric bores available

www.thomsonlinear.com

Clutches & Brakes

BF-30 Brakes

Dimensions & SpecificationsBØJ: (4) Holes on
ØL: Bolt Circle

E

12 in MIN (300 mm)#22 AWG Teflon

ØF
ØC
D

ØG

ØA

K

H

BF Model Shown

Dimensions (mm)Mounting requirements see page 146.
Dimensions
StaticTorqueC: HubID Ø

D: K’way
Height

E: K’way
Width

F: MtgPilot ØG: CaseID Ø

H : Mtg
Width

J: (4)
Mtg
Holes ØK: MtgPltThick.

L: MtgHoleBC ØModel*

lb-in (Nm)

A: OD
in (mm)

B:OAL
in (mm)

BF-30B24-E06

125(14.12)

3.27(83.1)

1.93(49.0)

.375
(9.5)

.425
(10.8)

.094
(2.4)

4.186
(106.3)1.75(44.5)

3.25(82.6)

.187
(4.7)

0.09
(2.3)

3.75
(95.3)

BF-30B24-E08

125(14.12)

3.27(83.1)

1.93(49.0).500(12.7).564(14.3)

.125
(3.2)

4.186
(106.3)1.75(44.5)

3.25(82.6)

.187
(4.7)

0.09
(2.3)

3.75
(95.3)

BF-30B24-E10

125(14.12)

3.27(83.1)

1.93(49.0).625(15.9).709(18.0)

.188
(4.8)

4.186
(106.3)1.75(44.5)

3.25(82.6)

.187
(4.7)

0.09
(2.3)

3.75
(95.3)in (mm)in (mm)in (mm)in (mm)in (mm)in (mm)in (mm)in (mm)in (mm)PERFORMANCE

Model

Coil
Voltage

Resistance
Ohms

Power
Watts

ArmatureEngagement

Armature
Disengagement

Armature
Inertia

Rotor
Inertia

WeightEnergyDissipation

125.0 (14.13)

24/90

43/594

15.0

18.0

45.0

179 x 10-5NA

3.0 (1.3)2900

lb-in (Nm)

VDC

nom.

max

msec

msec

lb-in-sec2

lb-in-sec2

lb (kg)ft-lb/min

BRAKES

BF-30

StaticTorque*See “How to order” model numbering system on page 110 for clutches & clutch couplings.
(-) denotes metric equivalents. Specifications subject to change without notice.

www.thomsonlinear.com•••

Customer shall maintain concentricity of case assembly mounting pilot with respect to the shaft within .003
T.I.R.
Initial working air gap at installation shall be .008/.018.
Other voltages available upon request.

••

Brake coupling armature assembly is secured to shaftby (2) set screws and key.
Metric bores available

115

FRICTION

General Notes• Customer shall maintain the perpendicularity of thecase assembly mounting surface with respect to theshaft within .003 T.I.R. at the diameter of the bolt
circle.
• Static torque values above are burnished.

BRP / SB / FSB / AKB Series
Power-off Brakes

Spring-set electromagnetic power-off
brakes provide a safe, efficient meansof stopping and/or holding a load in theabsence of power. While the field (electromagnet) assembly is fixed and prevented from rotating, the rotor assemblyis secured to the shaft. In the absence ofpower, the fixed and rotating components
are engaged, thus stopping and/or holding the load. When the coil is energized,
rotating components are disengaged thus
allowing the shaft to freely rotate.

• Torque: 1 lb-in to 1200 lb-in

The AKB series is UL Recognized, andRoHS compliant.

• Robotics• Medical equipment• Actuators• Motor brakes• Postal handling equipment• Packaging(0.12 to 135 Nm)• Diameter: 1.50 to 7.25 in.

(38.1 to 184.2 mm)• Static or dynamic engagement• Simple installation• Economical cost
• Energy efficient
Typical Applications

How to order
SB - 26   B   24* - E08**   L***
Series
BRP = Power-off
			 Brake
SB = Power-off
			 Servo Brake
FSB = Power-off
			 Brake
AKB = Power-off					 Brake

Insulation Class:
BRP: Class B (130°C)
SB: Class H (180°C)
FSB: Class B (130ºC)
AKB: Class F (155ºC)*

Frame Sizes
BRP / SB
15 = 1.50 (38.1)
17 = 1.79 (45.5)
19 = 2.00 (50.8)
23 = 2.36 (60.0)
26 = 2.87 (72.9)
28 = 3.03 (77.0)
30 = 3.35 (85.1)
40 = 4.25 (108.0)
50 = 5.00 (127.0)
60 = 6.43 (163.3)
70 = 7.25 (184.2)

FSB
15 = 1.37 (34.8)
17 = 1.75 (44.5)
AKB
17 = 1.83 (46.5)
19 = 2.00 (50.8)
26 = 2.87 (72.9)
30 = 3.35 (85.1)
40 = 4.25 (108.0)
50 = 5.00 (127.0)

Coil Voltage
12 = 12VDC
24 = 24VDC
90 = 90VDC
B = Burnished
U = Unburnished

Hub Bore**
   English
   Metric
E03 = .1870
M03 = 3mm
E04 = .2500
M04 = 4mm
E05 = .3125
M05 = 5mm
E06 = .3750
M06 = 6mm
E08 = .5000
M08 = 8mm
E10 = .6250
M10 = 10mm
E12 = .7500
M12 = 12mm
E14 = .8750
M20 = 20mm
E16 = 1.000
M25 = 25mm
E24 = 1.500
M30 = 30mm
E32 = 2.000
M35 = 35mm
				M40 = 40mm
				M45 = 45mm

Other voltages available upon request** See dimension tables for appropriate bore sizes available for each frame size. 			
Metric bore sizes available upon request.
*** Long Hub Length available on BRP/SB 15, 17, 19, 23, 26, 28; FSB 15, 17; AKB 26, 30, 40 & 50.
Short Hub is not available on FSB-15.
General Notes• Actual starting and/or stopping times depend on application variables, manufacturing tolerances and friction
material wear. Please consult factory for evaluationof actual use before applying specific values to yourapplication.
• Consult factory for additional options.

116

•
•

Hub Length***
L = Long
S = ShortWorking air gap should be checked periodically to insure
proper operation. If it exceeds maximum recommended
dimensions, the clutch or brake may not function properly.
All friction faces must be kept free of grease and oil for
proper operation.

••

Flying leads are provided as standard, terminal styleconnection available upon request.
Coil of 24 & 90 volts are provided as standard, other coilvoltages are available upon request.

www.thomsonlinear.com

Clutches & Brakes

SB Series

Power-off Brakes
High temperature insulated leadwires
Long-life brake lining (non-asbestos)Low inertia rotating components, allowing
higher acceleration rates

UL Class H insulation system, epoxy sealed for
efficient operation in extreme environments
Spline drive construction withstands highimpact stresses imparted by servo systems

Through holes for internal/external/reversible
mounting flexibility

BRAKESFRICTION

General Notes• Actual stopping times depend on application variables,
manufacturing tolerances and friction material wear.
Please consult factory for evaluation of actual use
before applying specific values to your application.
• Consult factory for additional options.

www.thomsonlinear.com••

Working air gap should be checked periodically to insure
proper operation. If it exceeds maximum recommended
dimensions, the clutch or brake may not function properly.
All friction faces must be kept free of grease and oil for
proper operation.

••

Flying leads are provided as standard, terminal styleconnection available upon request.
Coil of 24 & 90 volts are provided as standard, other coilvoltages are available upon request.

117

BRP-15, 17, 19 Brakes

Dimensions & Specifications

12 in MIN (300 mm)#26 AWG Teflon (BRP-15 & BRP-17)#22 AWG Teflon (BRP-19)

Dimensions (mm)Mounting requirements see page 146.

BRP Model Shown

Dimensions
StaticTorque

A: OD

B1: OAL
Short Hub

B2: OALLong Hub

C: HubID Ø

D: Keyway
Height

E. Keyway
Width

F: CaseID Ø

G: Mtg HoleBC Ø

J: (4) Mtg
Holes

3(0.34)

1.50(38.1)

1.06(26.9)

1.19(30.2)

.250
(6.4)

.286
(7.3)

.062
(1.6)

0.53
(13.5)

1.31(33.3).125(3.2)

BRP-15U24-E05X 3(0.34)

1.50(38.1)

1.06(26.9)

1.19(30.2)

.312
(7.9)

.364
(9.2)

.094
(2.4)

0.53
(13.5)

1.31(33.3).125(3.2)

BRP-15U24-E06X

3(0.34)

1.50(38.1)

1.06(26.9)

1.19(30.2)

.375
(9.5)

.425
(10.8)

.094
(2.4)

0.53
(13.5)

1.31(33.3).125(3.2)

BRP-17U24-E04X 8(0.90)

1.79(45.5)

1.18(30.0)

1.32(33.5)

.250
(6.4)

.286
(7.3)

.062
(1.6)

0.58
(14.7)

1.64(41.7).093(2.4)

BRP-17U24-E06X

8(0.90)

1.79(45.5)

1.18(30.0)

1.32(33.5)

.375
(9.5)

.425
(10.8)

.094
(2.4)

0.58
(14.7)

1.64(41.7).093(2.4)

BRP-19U24-E04X

13(1.47)

2.00(50.8)

1.19(30.2)

1.37(34.8)

.250
(6.4)

.286
(7.3)

.062
(1.6)

0.43
(10.9)

1.77(45.0).146(3.7)

BRP-19U24-E06X

13(1.47)

2.00(50.8)

1.19(30.2)

1.37(34.8)

.375
(9.5)

.425
(10.8)

.094
(2.4)

0.43
(10.9)

1.77(45.0).146(3.7)

StaticTorqueCoil
Voltage

Resistance
Ohms

Power
Watts

ArmatureEngagement

Armature
Disengagement

Armature
Inertia

Rotor
Inertia

WeightEnergyDissipation

0.3 (0.1)500

0.7 (0.3)700

0.7 (0.3)900Model*

BRP-15U24-E04X

lb-in (Nm)in (mm)in (mm)in (mm)in (mm)in (mm)in (mm)in (mm)in (mm)in (mm)PERFORMANCE

Model

lb-in (Nm)

VDC

nom.

max

msec

msec

lb-in-sec2

lb-in-sec2

lb (kg)

BRP-153.0 (0.34)

24/90

96/1350

7.0

30.0

10.0

NA

BRP-178.0 (0.90)

24/90

64/908

10.0

30.0

10.0

NA

2.88 x 10-6
1.87 x 10-5NA

2.36 x 10-5

BRP-1913 (1.47)

24/90

54/765

12.0

35.0

10.0

ft-lb/min*See “How to order” model numbering system on page 116 for power-off brakes.
X = Upon ordering, choose L or S for long or short hub length.
(-) denotes metric equivalents. Specifications subject to change without notice.

General Notes• Customer shall maintain the perpendicularity of thecase assembly mounting surface with respect to theshaft within .003 T.I.R. at the diameter of the bolt
circle.
• Other voltages available upon request.

118

•
•

Customer shall maintain concentricity of case assembly mounting pilot with respect to the shaft within .003
T.I.R.
All BRP series brakes are shipped unburnished.

••

Brake coupling armature assembly is secured to shaftby (2) set screws and key.
Metric bores available

www.thomsonlinear.com

Clutches & Brakes

BRP-23, 26, 28 Brakes

Dimensions & Specifications

12 in MIN
(300 mm)#22 AWG Teflon

BRP Model Shown
Dimensions (mm)Mounting requirements see page 146.
Dimensions

A: OD

B1: OAL
Short Hub

B2: OALLong Hub

C: HubID Ø

D: Keyway
Height

E. Keyway
Width

F: CaseID Ø

G: MtgHoleBC Ø

J: (4) Mtg
Holes

30
(3.4)

2.36
(60)

1.40
(35.6)

1.65(41.9)

.312
(7.9)

.364
(9.2)

.094
(2.4)

.79
(20.0)

2.05(52.1).177(4.5)

BRP-23U24-E06X

30
(3.4)

2.36
(60)

1.40
(35.6)

1.65(41.9)

.375
(9.5)

.425
(10.8)

.094
(2.4)

.79
(20.0)

2.05(52.1).177(4.5)

BRP-23U24-E08X

30
(3.4)

2.36
(60)

1.40
(35.6)

1.65(41.9).500(12.7).564(14.3)

.125
(3.2)

.79
(20.0)

2.05(52.1).177(4.5)

BRP-23U24-E10X

30
(3.4)

2.36
(60)

1.40
(35.6)

1.65(41.9).625(15.9).709(18.0)

.188
(4.8)

.79
(20.0)

2.05(52.1).177(4.5)

BRP-26U24-E06X 35
(4.0)

2.87
(72.9)

1.22(31.0)

1.45(36.8)

.375
(9.5)

.425
(10.8)

.094
(2.4)

0.63
(16.0)

2.50(63.5).177(4.5)

BRP-26U24-E08X 35
(4.0)

2.87
(72.9)

1.22(31.0)

1.45(36.8).500(12.7).564(14.3)

.125
(3.2)

0.63
(16.0)

2.50(63.5).177(4.5)

BRP-28U24-E06X 60
(6.8)

3.03
(77)

1.22
(31.0)

1.45(36.8)

.375
(9.5)

.425
(10.8)

.094
(2.4)

1.18
(30.0)

2.76(70.0).177(4.5)

BRP-28U24-E08X 60
(6.8)

3.03
(77)

1.22
(31.0)

1.45(36.8).500(12.7).564(14.3)

.125
(3.2)

1.18
(30.0)

2.76(70.0).177(4.5)

BRP-28U24-E10X 60
(6.8)

3.03
(77)

1.22
(31.0)

1.45(36.8).625(15.9).709(18.0)

.188
(4.8)

1.18
(30.0)

2.76(70.0)

.177
(4.5)

Power
Watts

ArmatureEngagement

Armature
Disengagement

Armature
Inertia

Rotor
Inertia

WeightEnergyDissipation

1.1 (0.5)1200

1.2 (0.5)1400

1.8 (0.8)

1800

StaticTorqueBRP-23U24-E05X

Model*

lb-in (Nm)in (mm)in (mm)in (mm)in (mm)in (mm)in (mm)in (mm)in (mm)in (mm)BRAKES

Model

lb-in (Nm)

Coil
Voltage
VDC

Resistance
Ohms
nom.

max

msec

msec

lb-in-sec2

lb-in-sec2

BRP-2330 (3.4)

24/90

46.5/700

13.0

70.0

20.0

NA

BRP-2635 (4.0)24/90

33/506

19.0

80.0

20.0

NA

1.77 x 10-5
1.14 x 10-4

BRP-2860 (6.8)

24/90

36/440

20.0

50.0

40.0

NA

1.06 x 10-4lb (kg)ft-lb/min*See “How to order” model numbering system on page 116 for power-off brakes.
X = Upon ordering, choose L or S for long or short hub length.
(-) denotes metric equivalents. Specifications subject to change without notice.
General Notes• Customer shall maintain the perpendicularity of thecase assembly mounting surface with respect to theshaft within .003 T.I.R. at the diameter of the bolt
circle.
• Other voltages available upon request.

www.thomsonlinear.com•

Customer shall maintain concentricity of case assembly mounting pilot with respect to the shaft within .003
T.I.R.
• All BRP series brakes are shipped unburnished.

•

Brake coupling armature assembly is secured to shaftby (2) set screws and key.
• Metric bores available

119

FRICTIONPERFORMANCE
StaticTorqueBRP-30, 40 Brakes

Dimensions & Specifications
B2
B1

E
12 in MIN (300 mm)#22 AWG Teflon
D

ØC
ØA

ØF

ØG

ØJ: (4) Holes on
ØG: Bolt Circle

Dimensions (mm)Mounting requirements see page 146.

BRP Model Shown
Dimensions

StaticTorque

A: OD

B1: OAL
Short Hub

B2: OALLong Hub

C: HubID Ø

D: Keyway
Height

E. Keyway
Width

F: CaseID Ø

G: Mtg HoleBC Ø

J: (4) Mtg
Holes

BRP-30U24-E08X

80(9.04)

3.35(85.1)

1.63(41.4)

NA.500(12.7).564(14.3)

.125
(3.2)

1.13
(28.7)

2.91(73.9).218(5.5)

BRP-30U24-E10X

80(9.04)

3.35(85.1)

1.63(41.4)

NA.625(15.9).709(18.0)

.188
(4.8)

1.13
(28.7)

2.91(73.9).218(5.5)

BRP-40U24-E06X 200(22.6)

4.25(108.0)1.75(44.5)

NA

.375
(9.5)

.425
(10.8)

.094
(2.4)

1.50
(38.1)

3.75(95.3).226(5.7)

BRP-40U24-E08X 200(22.6)

4.25(108.0)1.75(44.5)

NA.500(12.7).564(14.3)

.125
(3.2)

1.50
(38.1)

3.75(95.3).226(5.7)

BRP-40U24-E10X 200(22.6)

4.25(108.0)1.75(44.5)

NA.625(15.9).709(18.0)

.188
(4.8)

1.50
(38.1)

3.75(95.3).226(5.7)

BRP-40U24-E12X 200(22.6)

4.25(108.0)1.75(44.5)

NA.750(19.1).837(21.3)

.188
(4.8)

1.50
(38.1)

3.75(95.3).226(5.7)

WeightEnergyDissipation

2.8 (1.3)2200

4.9 (2.2)

2500

Model*

lb-in (Nm)in (mm)in (mm)in (mm)in (mm)in (mm)in (mm)in (mm)in (mm)in (mm)PERFORMANCE
StaticTorqueCoil
Voltage

Resistance
Ohms

Power
Watts

ArmatureEngagement

Armature
Disengagement

Armature
Inertia

Rotor
Inertia

BRP-3080 (9.04)

24/90

29/374

23.0

70.0

45.0

NA

BRP-40200 (22.6)

24/90

20/290

31.0

85.0

45.0

NA

1.72 x 10-4
8.34 x 10-3Modellb-in (Nm)

VDC

nom.

max

msec

msec

lb-in-sec2

lb-in-sec2

lb (kg)ft-lb/min*See “How to order” model numbering system on page 116 for power-off brakes.
X = Upon ordering, choose L or S for long or short hub length.
(-) denotes metric equivalents. Specifications subject to change without notice.

General Notes• Customer shall maintain the perpendicularity of thecase assembly mounting surface with respect to theshaft within .003 T.I.R. at the diameter of the bolt
circle.
• Other voltages available upon request.

120

•
•

Customer shall maintain concentricity of case assembly mounting pilot with respect to the shaft within .003
T.I.R.
All BRP series brakes are shipped unburnished.

••

Brake coupling armature assembly is secured to shaftby (2) set screws and key.
Metric bores available

www.thomsonlinear.com

Clutches & Brakes

Notes

BRAKESFRICTION

www.thomsonlinear.com

121

SB-15, 17, 19 Brakes

Dimensions & Specifications

12 in MIN (300 mm)#26 AWG Teflon (SB-15 & SB-17)#22 AWG Teflon (SB-19)

Dimensions (mm)Mounting requirements see page 146.

SB Model Shown
Dimensions

StaticTorque

A: OD

B1: OAL
Short Hub

B2: OALLong Hub

C: HubID Ø

D: Keyway
Height

E. Keyway
Width

F: CaseID Ø

G: Mtg HoleBC Ø

J: (4) Mtg
Holes

SB-15B24-E04X

5(0.56)

1.50(38.1)

1.06(26.9)

1.18
(30)

.250
(6.4)

.286
(7.3)

.062
(1.6)

0.53
(13.5)

1.31(33.3).125(3.2)

SB-15B24-E05X

5(0.56)

1.50(38.1)

1.06(26.9)

1.18
(30)

.312
(7.9)

.364
(9.2)

.094
(2.4)

0.53
(13.5)

1.31(33.3).125(3.2)

SB-15B24-E06X

5(0.56)

1.50(38.1)

1.06(26.9)

1.18
(30)

.375
(9.5)

.425
(10.8)

.094
(2.4)

0.53
(13.5)

1.31(33.3).125(3.2)

SB-17B24-E04X

10(1.13)

1.79(45.5)

1.19(30.2)

1.37(34.8)

.250
(6.4)

.286
(7.3)

.062
(1.6)

0.58
(14.7)

1.64(41.7).093(2.4)

SB-17B24-E06X

10(1.13)

1.79(45.5)

1.19(30.2)

1.37(34.8)

.375
(9.5)

.425
(10.8)

.094
(2.4)

0.58
(14.7)

1.64(41.7).093(2.4)

SB-17B24-E08X

10(1.13)

1.79(45.5)

1.19(30.2)

1.37(34.8).500(12.7).564(14.3)

.125
(3.2)

0.58
(14.7)

1.64(41.7).093(2.4)

SB-19B24-E04X

18(2.03)

2.00(50.8)

1.19(30.2)

1.44(36.6)

.250
(6.4)

.286
(7.3)

.062
(1.6)

0.43
(10.9)

1.77(45.0).146(3.7)

SB-19B24-E06X

18(2.03)

2.00(50.8)

1.19(30.2)

1.44(36.6)

.375
(9.5)

.425
(10.8)

.094
(2.4)

0.43
(10.9)

1.77(45.0).146(3.7)

Resistance
Ohms

Power
Watts

Armature
Inertia

Rotor
Inertia

Model*

lb-in (Nm)in (mm)in (mm)in (mm)in (mm)in (mm)in (mm)in (mm)in (mm)in (mm)PERFORMANCE

Model

StaticTorquelb-in (Nm)

Coil
Voltage
VDC

nom.

max

ArmatureEngagement
msec

Armature
Disengagement
msec

lb-in-sec2

lb-in-sec2

SB-15

5.0 (0.56)

24/90

96/1350

7.0

20.0

10.0

NA

SB-17

10 (1.13)

24/90

64/908

10.0

20.0

10.0

NA

2.42 x 10-5
2.65 x 10-5

SB-19

18 (2.03)

24/90

54/765

12.0

35.0

10.0

NA

2.83 x 10-5

WeightEnergyDissipation

0.3 (0.1)500

0.7 (0.3)700

0.7 (0.3)900lb (kg)ft-lb/min*See “How to order” model numbering system on page 116 for power-off brakes.
X = Upon ordering, choose L or S for long or short hub length.
(-) denotes metric equivalents. Specifications subject to change without notice.

General Notes• Customer shall maintain the perpendicularity of thecase assembly mounting surface with respect to theshaft within .005 T.I.R. at the diameter of the bolt
circle.
• Other voltages available upon request.

122

•
•

Customer shall maintain concentricity of case assembly mounting pilot with respect to the shaft within .005
T.I.R.
All SB series brakes are shipped burnished.

••

Brake coupling armature assembly is secured to shaftby (2) set screws and key.
Metric bores available

www.thomsonlinear.com

Clutches & Brakes

SB-23, 26, 28 Brakes

Dimensions & Specifications

12 in MIN
(300 mm)#22 AWG Teflon

Dimensions (mm)Mounting requirements see page 146.

SB Model Shown
Dimensions

StaticTorque

A: OD

B1: OAL
Short Hub

B2: OALLong Hub

C: HubID Ø

D: Keyway
Height

E. Keyway
Width

F: CaseID Ø

G: Mtg HoleBC Ø

J: (4) Mtg
Holes

SB-23B24-E05X

35
(4.0)

2.36
(60)

1.40
(35.6)

1.65(41.9)

.312
(7.9)

.364
(9.2)

.094
(2.4)

.79
(20.0)

2.05(52.1).177(4.5)

SB-23B24-E06X

35
(4.0)

2.36
(60)

1.40
(35.6)

1.65(41.9)

.375
(9.5)

.425
(10.8)

.094
(2.4)

.79
(20.0)

2.05(52.1).177(4.5)

SB-23B24-E08X

35
(4.0)

2.36
(60)

1.40
(35.6)

1.65(41.9).500(12.7).564(14.3)

.125
(3.2)

.79
(20.0)

2.05(52.1).177(4.5)

SB-23B24-E10X

35
(4.0)

2.36
(60)

1.40
(35.6)

1.65(41.9).625(15.9).709(14.3)

.188
(4.8)

.79
(20.0)

2.05(52.1).177(4.5)

SB-26B24-E06X

40
(4.5)

2.87
(72.9)

1.22(31.0)

1.45(36.8)

.375
(9.5)

.425
(10.8)

.094
(2.4)

0.63
(16.0)

2.50(63.5).177(4.5)

SB-26B24-E08X

40
(4.5)

2.87
(72.9)

1.22(31.0)

1.45(36.8).500(12.7).564(14.3)

.125
(3.2)

0.63
(16.0)

2.50(63.5).177(4.5)

SB-28B24-E06X

80
(9.0)

3.03
(77)

1.22
(31.0)

1.45(36.8)

.375
(9.5)

.425
(10.8)

.094
(2.4)

1.18
(30.0)

2.76(70.0).177(4.5)

SB-28B24-E08X

80
(9.0)

3.03
(77)

1.22
(31.0)

1.45(36.8).500(12.7).564(14.3)

.125
(3.2)

1.18
(30.0)

2.76(70.0).177(4.5)

SB-28B24-E10X

80
(9.0)

3.03
(77)

1.22
(31.0)

1.45(36.8).625(15.9).709(18.0)

.188
(4.8)

1.18
(30.0)

2.76(70.0).177(4.5)

Resistance
Ohms

Power
Watts

Armature
Inertia

Rotor
Inertia

Weight1.1 (0.5)1200

1.2 (0.5)1400

1.8 (0.8)1800

Model*

lb-in (Nm)in (mm)in (mm)in (mm)in (mm)in (mm)in (mm)in (mm)in (mm)in (mm)BRAKES

Model

lb-in (Nm)

Coil
Voltage
VDC

nom.

max

ArmatureEngagement
msec

Armature
Disengagement
msec

lb-in-sec2

lb-in-sec2

SB-23

35 (4.0)

24/90

46.5/700

13.0

70.0

20.0

NA

SB-26

40 (4.5)

24/90

33/506

19.0

80.0

20.0

NA

5.56 x 10-5
1.19 x 10-4

SB-28

80 (9.0)24/90

36/440

20.0

50.0

40.0

NA

1.17 x 10-4lb (kg)EnergyDissipation
ft-lb/min*See “How to order” model numbering system on page 116 for power-off brakes.
X = Upon ordering, choose L or S for long or short hub length.
(-) denotes metric equivalents. Specifications subject to change without notice.
General Notes• Customer shall maintain the perpendicularity of thecase assembly mounting surface with respect to theshaft within .005 T.I.R. at the diameter of the bolt
circle.
• Other voltages available upon request.

www.thomsonlinear.com••

Customer shall maintain concentricity of case assembly mounting pilot with respect to the shaft within .005
T.I.R.
All SB series brakes are shipped burnished.

••

Brake coupling armature assembly is secured to shaftby (2) set screws and key.
Metric bores available

123

FRICTIONPERFORMANCE
StaticTorqueSB-30, 40 Brakes

Dimensions & Specifications
B2
E

B1

12 in MIN (300 mm)#22 AWG Teflon
D

ØC
ØA

ØF

G

J: (4) Holes on
G: Bolt Circle

Dimensions (mm)Mounting requirements see page 146.

SB Model Shown

Dimensions
StaticTorque

A: OD

B1: OAL
Short Hub

B2: OALLong Hub

C: HubID Ø

D: Keyway
Height

E. Keyway
Width

F: CaseID Ø

G: Mtg HoleBC Ø

J: (4) Mtg
Holes

SB-30B24-E06X

140(15.8)

3.35(85.1)

1.63(41.4)

NA

.375
(9.5)

.425
(10.8)

.094
(2.4)

1.13
(28.7)

2.91(73.9).218(5.5)

SB-30B24-E08X

140(15.8)

3.35(85.1)

1.63(41.4)

NA.500(12.7).564(14.3)

.125
(3.2)

1.13
(28.7)

2.91(73.9).218(5.5)

SB-30B24-E10X

140(15.8)

3.35(85.1)

1.63(41.4)

NA.625(15.9).709(18.0)

.188
(4.8)

1.13
(28.7)

2.91(73.9).218(5.5)

SB-40B24-E06X

265(29.9)

4.25(108.0)1.75(44.5)

NA

.375
(9.5)

.425
(10.8)

.094
(2.4)

1.50
(38.1)

3.75(95.3).226(5.7)

SB-40B24-E08X

265(29.9)

4.25(108.0)1.75(44.5)

NA.500(12.7).564(14.3)

.125
(3.2)

1.50
(38.1)

3.75(95.3).226(5.7)

SB-40B24-E10X

265(29.9)

4.25(108.0)1.75(44.5)

NA.625(15.9).709(18.0)

.188
(4.8)

1.50
(38.1)

3.75(95.3).226(5.7)

SB-40B24-E12X

265(29.9)

4.25(108.0)1.75(44.5)

NA.750(19.1).837(21.3)

.188
(4.8)

1.50
(38.1)

3.75(95.3).226(5.7)

StaticTorqueCoil
Voltage

Resistance
Ohms

Power
Watts

ArmatureEngagement

Armature
Inertia

Rotor
Inertia

WeightEnergyDissipation

1.72 x 10-4
8.23 x 10-4

2.8 (1.3)2200

4.9 (2.2)

2500

Model*

lb-in (Nm)in (mm)in (mm)in (mm)in (mm)in (mm)in (mm)in (mm)in (mm)in (mm)PERFORMANCE

Model

lb-in (Nm)

VDC

nom.

max

msec

Armature
Disengagement
msec

lb-in-sec2

SB-30

140 (15.8)

24/90

29/374

24.0

70.0

45.0

NA

SB-40

265 (29.9)

24/90

20/290

31.0

85.0

45.0

NA

lb-in-sec2

lb (kg)ft-lb/min*See “How to order” model numbering system on page 116 for power-off brakes.
X = Upon ordering, choose L or S for long or short hub length.
(-) denotes metric equivalents. Specifications subject to change without notice.

General Notes• Customer shall maintain the perpendicularity of thecase assembly mounting surface with respect to theshaft within .005 T.I.R. at the diameter of the bolt
circle.
• Other voltages available upon request.

124

•
•

Customer shall maintain concentricity of case assembly mounting pilot with respect to the shaft within .005
T.I.R.
All SB series brakes are shipped burnished.

••

Brake coupling armature assembly is secured to shaftby (2) set screws and key.
Metric bores available

www.thomsonlinear.com

Clutches & Brakes

SB-50, 60, 70 Brakes

Dimensions & Specifications
B2
E

B1

12 in MIN (300 mm)#22 AWG Teflon
D

ØC
ØA

ØF

G

J: (4) Holes on
G: Bolt Circle

Dimensions (mm)Mounting requirements see page 146.

SB Model Shown

Dimensions
StaticTorque

A: OD

B1: OAL
Short Hub

B2: OALLong Hub

C: HubID Ø

D: Keyway
Height

E. Keyway
Width

F: CaseID Ø

G: Mtg HoleBC Ø

J: (4) Mtg
Holes

SB-50B24-E10X

350(39.5)

5.00(127.0)1.90(48.3)

NA.625(15.9).709(18.0)

.188
(4.8)

1.75
(44.5)

4.50(114.3)

.226
(5.7)

SB-50B24-E12X

350(39.5)

5.00(127.0)1.90(48.3)

NA.750(19.1).837(21.3)

.188
(4.8)

1.75
(44.5)

4.50(114.3)

.226
(5.7)

SB-50B24-E16X

350(39.5)

5.00(127.0)1.90(48.3)

NA

1.000(25.4)

1.114(28.3)

.250
(6.4)

1.75
(44.5)

4.50(114.3)

.226
(5.7)

SB-60B24-E10X

600(67.8)

6.431(163.3)2.364(60.0)

NA

0.625(15.9)

0.709(18.0)

0.188
(4.8)

1.655
(42.0)

6.00(152.4)

.226
(5.7)

SB-60B24-E12X

600(67.8)

6.431(163.3)2.364(60.0)

NA

0.750(19.1)

0.837(21.3)

0.188
(4.8)

1.655
(42.0)

6.00(152.4)

.226
(5.7)

SB-60B24-E16X

600(67.8)

6.431(163.3)2.364(60.0)

NA

1.000(25.4)

1.114(28.3)

0.188
(4.8)

1.655
(42.0)

6.00(152.4)

.226
(5.7)

SB-70B24-E16X

1200(135.6)

7.25(184.2)2.77(70.4)

NA

1.000(25.4)

1.114(28.3)

.250
(6.4)

3.35
(85.1)

6.81(173.0)

.281
(7.1)

SB-70B24-E24X

1200(135.6)

7.25(184.2)2.77(70.4)

NA

1.500(38.1)

1.669(42.4)

.375
(9.5)

3.35
(85.1)

6.81(173.0)

.281
(7.1)

SB-70B24-E32X

1200(135.6)

7.25(184.2)2.77(70.4)

NA

2.000(50.8)

2.223(56.5).500(12.7)

3.35(85.1)

6.81(173.0)

.281
(7.1)

StaticTorqueCoil
Voltage

Resistance
Ohms

Power
Watts

ArmatureEngagement

Armature
Disengagement

Armature
Inertia

Rotor
Inertia

WeightEnergyDissipation

6.5 (3.0)

2650

20.2 (9.2)

Model*

lb-in (Nm)in (mm)in (mm)in (mm)in (mm)in (mm)in (mm)in (mm)in (mm)in (mm)BRAKES

Model

lb-in (Nm)

VDC

nom.

max

msec

msec

lb-in-sec2

lb-in-sec2

SB-50

350 (39.5)

24/90

19/291

32.0

160.0

110.0

NA

SB-60

600 (67.8)

24/90

15/25551.0/43.0

150.0

200.0

NA

2.17 x 10-3
3.08 x 10-3SB-701200 (135.6)

24/90

12/180

53.0

140.0

250.0

NA

1.77 x 10-2

lb (kg)ft-lb/min14.5 (6.6)
3900*See “How to order” model numbering system on page 116 for power-off brakes.
X = Upon ordering, choose L or S for long or short hub length.
(-) denotes metric equivalents. Specifications subject to change without notice.
General Notes• Customer shall maintain the perpendicularity of thecase assembly mounting surface with respect to theshaft within .005 T.I.R. at the diameter of the bolt
circle.
• Other voltages available upon request.

www.thomsonlinear.com••

Customer shall maintain concentricity of case assembly mounting pilot with respect to the shaft within .005
T.I.R.
All SB series brakes are shipped burnished.

••

Brake coupling armature assembly is secured to shaftby (2) set screws and key.
Metric bores available

125

FRICTIONPERFORMANCEFSB-15, 17 Brakes

Dimensions & Specifications
12 in MIN (300 mm)#22 AWG PVC

FSB Model Shown

Dimensions (mm)Mounting requirements see page 146.

Dimensions

Model*

StaticTorquelb-in (Nm)A1: OD
Body

A2: OD
FlangeB1: OAL
Short Hub

B2: OALLong Hub

C: HubID Ø

F: CaseID Ø

G: Mtg HoleBC Ø

J: (3) Mtg
Holes

FSB-15U24-E03L

1
(.12)

1.37
(34.8)

1.475(17.5)

0.69**(17.5)

0.9(22.9)

.187
(4.8)

0.285
(7.2)

1.18
(30.0)

3 x .125(3.2)

FSB-15U24-E04L

1
(.12)

1.37
(34.8)

1.475(17.5)

0.69**(17.5)

0.9(22.9)

.250
(6.4)

0.285
(7.2)

1.18
(30.0)

3 x .125(3.2)

FSB-17U24-E04X

3
(.34)

1.75
(44.5)

1.90(48.3)

0.87(22.0)

1.06(26.9)

.250
(6.4)

0.415
(10.5)

1.545(39.2)

3 x .125(3.2)

FSB-17U24-E05X

3
(.34)

1.75
(44.5)

1.90(48.3)

0.87(22.0)

1.06(26.9)

.312
(7.9)

0.415
(10.5)

1.545(39.2)

3 x .125(3.2)

FSB-17U24-E06X

3
(.34)

1.75
(44.5)

1.90(48.3)

0.87(22.0)

1.06(26.9)

.375
(9.5)

0.415
(10.5)

1.545(39.2)

3 x .125(3.2)

in (mm)in (mm)in (mm)in (mm)in (mm)in (mm)in (mm)in (mm)PERFORMANCE

Model

StaticTorquelb-in (Nm)

Coil
Voltage
VDC

Resistance
Ohma
nom.

Power
Watts
max

ArmatureEngagement
msec

Armature
Disengagement
msec

Armature
Inertia

Rotor
Inertia

1.05 x 10-5
1.45 x 10-5

lb-in-sec2

FSB-151 (.12)

24/90

118/1750

6.0

25.0

15.0

NA

FSB-173 (.34)

24/90

92/1300

7.0

35.0

30.0

NA

Weightlb-in-sec2

EnergyDissipationlb (kg)ft-lb/min

0.2 (.09)250

0.6 (.27)

350*See “How to order” model numbering system on page 116 for power-off brakes.
X = Upon ordering, choose L or S for long or short hub length.
(-) denotes metric equivalents. Specifications subject to change without notice.
**Short Hub not available for size 15.

General Notes• Customer shall maintain the perpendicularity of thecase assembly mounting surface with respect to theshaft within .005 T.I.R. at the diameter of the bolt
circle.

126••

Other voltages available upon request.
Customer shall maintain concentricity of case assembly mounting pilot with respect to the shaft within .005
T.I.R.

••

Brake coupling armature assembly is secured to shaftby (2) set screws.
Metric bores available

www.thomsonlinear.com

Clutches & Brakes

AKB-17, 19, 26, 30 Brakes
Dimensions & Specifications

12 in. Long Min. (300mm)

Dimensions (mm)Mounting requirements see page 146.

AKB Model ShownUL Recognized Component
RoHS Compliant
Dimensions

StaticTorque

A: OD

B1: OAL
Short Hub

B2: OALLong Hub

C: HubID Ø

D: Keyway
Height

E. Keyway
Width

F: CaseID Ø

G: Mtg HoleBC Ø

J: (4) Mtg
Holes

AKB-17B24-E04X

12.5
(1.4)

1.83
(46.5)

1.32(33.5)

NA.250(6.35)

.286
(7.3)

.062
(1.6)

0.512
(13)

1.640
(42)

.094
(2.4)

AKB-19B24-E04X

22
(2.5)

2.00
(51)

1.33
(33.8)

NA.250(6.35)

.286
(7.3)

.062
(1.6)

0.472
(12)

1.770
(45)

.134
(3.4)

AKB-26B24-E05X

47
(5.3)

2.87
(73)

1.26
(32)

1.26
(32)

.312
(7.92).364(9.25)

.094
(2.4)

0.75
(19)

2.500
(64)

.177
(4.5)

AKB-26B24-E06X

47
(5.3)

2.87
(73)

1.26
(32)

1.26
(32)

.375
(9.52).425(10.8)

.094
(2.4)

0.75
(19)

2.500
(64)

.177
(4.5)

AKB-30B24-E06X

128(14.5)

3.35
(85)

1.62
(41.1)

1.62(41.1).375(9.52).425(10.8)

.094
(2.4)

1.125
(29)

2.913
(74)

.177
(4.5)

AKB-30B24-E08X

128(14.5)

3.35
(85)

1.62
(41.1)

1.62(41.1).500(12.7).564(14.33).125(3.18)

1.125
(29)

2.913
(74)

.177
(4.5)

Armature
Disengagement

Armature
Inertia

Rotor
Inertia

WeightEnergyDissipation

0.57(0.26)

700

Model*

lb-in (Nm)in (mm)in (mm)in (mm)in (mm)in (mm)in (mm)in (mm)in (mm)in (mm)Modellb-in (Nm)

Coil
Voltage
VDC

Resistance
Ohms
nom.

Power
Watts
max

ArmatureEngagement
msec

msec

lb-in-sec2

lb-in-sec2

lb (kg)ft-lb/min12.5 (1.4)

24

68.5

10.94

(20.0)(20.0)

NA

AKB-1922 (2.5)

24

56.6

13.24

(35.0)(15.0)

NA

4.9 x 10-3

0.76
(0.35)

900

AKB-2647 (5.3)

24

45.2

16.58

(80.0)(20.0)

NA

2.27 x 10-2

1.43
(0.64)

1400

AKB-30128 (14.5)

24

29.6

25.3

(80.0)(45.0)

NA

5.6 x 10-2

2.49
(1.12)

2200

FRICTION

AKB-17

3.9 x 10-3

*See “How to order” model numbering system on page 116 for power-off brakes.
X = Upon ordering, choose L or S for long or short hub length.
(-) denotes metric equivalents. Specifications subject to change without notice.
General Notes• Customer shall maintain the perpendicularity of thecase assembly mounting surface with respect to theshaft within .003 T.I.R. at the diameter of the bolt
circle.
• Other voltages available upon request.

www.thomsonlinear.com••

Customer shall maintain concentricity of case assembly mounting pilot with respect to the shaft within .003
T.I.R.
All AKB series brakes are shipped burnished.

••

BRAKESPERFORMANCE
StaticTorqueBrake coupling armature assembly is secured to shaftby (2) set screws and key.
Metric bores available127AKB-40, 50 Brakes

Dimensions & Specifications

12 in. Long Min. (300mm)

Dimensions (mm)Mounting requirements see page 146.

AKB Model ShownUL Recognized Component
RoHS Compliant

Dimensions
StaticTorque

A: OD

B1: OAL
Short Hub

B2: OALLong Hub

C: HubID Ø

D: Keyway
Height

E: Keyway
Width

F: CaseID Ø

G: Mtg HoleBC Ø

J: (4) Mtg
Holes

AKB-40B24-E06X

220
(25)

4.25
(108)

1.81
(46.0)

1.81(46.0).375(9.52).425(10.8)

.094
(2.4)

1.50
(38)

3.750
(95)

.217
(5.5)

AKB-40B24-E08X

220
(25)

4.25
(108)

1.81
(46.0)

1.81(46.0).500(12.7).564(14.33).125(3.18)

1.50
(38)

3.750
(95)

.217
(5.5)

AKB-40B24-E10X

220
(25)

4.25
(108)

1.81
(46.0)

1.81(46.0).625(15.9).709(18.0).188(4.78)

1.50
(38)

3.750
(95)

.217
(5.5)

AKB-40B24-E12X

220
(25)

4.25
(108)

1.81
(46.0)

1.81(46.0).750(19.05).837(21.26).188(4.78)

1.50
(38)

3.750
(95)

.217
(5.5)

AKB-50B24-E10X

470
(53)

5.00
(127)

1.85
(47)

1.85
(47)

.625
(15.9).709(18.0).188(4.78)

1.75
(44)

4.500
(114)

.217
(5.5)

AKB-50B24-E12X

470
(53)

5.00
(127)

1.85
(47)

1.85
(47)

.750
(19.05).837(21.26).188(4.78)

1.75
(44)

4.500
(114)

.217
(5.5)

AKB-50B24-E16X

470
(53)

5.00
(127)

1.85
(47)

1.85
(47)

1.000
(25.4)

1.114(28.30).250(6.35)

1.75
(44)

4.500
(114)

.217
(5.5)

Resistance
Ohms

Power
Watts

ArmatureEngagement

Armature
Disengagement

Armature
Inertia

Rotor
Inertia

WeightEnergyDissipation

2.24 x 10-1
5.53 x 10-1

4.47 (2.02)

2200

6.4 (2.89)2650

Model*

lb-in (Nm)in (mm)in (mm)in (mm)in (mm)in (mm)in (mm)in (mm)in (mm)in (mm)PERFORMANCE

Model

StaticTorquelb-in (Nm)

Coil
Voltage
VDC

nom.

max

msec

msec

lb-in-sec2

AKB-40220 (25)

24

22.4

33.5

(105.0)(45.0)

NA

AKB-50470 (53)

24

16.0

46.8

(160.0)(110.0)NAlb-in-sec2

lb (kg)ft-lb/min*See “How to order” model numbering system on page 116 for power-off brakes.
X = Upon ordering, choose L or S for long or short hub length.
(-) denotes metric equivalents. Specifications subject to change without notice.
General Notes• Customer shall maintain the perpendicularity of thecase assembly mounting surface with respect to theshaft within .003 T.I.R. at the diameter of the bolt
circle.
• Other voltages available upon request.

128

•
•

Customer shall maintain concentricity of case assembly mounting pilot with respect to the shaft within .003
T.I.R.
All AKB series brakes are shipped burnished.

••

Brake coupling armature assembly is secured to shaftby (2) set screws and key.
Metric bores available

www.thomsonlinear.com

Clutches & Brakes

PMB Series

Power-off Brakes•  Brake leads can be customized (connectors, sleeving) to meet special
requirements.
•  Dust cover (option) keeps foreignmaterials from interfering withbrake actuation.
•  Manual release lever (option) provides
override to release brakes in theabsence of power.

The PMB Series are a power-off, DC,
spring set brake that provides a low-cost,
multi-functional brake alternative for many
application. The series offers nine frame
sizes: 30, 40, 50, 60, 65, 75, 85, 100, 120 anda superior torque to size ratio.
Many extra features are offered with thisversatile product series.
• Torque adjustment collar allows thetorque to be varied depending on
application.
• Engineered friction material on rotor
assembly boosts maximum brake performance and extends life.
• Brake easily mounts to motor or frame.
Mounting hardware included withbrake. Simple splined hub attaches toshaft with set screw and keyway provided.
• Brake case design offers excellent heatdissipation.
• Fully potted coils meet minimum requirements for class “F”insulation.
• UL Recognized Component• Splined hub with anti-rattle feature promotes quiet operation

Typical Applications• Factory automation• Semiconductor• Military/aerospace• Medical equipment• Elevators• Lift trucks• Pallet trucks• Electric vehicles• Electric hoists• Construction equipment• Winches & Cranes• Electric motor brakes• Conveyors• Robotics• Floor sweepers• Scissor lifts• Automated material
handling equipment

How to order
PMB - 30   B   24* - E08** - MRD

Coil Voltage
24 = 24VDC
90 = 90VDC
190 = 190VDC

B = Burnished

Insulation Class:
PMB: Class F (155°C)
All PMB brakes are shipped burnished.
*

Other voltages available upon request

Options
X= None
MRD = Manual Release & Dust Cover
MR = Manual Release onlyD
= Dust Cover only

FRICTION

Frame Size
30 = 3.31(84)40 = 4.02 (102)50 = 5.00 (127)60 = 5.79 (147)
65 = 6.38 (162)75 = 7.40 (188)85 = 8.47 (215)
100 = 10.00 (254)
120 = 11.89 (302)

BRAKES

Series
PMB = Power-off
			 Brake

Hub Bore**
   English
   Metric
E06 = .3750
M11 = 11mm
E08 = .5000
M15 = 15mm
E10 = .6250
M20 = 20mm
E12 = .7500
M25 = 25mm
E16 = 1.000
M30 = 30mm
E18 = 1.125
M35 = 35mm
E22 = 1.375
M40 = 40mm
E24 = 1.500
M45 = 45mm
E26 = 1.625** See dimension tables for appropriate bore sizes available for each frame size.
Metric bore sizes available upon request.

www.thomsonlinear.com

129

PMB-30, 40, 50, 60, 65, 75, 85, 100, 120 Brakes
Dimensions & Specifications

22.84 in MIN(580 mm)30º

Dimensions (mm)Mounting requirements see page 146.

PMB model shown with optional manual
release & dust cover.

UL Recognized Component
DIMENSIONS

StaticTorque
lb-in
(Nm)

A: OD

B: MtgHole

PMB-30

45
(5)

3.307
(84)

PMB-4070(8)PMB-50

a:
Air
Gap

C

D

E

F

G, H

L

M

N

P

S

T

X

2.835
(72)

NA

1.220
(31)

0.748
(19)

3.86
(98)

0.197
(5)

1.614
(41)

0.701
(17.8)

0.157
(4)

0.697
(17.7)

0.236
(6)

0.118
(3)

10

0.006
(0.15)

4.016
(102)

3.543
(90)

1.772
(45)

1.181
(30)

0.945
(24)

4.29
(109)

0.217
(5.5)

2.048
(52)

0.787
(20)

0.374
(9.5)

1.004
(25.5)

0.276
(7)

0.394
(10)

8

0.008
(0.2)

142
(16)

5.000
(127)

4.409
(112)

2.205
(56)

1.575
(40.5)

1.378
(35)

5.47
(139)

0.256
(6.5)

2.244
(57)

0.787
(20)

0.492
(11.5)

1.280(32.5)

0.346
(8.8)

0.157
(4)

7

0.008
(0.25)

PMB-60

283
(32)

5.787
(147)

5.197
(132)

2.441
(62)

1.772
(45)

1.575
(40)

6.02
(153)

0.256
(6.5)

2.598
(66)

0.984
(25)

0.472
(12)

1.280
(32.5)

0.354
(9)

0.197
(5)

8

0.012
(0.3)

PMB-65

530
(60)

6.378
(162)

5.709
(145)

2.913
(74)

2.165
(55)

1.890
(48)

7.28
(185)

0.354
(9)

2.992
(76)

1.181
(30)

0.551
(14)

1.417
(36)

0.433
(11)

0.197
(5)

8

0.012
(0.3)

PMB-75

708
(80)

7.402
(188)

6.693
(170)

3.307
(84)

2.559
(65)

2.047
(52)

7.88
(200)

0.354
(9)

3.367
(85.5)

1.181
(30)

0.551
(14)

1.634
(41.5)

0.433
(11)

0.236
(6)

8

0.012
(0.3)

PMB-85

1505
(170)

8.465
(215)

7.717
(196)

3.937
(100)

2.953
(75)

2.441
(62)

10.24
(260)

0.354
(9)

3.780
(96)

1.378
(35)

0.591
(15)

1.772
(45)

0.433
(11)

0.374
(9.5)

12

0.016
(0.4)

PMB-100

2655
(300)

10.000
(254)

9.055
(230)

4.331
(110)

3.543
(90)

3.346
(85)

16.46
(418)

0.433
(11)

4.252
(108)

1.575
(40)

0.689
(17.5)

1.850
(47)

0.433
(11)

N/A

12

0.016
(0.4)

PMB-120

4250
(480)

11.890(302)

10.945
(278)

5.512
(140)

4.724
(120)

4.528
(115)

19.84
(504)

0.433
(11)

4.685
(119)

1.969
(50)

0.689
(17.5)

2.756
(70)

0.492
(12.5)

N/A

12

0.020
(0.5)

Model

in (mm)in (mm)in (mm)in (mm)in (mm)in (mm)in (mm)in (mm)in (mm)in (mm)in (mm)in (mm)in (mm)deg.

in (mm)PERFORMANCE

Model

StaticTorquelb-in (Nm)

Coil
Voltage
VDC

Resistance
Ohms@ 20°C
nom.

Power
Watts
max

Speed
RPM

ArmatureEngagement
msec

Armature
Disengagement

Rotor
Inertiamsec

lb-in-sec2

Weightlb (kg)EnergyDissipation
ft-lb/min

PMB-3045 (5)

24/90/190

30.4/405/1805

20

3000

15

55

1.15 X 10-4

3 (1.36)

1840

PMB-4070 (8)

24/90/190

24.5/324/1444

25

3000

20

60

3.98 X 10-4

4 (1.8)2240

PMB-50142 (16)

24/90/190

19.8/270/1203

30

3000

20

90

2.30 X 10-3

7.5 (3.4)

2790

11 (4.8)3225

16 (7.3)

3550

PMB-60283 (32)

24/90/190

15.2/202.3/903

40

3000

20

120

4.96 X 10-3

PMB-65530 (60)

24/90/190

14.7/162/722

50

3000

20

210

6.75 X 10-3

PMB-75708 (80)

24/90/190

10.6/124.6/555

65

3000

190

230

1.68 X 10-2

27 (12)4120

PMB-851505 (170)24/90/190

7.84/95.3/425

85

1500

300

260

3.28 X 10-2

40 (18)4720

PMB-100

2655 (300)

24/90/190

5.2/73.6/328

110

1500

350

550

6.69 X 10-2

55 (25)5575

6501.95 X 10-1

90 (41)

6625

PMB-1204250 (480)24/90/190

5.2/73.6/328

110

1500

500

(-) denotes metric equivalents. Specifications subject to change without notice.

130

www.thomsonlinear.com

Clutches & Brakes

PMB Series Brakes

Dimensions & Specifications


HUB BORE &KEYWAY DETAIL


BORE & KEYWAY DATA
d: Keyway
Widthin (mm)PMB-30BXX-E06-MRD

0.375 (9.5)

0.425 (10.8)

0.094 (2.4)

PMB-30BXX-M11-MRD

0.433 (11.0)

0.512 (13.0)

0.157 (4)PMB-40BXX-E08-MRD

0.500 (12.7)

0.504 (12.8)

0.125 (3.2)

PMB-40BXX-E10-MRD

0.625 (15.9)

0.709 (18.0)

0.188 (4.8)

PMB-40BXX-M15-MRD

0.591 (15.0)

0.681 (17.3)

0.197 (5)PMB-50BXX-E10-MRD

0.625 (15.9)

0.709 (18.0)

0.188 (4.8)

PMB-50BXX-E12-MRD

0.750 (19.0)

0.837 (21.3)

0.188 (4.8)

PMB-50BXX-M15-MRD

0.591 (15.0)

0.681 (17.3)

0.197 (5)PMB-50BXX-M20-MRD

0.787 (20.0)

0.878 (22.3)

0.197 (5)PMB-60BXX-E12-MRD

0.750 (19.0)

0.837 (21.3)

0.188 (4.8)

PMB-60BXX-E16-MRD

1.000 (25.4)

1.114 (28.3)

0.250 (6.3)

PMB-60BXX-M20-MRD

0.787 (20.0)

0.878 (22.3)

0.197 (5)PMB-60BXX-M25-MRD

0.984 (25.0)

1.103 (28.0)

0.276 (7)PMB-65BXX-E16-MRD

1.000 (25.4)

1.114 (28.3)

0.250 (6.3)

PMB-65BXX-E18-MRD

1.125 (28.6)

1.251 (31.8)0.250 (6.3)

PMB-65BXX-M25-MRD

0.984 (25.0)

1.103 (28.0)

0.276 (7)PMB-65BXX-M30-MRD

1.181 (30.0)

1.311 (33.3)

0.276 (7)PMB-75BXX-E16-MRD

1.000 (25.4)

1.114 (28.3)

0.250 (6.3)

PMB-75BXX-E18-MRD

1.125 (28.6)

1.251 (31.8)0.250 (6.3)

PMB-75BXX-M25-MRD

0.984 (25.0)

1.103 (28.0)

0.276 (7)PMB-75BXX-M30-MRD

1.181 (30.0)

1.311 (33.3)

0.276 (7)PMB-85BXX-E22-MRD

1.375 (34.9)

1.517 (38.5)

0.313 (7.9)

PMB-85BXX-E24-MRD

1.500 (38.1)

1.669 (42.4)

0.375 (9.5)

PMB-85BXX-M35-MRD

1.378 (35.0)

1.527 (38.8)

0.394 (10)PMB-85BXX-M40-MRD

1.575 (40.0)

1.725 (43.8)

0.394 (10)PMB-100BXX-E22-MRD

1.375 (34.9)

1.517 (38.5)

0.313 (7.9)

PMB-100BXX-E24-MRD

1.500 (38.1)

1.669 (42.4)

0.375 (9.5)

PMB-100BXX-M35-MRD

1.378 (35.0)

1.527 (38.8)

0.394 (10)PMB-100BXX-M40-MRD

1.575 (40.0)

1.725 (43.8)

0.394 (10)PMB-120BXX-E24-MRD

1.500 (38.1)

1.669 (42.4)

0.375 (9.5)

PMB-120BXX-E26-MRD

1.625 (41.3)

1.795 (45.6)

0.375 (9.5)

PMB-120BXX-M40-MRD

1.575 (40.0)

1.725 (43.8)

0.394 (10)*See “How to order” model numbering system on page 129 for PMB brakes.
XX = Upon ordering, choose voltage, see page 129 for options.
(-) denotes metric equivalents. Specifications subject to change without notice.
**Other bore sizes available upon request.

www.thomsonlinear.com








ManualReleaseAdjustment
Gap Nut

Spring Tension
Adjustment
Screw

Air Gap

Motor

Shaft
Retaining
RingFRICTION

c: Keyway
Heightin (mm)BRAKES

Model*

b: Bore**in (mm)A
B

D

C
Model shown at left is complete with all accessories.
Model on right is shown with accessories removed.
Accessories include: (A) manual release; (B) spline hub,(C) anti-rattle feature (o-ring) and (D) dust cover.

131

MBRP Series

Metric Series Power-off Brakes
The MBRP Series are a power-off, DC,
spring set brake that provides a low-cost,
multi-functional brake alternative for many
applications. The series offers five frame
sizes: 15, 19, 22, 26 & 30 and a superior
torque to size ratio.
Many extra features are offered with thisversatile product series.
• Engineered friction material on rotor
assembly boosts maximum brake performance and extends life.
• Brake easily mounts to motor or frame.
Simple square drive hub attaches toshaft with set screw and keyway provided.
• Fully potted coils meet minimum requirements for class “F”insulation.
• UL Recognized Component• Square drive hub with anti-rattle feature
promotes quiet operation.

•  Brake leads can be customized (connectors, sleeving) to meet special
requirements.
•  Manual release lever (option) provides
override to release brakes in theabsence of power.
•  RoHS compliant
Typical Applications• Mobility scooters & carts• Factory automation• Semiconductor• Military/aerospace• Medical equipment• Electric hoists• Robotics• Automated material
handling equipment

MBRP Series

How to order
MBRP - 22   B   24 - M5* - MR

SeriesMBRP  = Metric 		
		 Power-off
		 Brake

Frame Size
15 = 1.46 (37)
19 = 1.85 (47)
22 = 2.21 (56)
26 = 2.56 (65)30 = 2.95 (75)Coil Voltage
12 = 12VDC
24 = 24VDC
90 = 90VDC

B = Burnished

Insulation Class:
MBRP: Class F (155°C)
All MBRP brakes are shipped burnished.
*See dimension tables for appropriate bore sizes available for each frame size.
**Manual release is not available for size 15 brake.

132

Options
MR** = Manual
			 Release

Hub Bore*
Metric
M5 = 5mm
M6 = 6mm
M7 = 7mm
M8 = 8mm
M10 = 10mm
M11 = 11mm
M12 = 12mm
M15 = 15mm
M20 = 20mm
M25 = 25mm
M30 = 30mm
M35 = 35mm
M40 = 40mm
M45 = 45mm

www.thomsonlinear.com

Clutches & Brakes

MBRP-15, 19, 22, 26, 30 Metric Brakes
Dimensions & Specifications

MBRP 15 & 19

MBRP 22, 26 & 30

Dimensions (mm)Mounting requirements see page 146.
Dimensions

Manual Release

A: OD

B:
OAL

C:
Bore

Nm (lb-in)

mm (in)mm (in)mm (in)mm (in)mm (in)mm (in)mm (in)mm (in)MBRP-15BXX-M5

0.24(2.12)

37(1.46)

32(1.26)

5(0.197)

NA

NA

13.5
(0.53)

18(0.71)

9(0.35)

3
6(0.12)(0.24)
4 Holes

MBRP-15BXX-M6

0.24(2.12)

37(1.46)

32(1.26)

6(0.236)

NA

NA

13.5
(0.53)

18(0.71)

9(0.35)

3
6(0.12)(0.24)
4 Holes

MBRP-19BXX-M6-XX

0.50(4.43)

47(1.85)

32(1.26)

6(0.236)NANA

16(0.63)

21(0.83)

12(0.47)

MBRP-19BXX-M7-XX

0.50(4.43)

47(1.85)

32(1.26)

7(0.276)NANA

16(0.63)

21(0.83)

MBRP-22BXX-M8-XX

1.00(8.85)

56(2.20)

32(1.26)

8(0.315)NANA

19(0.75)

MBRP-26BXX-M10-XX

2.00(17.70)65(2.56)

34(1.34)

10(0.394)1.20(0.05)

3.00(0.118)

MBRP-30BXX-M12-XX

4.00(35.40)75(2.95)

36(1.42)

12(0.472)1.50(0.06)

4.00(0.16)

Model*

E:
K’way
Width

F:
Case
ID

G:
FlangeID

H: HubLength

J: Mtg
Holes
mm
(in)

K:
Slot

L: MtgHoleBC

mm (in)mm (in)

M:

N:

P:

R:

mm (in)mm (in)mm (in)mm (in)32(1.26)

NA

NA

NA

NA

32
(1.26)

NA

NA

NA

NA

3.40
7 (0.28) 40(0.13)(1.57)
4 Holes51(2.01)

50(1.97)

13(0.51)

9(0.35)

12(0.47)

3.40
7 (0.28) 40(0.13)(1.57)
4 Holes51(2.01)

50(1.97)

13(0.51)

9(0.35)

24(0.94)

12(0.47)

3.40
7 (0.28) 48(0.13)(1.89)
6 Holes60(2.36)

60(2.36)

15(0.59)

11(0.43)

24(0.94)

35(1.38)

14(0.55)

3.40
7 (0.28) 58(0.13)(2.28)
6 Holes70(2.76)

70(2.76)

15(0.59)

12(0.47)

28(1.10)

36(1.42)

14(0.55)

4.50
9 (0.35) 66(0.18)(2.60)
6 Holes80(3.15)

80(3.15)

20(0.79)

14(0.55)PERFORMANCE

Model

StaticTorque**Coil
Voltage

Resistance
Ohms

Power
Watts

ArmatureEngagement

Armature
Disengage

Nm (lb-in)

VDC

nom

max

msec

MBRP-15BXX-Bore

0.24 (2.12)

12/24/90

28.8/115/1622

5

15

MBRP-19BXX-Bore-XX

0.50 (4.43)

12/24/90

21.8/87.3/1228

6.6

MBRP-22BXX-Bore-XX

1.00 (8.85)

12/24/90

16/64/988

MBRP-26BXX-Bore-XX

2.00 (17.70)

12/24/90

12.5/50.1/810

Armature
Inertia

Weight      mseckgcm2 (lb-in-sec2)

ft-lb/min

mm (in)100.000006 (5.31 x 10-9)

0.2 (0.441)500

0.1 (0.004)

15

10

0.0000019 (1.68 x 10-9)

0.3 (0.661)

900

0.1 (0.004)

8.2

30

25

0.0000038 (3.36 x 10-9)

0.4 (0.882)

1100

0.15 (0.006)

11.5

35

30

0.000012 (1.06 x 10-8)

0.6 (1.323)

1400

0.15 (0.006)

0.000023 (2.04 x 10-8)

0.8 (1.764)

1800

0.15 (0.006)

MBRP-30BXX-Bore-XX
4.00 (35.40) 12/24/90
11.1/44.3/623
13
40
35*See “How to order” model numbering system on page 132 for metric power-off brakes.
(-) denotes English equivalents. Specifications subject to change without notice. **Unburnished ***Consult factory

www.thomsonlinear.com

kg (lb)EnergyDissipation

Recomm. Air
Gap at Install

133

BRAKES

StaticTorqueD:
K’way
HeightTFD Series

Torque Feedback Devices
The new Torque Feedback Device (TFD)
provides a variable torque output, in
proportion to a DC input, for steering andother by-wire applications. This innovative
design offers a cost effective, high quality
user interface by applying state-of-the-art
friction materials and a patent pending
electromagnetic actuation system.
Incorporated into the TFD are two redundant sensors for fail-safe shaft feedback.
Several standard product configurations
are offered with torques ranging from 2.5
to 20Nm, and the TFD's modular design
makes it easily adaptable to specificapplication requirements.
• Integrated design combines bothtactile and position/velocity feedback
with a steering wheel interface in one
mechanical package.
• Compact design offers high torque densities and energy efficient operation.
• Continuously variable torque output forhigh quality operator interface or "feel".
• Redundant sensors for safety and field
serviceability.

• Modular design allows the product tobe easily scaled to specific application
requirements.
• Repeatable operation over a wide
range of operating conditions and product life.
• Assembly and all components meet EU
Directive 2002/95/EC (RoHS)• Designed for use in EN 1175 and IEC
61508 compliant systems.
Typical Steer-By-Wire Applications• Electric vehicles including:	   Lift trucks
	   Golf carts
	   Pallet trucks	   Floor sweepers
	   Cleaning equipment• Turf & garden equipment(professional lawnmowers)• Military/aerospace• Construction equipment• Industrial & recreational marine/boats

TFD Model Shown

How to order
TFD - 30 - 025 - 12 - 01 - 001

Series
TFD = Torque 					 Feedback 					 Device

3.25 (83)4.20 (106.7)

12
24
36
48

Coil Voltage= 12VDC= 24VDC= 36VDC= 48VDC

Rated Torque**
025 = 2.5 (Nm)050 = 5.0 (Nm)
090 = 9.0 (Nm)
120 = 12.0 (Nm)

Custom Mechanical001 = Standard
XXX = Custom

Optical EncoderCustom Encoder*Case diameter** Rated Torque availability
2.5 (Nm) - TFD30 only
5.0 (Nm) - TFD30 & TFD40
9.0 (Nm) - TFD40 only
12.0 (Nm) - TFD40 only

134

www.thomsonlinear.com

Clutches & Brakes

TFD-30Dimensions & Specifications
4.48
(114)

Ø4.000(101.60)

1.66
(42)

4X Ø .201 (5.11)
THRU ALL @ 90°
Ø.750(19.05)

Ø3.500(88.90)4.0(102.24)

2.83
(72)

12 in MIN
(300mm)#26 AWG PVC,
10 Conductor.200(5.08).050(1.27)

Ø3.25(83)

M8 X 1.25.63

Ø.1.750(44.45)

TFD30 Model Shown

Dimensions (mm)
		
Model

PERFORMANCE
Power
Watts

Speed*

nom

RPM
max			

12

3.6

40

300/120

35 X 10-3

3.5 (1.59)

			

24

12.5

46

300/120-3

35 X 10

3.5 (1.59)

			

36

32.6

40

300/120

35 X 10-3

3.5 (1.59)

			

-3

		
TFD-30 025

StaticTorqueCoil
Voltage*

ResistanceOhms @ 20°C

lb-in (Nm)VDC

22 (2.5)

Rotor
Inertia

Weightlb (kg)lb-in-sec2

48

55.0

42

300/120

35 X 10

3.5 (1.59)

12

3.6

40

300/120

62 X 10-3

3.5 (1.59)

			

24

12.5

46

300/120-3

62 X 10

3.5 (1.59)

			

36

32.6

40

300/120

62 X 10-3

3.5 (1.59)

			

48

55.0

42

300/120

62 X 10

3.5 (1.59)

TFD-30 050

44 (5.0)-3

See “How to order” model numbering system on page 134 for torque feedback devices.
(-) denotes metric equivalents. Specifications subject to change without notice.
*Intermittent/Continuous

ENGINEEREDPRODUCTS% RatedTorque% RatedCurrent

FRICTION

www.thomsonlinear.com

135

TFD-40

Dimensions & Specifications
4X Ø.327 (8.30) +.004-.001 THRU ALL
Ø5.000(127)

Ø4.454(113.13)Ø.750(19.05).200(5.08).050(1.27)

5.8
(148)
2.70
(68.6)

12 in MIN
(300mm)#26 AWG PVC,
10 Conductor

Ø4.20(106.7)

Ø1.750(44.45)

M8X 1.25

TFD40 Model Shown

1.96(49.9)

Dimensions (mm)
		
Model

PERFORMANCE
Power
Watts

Speed*

nom

RPM
max		

12

3.5

42

300/120

76 X 10-3

6.2 (2.8)

			

24

11.0

51

300/120

76 X 10-3

6.2 (2.8)

			

36

22.7

57

300/120

76 X 10-3

6.2 (2.8)

			

48

35.5

65

300/120

76 X 10-3

6.2 (2.8)

12

3.5

42

300/120

10 X 10-2

6.2 (2.8)

			

24

11.0

51

300/120

10 X 10-2

6.2 (2.8)

			

36

22.7

57

300/120

10 X 10-2

6.2 (2.8)

			

48

35.5

65

300/120

10 X 10-2

6.2 (2.8)

12

3.5

42

300/120

13 X 10-2

6.2 (2.8)

			

24

11.0

51

300/120

13 X 10-2

6.2 (2.8)

			

36

22.7

57

300/120

13 X 10-2

6.2 (2.8)

			

48

35.5

65

300/120

13 X 106.2 (2.8)

		
TFD-40 050

TFD-40 090

TFD-40 120

StaticTorqueCoil
Voltage*

ResistanceOhms @ 20°C

lb-in (Nm)VDC

44 (5.0)80 (9.0)106 (12.0)

Rotor
Inertia

Weightlb (kg)lb-in-sec2-2

See “How to order” model numbering system on page 134 for torque feedback devices.
(-) denotes metric equivalents. Specifications subject to change without notice.
*Intermittent/Continuous

136% RatedTorque% RatedCurrent

2%

0%

25%

28%

50%

47%

75%

65%

100%

88%		

www.thomsonlinear.com

Clutches & Brakes

TC / TCR / TCP Series

Power-on and Power-off Tooth Clutches
When used in either static or low speed
engagement applications, tooth clutches
and clutch couplings provide an efficient,
positive, switchable link between a motor
and load on in-line or parallel shafts.
While the field (electromagnet) assembly is prevented from rotating by a fixed
flange, the rotor is generally attached tothe input shaft. The armature assembly issecurely mounted to either an in-line load
shaft or a parallel shaft by means of pulleys or gears. When the coil is energized,
the tooth profile of the armature positively
engages the tooth profile of the rotor,
coupling the two in-line or parallel shafts,
thus driving the load.
Tooth brakes (not shown) provide an efficient, positive, switchable means of either
holding a load or decelerating a load froma slow speed, generally 20 RPM or less.
Utilizing the same principle as the tooth
clutch, these brakes can be used to effectively hold a load in position. Available
in power-on or power-off models, toothbrakes are ideal for applications requiring
very high torque in tight places.

• Torque: up to 250 lb-in (28.2 Nm)• Diameter: 2.13 in. (54.1 mm)• Positive engagement, indexing

capability• Highest torque density• Power-on and power-off• Zero wear at speed when notengaged• Standard and custom designs

TCR Model Shown

Typical Applications• Military aerospace actuators• Avionics and flight control• Medical equipment• Postal handling equipment• Machine tools• Robotics

How to order
TC - 19 - 24 - E08

Frame Size
19 = 2.13 (54.1)

Bore
E06 = .376 (9.6)
E08 = .501 (12.7)
ENGINEEREDPRODUCTS

SeriesTC = Power-on 					 Tooth Clutch
TCR = Power-off
				Reverse-Acting
TCP = Pin Drive Tooth			 Clutch

12VDC

FRICTION

www.thomsonlinear.com

137

TC-19, TCR-19, TCP-19 Tooth Clutches
Dimensions & Specifications
J

D

B

K
L

12 in MIN
(300 mm)

ØN: (3) Holes on
ØP: Bolt Circle

ØA

ØC

ØF

ØM

G: (3)
Holes onØH: Bolt
CircleTCR Model Shown

Dimensions
E:
K’way
Width

F:
Case
Pilot
Ø

G: (3)
Case
Mtg
Holes

H: Case
Mtg
Holes
Ø

M: MtgPilot ØN: (3)Mtg

P: Mtg
Hole
BC
Ø

NA

1,000
(25.4)#8-32 x.19 DP

1.44(36.6)

NA

NA

1,000
(25.4)#8-32 x.19 DP

1.44(36.6)

NA

NA

NA

1,000
(25.4)#8-32 x.16 DP

1.44(36.6)

1.75(44.5)

NA

NA

NA

1,000
(25.4)#8-32 x.16 DP

1.44(36.6)

NA

.13
(3.3)

.24
(6.1)

.06
(1.5)

1,000
(25.4)NANA

C: Borein (mm)Øin (mm)D:
K’way
Heightin (mm)

in
(mm)

2.38
(60.5)

.375
(9.5)

.425
(10.8)

.094
(2.4)

1.125
(28.6)#8-32 x.22 DP

1.75(44.5)

NA

NA

2.13
(54.1)

2.38(60.5).500(12.7).564(14.3)

.126
(3.2)

1.125
(28.6)#8-32 x.22 DP

1.75(44.5)

NA

250(28.2)

2.13(54.1)

2.38(60.5)

.375
(9.5)

.425
(10.8)

.094
(2.4)

1.125
(28.6)#8-32 x.22 DP

1.75(44.5)

TCR-19-24-E08

250(28.2)

2.13(54.1)

2.38(60.5).500(12.7).564(14.3)

.126
(3.2)

1.125
(28.6)#8-32 x.22 DPTCP-19-24-E06

50
(5.6)

2.13
(54.1)

157(39.9)

.375
(9.5)

NA

NA

NA

NA

StaticTorque

A: OD
in
(mm)

B: OALTC-19-24-E06

250(28.2)

2.13(54.1)

TC-19-24-E08

250(28.2)

TCR-19-24-E06

Model

lb-in
(Nm)

in (mm)in (mm)in (mm)

J: MtgSlot
Width

K: MtgSlot
Length

L: MtgSlot
Depth

in (mm)in (mm)in (mm)in (mm)Holesin (mm)PERFORMANCE
StaticTorqueCoil
Voltage

Resistance
Ohms

Power
Watts

Engagement
Speed

RPM

WeightTC-19

250 (28.2)

24/90

47/653

16.7

20

3600

1.7 (0.7)

TCR-19250 (28.2)

24/90

47/653

16.7

20

3600

1.8 (0.8)

TCP-1950 (5.6)

24/90

34/476

17.0

20

1750

0.8 (0.3)

Model

lb-in (Nm)

VDC

nom

max

RPM (max)max

lb (kg)See “How to order” model numbering system on page 137 for power-on and power-off tooth clutches.
(-) denotes metric equivalents. Specifications subject to change without notice.
General Notes• Torque may decrease at higher RPM due to misalignment and vibration associated with the application.
• Engagement speed can be significantly increased andis directly related to system inertia. Consult factory formore information.

138

•
•

Most tooth clutch applications require a high degreeof attention with respect to shaft concentricity andmounting perpendicularity. Consult factory for details.
Other voltages available upon request.

•

Additional sizes and configurations are available uponrequest. Torque values can be greatly enhanced aswell. Consult factory for additional information.

www.thomsonlinear.com

Clutches & Brakes

MCS/MBF Series

Metric Clutches and Brakes
Our new metric line of clutches andbrakes are designed to be used in true
metric applications (dimensional). The
MCS and MBF Series offer a wide selection of metric bores and metric standard
keyways. The Form Fit and Function
matches popular metric lines globally
available and are drop-in replacements inmost cases.
The MCS and MBF Series have superior
performance at a fraction of the cost of ourcompetition. These units are available forlow, medium and high volumes.

Typical Applications• Factory automation• Robotics• Material handling• Automotive• Office automation• Aviation• Mail sorters• Servo systems• Medical

MCS

MBF-S
(Short Hub)

• Torque: 5.5 to 350 Nm(49 to 3,097 lb-in)• Diameters: 63 to 264 mm(2.48 to 10.39 in)• Zero Backlash design• Static or Dynamic engagement• Simple installation• Energy efficient• Economic cost
• Available “as is” or custom• RoHS compliant

MBF-L(Long Hub)

How to order      Series
MCS = Metric			 Clutches
MBF = Metric			 Brakes

MBF - 26 - U - 24 - M12 - L**

Coil Voltage
24 = 24VDC

B = Burnished
U = Unburnished

General Notes• The air gap should be checked periodically to insure
proper operation.
• All friction faces must be kept free of grease and oil for
proper operation.
• Consult factory for additional options.

www.thomsonlinear.com

Rotor Bore(MCS Series)
M12 = 12mm
M15 = 15mm
M20 = 20mm
M25 = 25mm
M30 = 30mm
M40 = 40mm
M50 = 50mm

Hub Length**
L = Long Hub
S = Short Hub

FRICTION** Long or Short Hub Length available only on
MBF Series Brakes

Armature Bore
(MBF Series)
M12 = 12mm
M15 = 15mm
M20 = 20mm
M25 = 25mm
M30 = 30mm
M40 = 40mm
M50 = 50mm
M60 = 60mm

ENGINEEREDPRODUCTS

Frame Size
26 = 67.5 (2.657)
30 = 85 (3.346)
40 = 106 (4.173)
50 = 133 (5.236)
60 = 169 (6.654)
80 = 212.5 (8.366)
100 = 264 (10.394)••

Actual starting and/or stopping times depend on application variables, manufacturing tolerances and friction
material wear. Please consult factory for evaluationof actual use before applying specific values to yourapplication.
Flying leads are provided as standard, terminal styleconnection available upon request.

••

Armature and rotor bore dimensions are minimums,
with tolerance generally .001/.002 larger to accommodate varying environmental conditions.
Coil of 24 volts are provided as standard, other coilvoltages are available upon request.

139

MCS-26, 30, 40, 50, 60, 80, 100 Metric Clutches
Dimensions & Specifications
H

D

E

J

Air Gap
N

30º

F

K

G
ØA ØP

ØR ØC

MCS Model Shown

3 (N)
Holes
B

Dimensions mm (inches)

DiMenSionS
Mounting Holes
StaticTorqueModel

nm(lb-in)mm(in)

B: oAL

C: BoreD:
K’way
Height

A: oD

mm (in)mm (in)mm (in)

e:
K’way
Width

F: TabHeightmm (in)mm (in)

G: Slot

H: TabWidth

J: Slot
Width

K: TabThickness

n: Dia
Holes
(3)

P: BC

R: Diamm (in)mm (in)mm (in)mm (in)mm (in)mm (in)mm (in)MCS-26U24-M12

5.5(48.68)67.5(2.657)31(1.22)

12(0.472)1.5(0.059)4(0.157)50(1.969)42.5(1.673)14(0.551)

4.5(0.177)2(0.079)3.1(0.122)46(1.811)34.5(1.358)

MCS-30U24-M15

11(97.35)85(3.346)34.5(1.358)15(0.591)

2(0.079)5(0.197)65(2.559)57.5(2.264)16(0.630)6.5(0.256)2(0.079)4.1(0.161)60(2.362)41.5(1.634)

MCS-40U24-M20

22(194.70)

106(4.173)39.5(1.555)20(0.787)2.5(0.100)6(0.236)70(2.756)62.5(2.461)

16(0.630)6.5(0.256)2(0.079)5.1(0.201)76(2.992)51.5(2.028)

MCS-50U24-M25

45(398.25)

133(5.236)44.5(1.752)25(0.984)3(0.120)8(0.315)85(3.346)

77.5(3.051)

16(0.630)6.5(0.256)2(0.079)6.1(0.240)95(3.740)61.5(2.421)

MCS-60U24-M30

90(796.50)169(6.654)50.5(1.988)30(1.181)

3(0.120)8(0.315)112(4.409)100(3.937)25(0.984)8.5(0.335)3.2(0.126)8.1(0.319)120(4.724)79.5(3.130)

MCS-80U24-M40

175(1548.75)

212.5(8.366)60.5(2.382)40(1.575)3(0.120)12(0.472)138(5.433)125(4.921)25(0.984)8.5(0.335)

3(0.118)10.2(0.402)158(6.220)99.5(3.917)

MCS-100U24-M50

350(3097.50)

264(10.394)69(2.717)50(1.969)3.5(0.138)14(0.551)173(6.811)155(6.102)30(1.181)12(0.472)

6(0.236)12.2(0.480)210(8.268)124.5(4.902)

PeRFoRMAnCe
StaticTorque*Coil
Voltage

Resistance
ohms

Power
Watts

Armature
engagement

Armature
Disengage

nm (lb-in)

VDC

nom

max

msec

MCS-26U24-M12

5.5 (48.68)

24

52

11

MCS-30U24-M15

11 (97.35)

24

38

15

Model

Recomm.
Air Gap
at install

Armature
inertia

Weightkg (lb)energyDissipationmsec

kgcm2 (lb-in-sec2)

Rotor
inertia

ft-lb/min

mm (in)20

200.423 (3.74 x 10-4)

0.735 (6.51 x 10-4)

0.5 (1.102)

2600

0.2 (0.008)

2330

1.18 (1.04 x 10-3)

2.24 (1.98 x 10-3)

0.87 (1.918)2900

0.2 (0.008)

6.78 (6.00 x 10-3)

1.57 (3.461)

5800

0.2 (0.008)

2.89 (6.371)

9000

0.3 (0.012)

kgcm2 (lb-in-sec2)

MCS-40U24-M20

22 (194.70)

24

29

20

25

50

4.78 (4.23 x 10-3)

MCS-50U24-M25

45 (398.25)

24

23

25

40

65

13.1 (1.16 x 10-2)

21.4 (1.89 x 10-2)
63 (5.58 x 10-2)

MCS-60U24-M30

90 (796.50)

24

16

35

50

85

48 (4.25 x 10-2)

5.3 (11.684)

10000

0.3 (0.012)

MCS-80U24-M40

175 (1548.75)

24

13

45

90

130

137 (1.21 x 10-1)

193 (1.71 x 10-1)

9.8 (21.605)50000

0.5 (0.020)

210

358 (3.17 x 10-1)

448 (3.97 x 10-1)

17.5 (38.581)

70000

0.5 (0.020)

MCS-100U24-M50

350 (3097.50)

24

8

72

115

See “How to order” model numbering system on page 139 for metric clutches.
(-) denotes English equivalents. Specifications subject to change without notice.
*Unburnished**Consult factory

140

www.thomsonlinear.com

Clutches & Brakes

MBF-26, 30, 40, 50, 60, 80, 100-S (Short) Metric Brakes
Dimensions & Specifications

H

E

K

Air Gap

J

D
G

ØA C

L F

45

º

4-90º

MBF-S Model Shown

B

Dimensions mm (inches)
DiMenSionS
StaticTorque

A: oD

B: oAL

C: BoreD: K’way
Heighte: K’way
Width

F: FlangeoD

G: CaseiD

H: CaseHeight

J: MtgHoles (4)K: Mtg Pla
Thickness

L: MtgHole BCnm (lb-in)

mm (in)mm (in)mm (in)mm (in)mm (in)mm (in)mm (in)mm (in)mm (in)mm (in)mm (in)5.5(48.68)63(2.48)

25.5(1.00)

12(0.47)

1.5(0.06)

4(0.16)

80(3.15)

35(1.38)

18(0.71)

5 (0.20)

2.1 (0.08)

72(2.83)

MBF-26U24-M15-S

5.5(48.68)63(2.48)

25.5(1.00)

15(0.59)

2(0.08)

5(0.20)

80(3.15)

35(1.38)

18(0.71)

5 (0.20)

2.1 (0.08)

72(2.83)

MBF-30U24-M15-S

11(97.35)80(3.15)

28.5(1.12)

15(0.59)

2(0.08)

5(0.20)

100(3.94)

42(1.65)

20(0.79)

6 (0.24)

2.6 (0.10)

90(3.54)

MBF-30U24-M20-S

11(97.35)80(3.15)

28.5(1.12)

20(0.79)

2.5(0.10)

6(0.24)

100(3.94)

42(1.65)

20(0.79)

6 (0.24)

2.6 (0.10)

90(3.54)

MBF-40U24-M20-S

22(194.70)100(3.94)

33(1.30)

20(0.79)

2.5(0.10)

6(0.24)

125(4.92)

52(2.05)

22(0.87)

7 (0.28)

3.1 (0.12)

112(4.41)

MBF-40U24-M25-S

22(194.70)100(3.94)

33(1.30)

25(0.98)

3(0.12)

8(0.31)

125(4.92)

52(2.05)

22(0.87)

7 (0.28)

3.1 (0.12)

112(4.41)

MBF-50U24-M25-S

45(398.25)125(4.92)

37(1.46)

25(0.98)

3(0.12)

8(0.31)

150(5.91)

62(2.44)

24(0.94)

7 (0.28)

3.6 (0.14)

137(5.39)

MBF-50U24-M30-S

45(398.25)125(4.92)

37(1.46)

30(1.18)

3(0.12)

8(0.31)

150(5.91)

62(2.44)

24(0.94)

7 (0.28)

3.6 (0.14)

137(5.39)

MBF-60U24-M30-S

90(796.50)160(6.30)

42(1.65)

30(1.18)

3(0.12)

8(0.31)

190(7.48)

80(3.15)

26(1.02)

9.5 (0.37)

4.1 (0.16)

175(6.89)

MBF-60U24-M40-S

90(796.50)160(6.30)

42(1.65)

40(1.57)

3(0.12)

12(0.47)

190(7.48)

80(3.15)

26(1.02)

9.5 (0.37)

4.1 (0.16)

175(6.89)

MBF-80U24-M40-S

175(1548.75)

200(7.87)

50.5(1.99)

40(1.57)

3(0.12)

12(0.47)

230(9.06)

100(3.94)

30(1.18)

9.5 (0.37)

5.1 (0.20)

215(8.46)

MBF-80U24-M50-S

175(1548.75)

200(7.87)

50.5(1.99)

50(1.97)

3.5(0.14)

14(0.55)

230(9.06)

100(3.94)

30(1.18)

9.5 (0.37)

5.1 (0.20)

215(8.46)

MBF-100U24-M50-S

350(3097.50)

250(9.84)

59(2.32)

50(1.97)

3.5(0.14)

14(0.55)

290(11.42)125(4.92)

35(1.38)

11.5 (0.45)

6.1 (0.24)

270(10.63)

MBF-100U24-M60-S

350(3097.50)

250(9.84)

59(2.32)

60(2.36)

4(0.16)

18(0.71)

290(11.42)125(4.92)

35(1.38)

11.5 (0.45)

6.1 (0.24)

270(10.63)

Model

StaticTorque*Coil
Voltage

Resistance
ohms

Power
Watts

Armature
engagement

Armature
Disengage

nm (lb-in)

VDC

nom

max

msec

MBF-26U24-xxx-S

5.5 (48.68)

24

52

11

15

MBF-30U24-xxx-S

11 (97.35)

24

38

15

MBF-40U24-xxx-S

22 (194.7)

24

29

20

PeRFoRMAnCe
Weightmsec

kgcm2 (lb-in-sec2)

ft-lb/min

mm (in)150.603 (5.34 x 10-4)

0.32 (0.705)

2600

0.2 (0.008)

16

25

1.71 (1.51 x 10-3)

0.58 (1.279)2900

0.2 (0.008)

1830

6.63 (5.87 x 10-3)

1.07 (2.359)5800

0.2 (0.008)

kg (lb)energyDissipation

Recomm. Air
Gap at install

MBF-50U24-xxx-S

45 (398.25)

24

23

25

27

50

18.1 (1.60 x 10-2)

1.97 (4.343)

9000

0.3 (0.012)

MBF-60U24-xxx-S

90 (796.5)

24

16

35

35

55

63.5 (5.62 x 10-2)

3.45 (7.606)

10000

0.3 (0.012)

MBF-80U24-xxx-S

175 (1548.75)

24

13

45

65

70

190 (1.68 x 10-1)

7.1 (15.653)50000

0.5 (0.020)125

483 (4.27 x 10-1)

12.2 (26.896)70000

0.5 (0.020)

MBF-100U24-xxx-S
350 (3097.50) 24
9.6
60
85
See “How to order” model numbering system on page 139 for metric brakes.
(-) denotes English equivalents. Specifications subject to change without notice.

www.thomsonlinear.com*Unburnished

FRiCTion

Armature
inertia

ENGINEEREDPRODUCTS

Model
MBF-26U24-M12-S**Consult factory141

MBF-26, 30, 40, 50, 60, 80, 100-L (Long) Metric Brakes
Dimensions & SpecificationsE

H

Air Gap

K

J

D

G

ØM C

L F

ØA

MBF-L Model Shown

B

Dimensions mm (inches)

DiMenSionS
StaticTorque

C: BoreD: K’way
Height

A: oD

B: oAL

e: K’way
Width

F: FlangeoD

G: CaseiD

H: CaseHeight

J: MtgHoles (4)K: Mtg Pla
Thickness

L: MtgHole BC

M: HubDia

nm (lb-in)

mm (in)mm (in)mm (in)mm (in)mm (in)mm (in)mm (in)mm (in)mm (in)mm (in)mm (in)mm (in)MBF-26U24-M12-L

5.5(48.68)63(2.48)

37(1.46)

12(0.47)

1.5(0.06)

4(0.16)

80(3.15)

35(1.38)

18(0.71)

5 (0.20)

2.10 (0.08)

72(2.83)

26(1.02)

MBF-26U24-M15-L

5.5(48.68)63(2.48)

37(1.46)

15(0.59)

2(0.08)

5(0.20)

80(3.15)

35(1.38)

18(0.71)

5 (0.20)

2.10 (0.08)

72(2.83)

26(1.02)

MBF-30U24-M15-L

11(97.35)80(3.15)

44.8(1.76)

15(0.59)

2(0.08)

5(0.20)

100(3.94)

42(1.65)

20(0.79)

6 (0.24)

2.6 (0.10)

90(3.54)

31(1.22)

MBF-30U24-M20-L

11(97.35)80(3.15)

44.8(1.76)

20(0.79)

2.5(0.10)

6(0.24)

100(3.94)

42(1.65)

20(0.79)

6 (0.24)

2.6 (0.10)

90(3.54)

31(1.22)

MBF-40U24-M20-L

22(194.70)100(3.94)

53(2.09)

20(0.79)

2.5(0.10)

6(0.24)

125(4.92)

52(2.05)

22(0.87)

7 (0.28)

3.10 (0.12)

112(4.41)

41(1.61)

MBF-40U24-M25-L

22(194.70)100(3.94)

53(2.09)

25(0.98)

3(0.12)

8(0.31)

125(4.92)

52(2.05)

22(0.87)

7 (0.28)

3.10 (0.12)

112(4.41)

41(1.61)

MBF-50U24-M25-L

45(398.25)125(4.92)

61.3(2.41)

25(0.98)

3(0.12)

8(0.31)

150(5.91)

62(2.44)

24(0.94)

7 (0.28)

3.6 (0.14)

137(5.39)

49(1.93)

MBF-50U24-M30-L

45(398.25)125(4.92)

61.3(2.41)

30(1.18)

3(0.12)

8(0.31)

150(5.91)

62(2.44)

24(0.94)

7 (0.28)

3.6 (0.14)

137(5.39)

49(1.93)

MBF-60U24-M30-L

90(796.50)160(6.30)

73.5(2.89)

30(1.18)

3(0.12)

8(0.31)

190(7.48)

80(3.15)

26(1.02)

9.5 (0.37)

4.10 (0.16)

175(6.89)

65(2.56)

MBF-60U24-M40-L

90(796.50)160(6.30)

73.5(2.89)

40(1.57)

3(0.12)

12(0.47)

190(7.48)

80(3.15)

26(1.02)

9.5 (0.37)

4.10 (0.16)

175(6.89)

65(2.56)

MBF-80U24-M40-L

175(1548.75)

200(7.87)

87.2(3.43)

40(1.57)

3(0.12)

12(0.47)

230(9.06)

100(3.94)

30(1.18)

9.5 (0.37)

5.10 (0.20)

215(8.46)

83(3.27)

MBF-80U24-M50-L

175(1548.75)

200(7.87)

87.2(3.43)

50(1.97)

3.5(0.14)

14(0.55)

230(9.06)

100(3.94)

30(1.18)

9.5 (0.37)

5.10 (0.20)

215(8.46)

83(3.27)

MBF-100U24-M50-L

350(3097.50)

250(9.84)

102.6(4.04)

50(1.97)

3.5(0.14)

14(0.55)

290(11.42)125(4.92)

35(1.38)

11.5 (0.45)

6.10 (0.24)

270(10.63)105(4.13)

MBF-100U24-M60-L

350(3097.50)

250(9.84)

102.6(4.04)

60(2.36)

4(0.16)

18(0.71)

290(11.42)125(4.92)

35(1.38)

11.5 (0.45)

6.10 (0.24)

270(10.63)105(4.13)Model

PeRFoRMAnCe

Model

StaticTorque*Coil
Voltage

Resistance
ohms

Power
Watts

Armature
engagement

Armature
Disengage

nm (lb-in)

VDC

nom

max

msec

MBF-26U24-xxx-L

5.5 (48.68)

24

52

11

15

MBF-30U24-xxx-L

11 (97.35)

24

38

15

16

Armature
inertia

Weightmsec

kgcm2 (lb-in-sec2)

energyDissipation

Recomm. Air
Gap at install

15

0.603 (5.34 x 10-4)

0.32 (0.705)

ft-lb/min

mm (in)2600

251.71 (1.51 x 10-3)

0.2 (0.008)

0.58 (1.279)2900

0.2 (0.008)

kg (lb)

MBF-40U24-xxx-L

22 (194.7)

24

29

20

18

30

6.63 (5.87 x 10-3)

1.07 (2.359)5800

0.2 (0.008)

MBF-50U24-xxx-L

45 (398.25)

24

23

25

27

50

18.1 (1.60 x 10-2)

1.97 (4.343)

9000

0.3 (0.012)

MBF-60U24-xxx-L

90 (796.5)

24

16

35

35

55

63.5 (5.62 x 10-2)

3.45 (7.606)

10000

0.3 (0.012)

MBF-80U24-xxx-L

175 (1548.75)

24

13

45

65

70

190 (1.68 x 10-1)

7.1 (15.653)50000

0.5 (0.020)

MBF-100U24-xxx-L

350 (3097.50)

24

9.6

60

85

125

483 (4.27 x 10-1)

12.2 (26.896)70000

0.5 (0.020)

See “How to order” model numbering system on page 139 for metric brakes.
(-) denotes English equivalents. Specifications subject to change without notice.

142*Unburnished**Consult factory

www.thomsonlinear.com

Clutches & Brakes

Engineered Products
Power-off Spring Set (Safety) - LBRP Series
Spring Set electromagnetic power-off
brakes provide a safe, efficient meansof stopping and/or holding a load in theabsence of power. Custom manufactured
for wheelchair and the handicap scooter
industry, our LBRP series brakes have
optional manual release handles andsome models are available with micro
switches. (To indicate whether the brakeis released or engaged.) Our LBRP series
power-off spring set brakes can be used
as a stopping (emergency stopping) or
holding brake (parking). These brakes are
manufactured in low cost regions allowing
the lowest prices available in the market.
• Static Torque: 1 to 13 Nm(8.85 to 115 lb-in)• Diameter: 42 to 100 mm(1.65 to 3.938 in)• Bore size (Shaft Dia.): 6 to 12 mm(0.236 to 0.472 in)• Assembly and all components meet EU	 Directive 2002/95/EC (RoHS)• Plated steel surfaces to withstandcorrosion• Tough, durable long-wearing friction
materials• Anti-Rattle feature• Operating speeds up to 3600 RPM
Other Applications Include
•
•
•
•
•
•

Patient Lifts
Handicap Van/RV/Truck actuators
Electric Vehicles
Lawn Mowers
Robotics
Electric Floor Sweepers

LBRP Series

Contact our Applications Team for more information.

Multi Disc Brakes and Clutches - MDB/MDC SeriesMultiple Disc Clutches provide a smoothefficient, switchable link between a motor
and a load on in-line or parallel shafts.
While the field (electromagnet) assemblyis prevented from rotating by an antirotation tab or flange, the rotor is securely
mounted on the drive shaft. The armatureassembly is then mounted either directly
on an opposing in-line shaft, or indirectly
on a parallel shaft by means of gears or
pulleys. When the coil is energized, thearmature engages the friction surface ofthe rotor, further engaging the multiple
discs within the assembly until full torqueis achieved, thereby coupling the two
in-line or parallel shafts, thus driving theload. A brake operates similarly by eliminating the rotor.

• Torque: 25 lb-in to 300 lb-ft(2.8 to 407 Nm)• Diameter: 2.0 to 10 in.
(50.8 to 254.0 mm)• Dynamic engagement capabilities• Wet or dry operation• Custom designs only
Typical Applications• Flight control actuators• Postal equipment• Packaging• Machine tools• Agricultural equipment

MDC Model Shown

Complete Custom Assemblies and Subassemblies

We manufacture complete assemblies
and subassemblies for many customers.
Allow us to help cost-reduce your productand provide a more economical solution
to your most complex clutch or brakeapplication.

www.thomsonlinear.com

FRICTION

Custom gears, pulleys, sprockets, integrally mounted to the clutch can be combinedwith special shaft sizes, coil voltages,
connector assemblies or any other type ofdesign imaginable.

• Torque: 6.0 oz-in to 1200 lb-in(0.04 to 135 Nm)• Diameters: 0.6 to 7.25 in(15.2 to 184.2 mm)• Efficient means of cycling load
• Fast response, repeatableperformance• Static or dynamic
engagement• Simple installation• Economical cost
• Energy efficient

ENGINEEREDPRODUCTS

Custom Brake and Clutch Value-Added
Assemblies are a major strength ofDanaher Motion. Variations of any device
shown in this catalog can be adapted
specifically to meet the most demandingneeds of your application.

See inside back coverof this catalog for more
information.

143

Design Considerations
Factors To Consider
Brake and Clutch design considerations
are based on a number of factors.
Depending upon the particular application these factors can become either
more or less important. The discussionof Application Definitions differentiates

between heavy, medium and light duty,
as well as static versus dynamic applications. In a simple light duty, static use
application, clutch or brake selection canbe made based on an estimate of torquerequired considering the motor torquecapacity and the load driven (or held).
However when precise control and life
expectancy are of concern, one must consider inertia, heat dissipation and speed as
key factors.

Load inertia (lL) for cylindrical rotational
bodies, expressed in units of lb-in-sec2, isequal to WR2/772, where W = weight in lbs.
and R = radius in inches. The following
chart may be used as reference (based onsteel, per inch of length) to help simplify
this calculation. To determine the inertia

of a given shaft, multiply the WR2/L shown
below by the length of the shaft or the
thickness of the disc in inches. For hollow
shafts, subtract the WR2/L of the ID fromthe WR2/L of the OD and multiply by thelength.

Inertia Calculations
Total system inertia, typically expressedin lb-in-sec2 units, equals the sum ofreflected inertia (lR) and clutch inertia (lC).
Clutch inertia values can be found in ourcatalog, reflected inertia is calculated
beginning with load inertia.
Diameterin

WR2/L
lb-in2/in

WR2/L
lb-in2/in

Diameterin

Diameterin

WR2/L
lb-in2/in

Diameterin

WR2/L
lb-in2/in

0.250

0.00011

2.00

0.445

6.00

36.00

10.00

277.920.312

0.00027

2.25

0.712

6.25

42.39

10.25

306.720.375

0.00055

2.50

1.085

6.50

49.60

10.50

337.710.437

0.00102

2.75

1.584

6.75

57.68

10.75

371.040.500

0.00173

3.00

2.250

7.00

66.71

11.00

406.780.562

0.00279

3.25

3.100

7.25

76.76

11.25

444.960.625

0.00425

3.50

4.176

7.50

87.91

11.50

485.930.687

0.00623

3.75

5.494

7.75

100.23

11.75

529.590.750

0.00879

4.00

7.113

8.00

113.9012.00

576.000.812

0.01215

4.25

9.072

8.25

128.71

12.25

626.100.875

0.01634

4.50

11.3938.50

145.0012.50

678.31

0.937

0.02142

4.75

14.1448.75

162.8612.75

734.221.000

0.02778

5.00

17.3659.00

182.2913.00

793.521.250

0.06783

5.25

21.1079.25

203.4013.25

856.351.500

0.14065

5.50

25.4889.50

226.3013.50

922.831.750

0.26058

5.75

30.3719.75

252.0013.75

993.11

To obtain this information for materials
other than steel, multiply the inertia of
the proper steel diameter from the above
chart using the correct multiplier in thechart at right.
Reflected inertia can now be calculated
as lR = lL(wL/wC)2, where wL = load RPM
and wC = clutch input RPM.

144

Material

MultiplierBronze

1.05

Steel

1.00

Iron

0.92

Powder Metal Bronze

0.79

Powder Metal Iron

0.88

Aluminum

0.35

Nylon

0.17

www.thomsonlinear.com

Clutches & Brakes

Design Considerations
Energy Dissipation Calculations

Kinetic energy dissipation (Ek) is equal to
4.6 x 10-4 x I x w2, where I = total systeminertia in lb-in-sec2 units, and w = differential slip speed in RPM.
Slip energy dissipation (Es) is equal to43.6 x 10-4 x w x D x ts, where D = load dragreflected to the clutch shaft in lb-in units,
and ts = total slip time in seconds.

Brake Energy Dissipation Chart
N (Frequency of engagement), cpm

Total energy dissipation (Ec), typically
expressed in units of ft-lb, is defined as
the sum of kinetic (Ek) and slip (Es) energy
dissipated each clutch or brake cycle.

Use toevaluate
size of apower-offbrake after
determining
the energy
dissipation.

10
7
5
3
2

S
S
S Se Se S
rie erie ries ries erie erie eriessss50
15 s-17 -19 -26 -30 -40

Se

Se

1
0.7
0.5

rie
s-

70

0.3
0.2
0.1

0

10

20

100

200

1000

3000

4000

Eb (Allowable Braking Energy Dissipation/Cycle, lb-ft)

Optimum Torque and Response
Burnishing: Burnishing is a process ofrunning-in the mating friction surfaces ofa clutch or brake to ensure the highest
possible output torque. By forcing the unit
to slip rotationally when energized, themating frictional surfaces establish an
optimal wear pattern within a relatively
short time. This can be accomplished at
the factory or during the initial stages of
installed application. However, wheneverpossible it is more desirable to perform theburnishing process at the actual installation to insure a consistent alignment of thefriction faces.

(Fig. II). If faster release times are desired,a zener diode with two times the coilvoltage should be incorporated into thecircuit (Fig. III). However, the fastest disengagement time is achieved with the useof an MOV (metal oxide varistor) (Fig. IV).
Conversely, if slower disengagement times
are required, the use of a diode connectedin parallel with the coil (Fig. V), or simply
switching the A/C side of the circuit, willachieve this result.

Clutch
or
Brake
Coil

Resistor
Fig I

Vin

Clutch
or
Brake
Coil

Resistor

Clutch
or
Brake
Coil

Zener

Vin

Vin

Vin

Diode
Fig II

Diode
Fig III

Clutch
or
Brake
Coil

MOV

Clutch
or
Brake
Coil

Diode

Fig IVENGINEERINGGUIDELINES

www.thomsonlinear.com

In most applications, a simple resistor
connected in parallel with the clutch or
brake coil is sufficient (Fig. I). The resistor
should be rated at six times the coil resistance and approximately 25% of the coilwattage. To eliminate any added current
draw, a diode may be added to the circuit
as shown

Vin

FRICTION

Engagement: Coil overexcitation is atechnique which makes a clutch or brakeengage faster and have greatly improved
starting and stopping accuracy. It is
accomplished by applying over-voltage tothe clutch or brake coil to reduce current
build-up time, thereby reducing the magnetizing time. However, this overexcitation
does not increase the torque of the unit.
It simply reduces the start/stop times andfriction face wear normally associatedwith slippage that can occur during aslower engagement time. In many applications, the reduction in start-time can be
reduced significantly when using an overexcitation circuit. However, adequate coilsuppression must be employed to prevent
damage to the system. Please contact thefactory for more detailed information.

Disengagement: When a clutch or brakeis disengaged, a reverse voltage is generated in the coil. This voltage can be
extremely high and could cause potential
damage to the unit and the switch in thecircuit. Therefore, an arc suppression
circuit should be used to protect the coiland switch. When properly applied, such a
circuit will not adversely affect the clutchor brake engagement time.

Fig V

145

Mounting Requirements

CS, CSC, CF, CFC, BF, BRP, SB, FSB, AKB and PMB units(Bearing and flange mounted clutches, couplings and brakes)
Case assembly

Rotor

Armature assembly

Case assemblyGear or pulley
Prime
mover

Shaft #1
Belt or chain

Prime
mover

Shaft bearing
support required

Load

Tab
External frame

Armature assembly

Shaft #1

Tab

Gear or pulley
Shaft #2

Shaft bearing
support required

Shaft #2
Rotor

External frame

Load

Figure 1

Figure 2

Bearing Mounted Clutches - CS models
Figure 1 - Used to couple two parallel shafts. The rotor and armature
are mounted on the same shaft. The armature is bearing mounted on
the shaft and is free to rotate independent of the shaft. The knurled
hub can press fit a gear or pulley onto the armature assembly
which in turn drives the parallel shaft. The case assembly is bearing
mounted and is provided with anti-rotation tab.

Bearing Mounted Clutch Couplings - CSC models
Figure 2 - Used to couple two in-line shafts. The rotor is
attached to one shaft and the armature to the other shaft. The
case assembly is bearing mounted and is provided with an antirotation tab.

Case assembly

Rotor

Case assembly

Armature assembly

Armature assemblyGear or pulley
Prime
mover

Prime
mover

Shaft #1

Load

Belt or chain
External frame

Shaft bearing
support required

FlangeGear or pulley

Figure 3

Load

Rotor

Flange Mounted Clutch Couplings - CFC models
Figure 4 - Used to couple two in-line shafts. The rotor is
attached to one shaft and the armature to the other shaft. The
case assembly is flange mounted for fastening to a bulkhead.

Flange Mounted Clutches - CF models
Figure 3 - Used to couple two parallel shafts. The case assemblyis flange mounted for fastening to a bulkhead.

Case assembly

Case assembly

Case assembly
Armature assembly

Armature assembly

Prime
mover

Shaft
External frame

Shaft bearing
support required

Shaft #2

Figure 4

Shaft #2

Load

FlangeShaft #1

Shaft bearing
support required

Load

Armature
assembly

Prime
Prime
mover
mover

Shaft
Shaft bearing
support required
Option 1: Single output shaft

Load
Load

Shaft #1

Prime
Prime
mover
mover

Shaft #2

Option 2: Double output shaft

Figure 5

Figure 6

Flange Mounted Brakes - BF models
Figure 5 - Used to stop or hold the armature and load to which it is
attached. Units are furnished with coupling type armature hubs. The
case assembly is flange mounted for fastening to a bulkhead.

Power-Off Brakes - BRP, SB, FSB, AKB, PMB & MBRP models
Figure 6 - Used to stop or hold a load in the absence of power.
The case assembly is mounted or fastened to a bulkhead. The
armature assembly is attached to the rotating load.

146

www.thomsonlinear.com

Clutches & Brakes

Glossary of Terms
Wrap Spring Clutch/Brake
AntiRotation
Slot
AntiOverrun
SpringAnti-Backup
SpringStop
Collar

Acceleration Time - The time required tochange the speed of a system from themoment the clutch engages until it is statically engaged and the system is moving at
a constant speed.
Actuator Limit Stop - The actuator limit
stop is a restraining pin or plate on a wrap
spring clutch that limits the motion of theactuator on solenoid actuated models.
Air Gap - The physical axial space between
rotor and armature that is overcome whenthe magnet body is energized, engaging
the clutch, or brake.
Anti-Backup (AB) - The anti-backup spring
prevents oscillation between the clutch
and brake springs on a wrap spring device
and prevents the output load from reversing. Anti-backup is a standard feature on
CB Series clutch/brake combinations.
Anti-Overrun (AO) - The anti-overrun
spring prevents overhauling loads fromoverrunning the input on a wrap spring.
For example, anti-overrun is being applied
when an eccentric output load is held at
the same speed as the constant speed
input. Anti-overrun is a standard feature on
all CB series products.
Anti-Rattle Feature - PMB and AKB
brakeare available with an anti-rattle feature. This feature minimizes noise that
occurs when the brake is released (PowerOn) and is running at speed. On the PMB
Series, a rubber “O” ring is embedded in
the “splined hub” that applies a slight pressure on the mating spline teeth eliminating
most of the rattling noise. On the AKB
Series, an “O” ring is embedded in the ID
on the rotor assembly.
Anti-Rotation Slot - A slot used in a clutch
models to prevent rotation during operation.

www.thomsonlinear.com

Armature (assembly) - The component in afriction clutch or brake that is attracted to
the rotor or case assembly by the magnetic
field created by the case assembly, effecting the coupling of input and output.
Armature Disengagement Time (ADT) - Thetime required from the instant electrical
power is removed from the actuation system until the clutch is disengaged. Armature
Disengagement Time is also often referred
to as Drop-Out Time.
Burnishing - A process of running in a clutch
or a brake to reach full potential torque.
All standard catalog values of torque areindicated as burnished. Generally, any unit
will become burnished during the first few
cycles of normal operation at the customer’s site. Pre-burnishing at the factoryis normally an additional operation required
only by those customers needing immediate out-of-box torque prior to the normal
application run-in period.
Case Assembly - The fixed component in a
clutch or brake that is energized, creating amagnetic field, effecting the engagement ofrotor and armature.
Control Collar - A combination of protective cover and controlling device in a wrap
spring product. The control tang of thespring fits in this collar; thus by allowing or
preventing rotation of this collar, the springis allowed or not allowed to wrap tight on
the hubs. Stops are molded or machined on
this plastic collar and can be engaged by
an external arm to control engagement. A
single stop is standard and most any number up to 24 can be machined for special
applications.
Control Tang - A control tang at the end(s)of the wrap spring is/are used to engage
and disengage the input and output hubs on
on-off, start-stop, and indexing units.
Drag Torque - The torque necessary to
overcome static friction in a clutch or
brake.
Dust Cover - PMB brakes are available witha dust cover. The dust cover protects thebraking surfaces against, dust, dirt, anddripping water. This feature is made fromflexible rubber and is fitted between thecase and the mounting plate.
Dynamic Torque - The torque developed
where there is a relative motion between
mating surfaces in a friction clutch or
brake. The torque varies with the speed ofrotation and amount of slip. Please contact
our engineers for specific data.

Friction Clutch
Rotor
Case
Assembly

Armature
Assembly

Engagement Time - The time required,from the moment the clutch receives theappropriate electrical signal, for the magnet to attract the armature and the clutch
faces are engaged. At this point the load
begins to accelerate.
Frictional Torque - The torque created by
friction reflected at the output of the clutchor brake.
Inertia - That property of a body to continue
in the state of motion or rest in which it may
be placed until acted on by some force.
Inertial Torque - The torque developed byaccelerating or decelerating a given load.
Inner & Outer Pole (face) - Areas of therotor that form the magnetic flux path andtorque carrying friction within a clutch. Ina brake the case assembly forms thesepoles.
Manual Release - Spring set brakes suchas our PMB Series are available with amanual release. The manual release allows
the brake to be released mechanically inplace of the electric coil operation. Whenpower is removed, the brake is “holding”,
if there is no electrical power available,
simply push or pull the lever (handle) andthe brake will release (not hold the load,
shaft - hub will be allowed to rotate freely).
Once pressure is removed from the handle(let go), the manual release handle will goback to its original position automatically.
The brake will then “hold” (shaft - hub will
be locked once again).
OTS/AB - If the load inertia is greater than
the wrap spring tang can absorb without
damage, an overtravel stop can be added
to absorb a portion of the stopping torque.
The anti-backup feature will prevent theoutput from reversing.
Overrunning - The most basic control func-

147

Glossary of Terms
tion performed by PSI Series wrap spring
clutches in which the clutch transmits
torque in one direction and allows the load
to free wheel or overrun when the input
drive is stopped or reversed.
Positive Engagement - An engagement thatwill not slip.
Radial Bearing Load - The maximum permissible load that can be applied to a
clutch or brake unit at maximum velocity
without incurring damage.
Residual Magnetism - The condition inelectromagnets where low level magnetism remains after the electrical current isremoved.
Rotor (assembly) - The rotating component
in a clutch that is generally attached (keyedor pinned) to the input (motor) shaft.
Split Cam - A new sleeve design incorporated in all standard and super CB-5, CB-6,
CB-7, CB-8, and SAC-5 & SAC-6 units. This
new design makes setting the spring differential (overtravel) simple. With the one
piece construction (older style) the relative
position of the brake and drive springs are
set together. The new split cam design
allows the user to set the position of thebrake spring by just wrapping the spring in
the direction opposite of the clutch input
rotation.
Spring Differential - Spring differential is the
positional relationship of the drive spring to
the brake spring. Correctly adjusted spring
differential is imperative for proper clutch/
brake performance. The spring differential
is factory set.
Start-Stop Clutch - This control function isa basic engage-disengage operation resulting in random load stopping positions. BothSP Series and PSI Series (mechanicallyactuated) clutches can be used as startstop clutches, as can the SAC, BIMAC,
MAC, BBC and DL.
Start-Stop Clutches and Brakes - Most
wrap spring clutches and brakes can be
configured to perform the start-stop control
function in which loads are started andstopped accurately.
Static Torque - In wrap springs this isdefined as the maximum torque that can beapplied statically with the spring completely wrapped down before damage occurs.
In friction devices this is the torque level
beyond which the clutch or brake will slip
or overrun.
Stop Collar - A combination cover and148

control device on a wrap spring device thathas detent positions to enable the clutchor brake to be engaged or disengaged.
Standard stop collars have one stop per
revolution. Specials are available with as
many as twenty-four stops per revolution.
Time To Engagement (TTE) - The timerequired from the instant the actuation system is signaled until the clutch is engaged.
At this point the system begins to accelerate. Time to Engagement is also often
referred to as Pull-In Time.
Time To Speed (TTS) - The time required
from the instant the actuation system issignaled until the output reaches the input
RPM. Time to Speed is the equivalent of
the sum of engagement time and acceleration time.
Time to Zero - The time required to fully
disengage the motor from its load, thus
allowing the load to drop to zero speed.
Note: Factors such as system friction andinertia naturally play an important role inboth of these critical measurements.
Torque - The product of the force andthe perpendicular distance from its line ofaction to the instantaneous center of rotation, generally expressed in lb-in or Nm.
Static torque occurs when there is no relative movement or slippage between mating
friction surfaces. Fully engaged clutches,or a brake holding a load, are examples ofstatic torque. Dynamic torque is developed
when there is relative motion between mating friction surfaces.
Torque Adjustment Feature - Our PMB
series brakes are available with a Torque
Adjustment Feature. This feature allows
the torque to be adjusted down from maximum holding force (Static Torque). Thisfeature is in the form of a threaded “spanner type nut”, to turn the nut, a simple
spanner wrench may be used. This feature relieves the “tension” on the springs,
therefore reducing the holding torque. Thisfeature allows for a “softer” stop or lessholding force (torque).
Total Cycle Time - Sum of the device timeon and time-off as measured in seconds.
Duty cycle is the percentage of total cycle
time that a clutch or brake is engaged.
For example, 5 seconds on/5 seconds offcorresponds to a 50% duty cycle and a 10
second cycle time. Cycle rate is expressedin CPM (cycles per minute), as the numberof times the clutch or brake is engaged anddisengaged during a one minute period.
Undercut - A process of cutting back oneof the pole surfaces in relation to the other.
Generally done to reduce any residual

magnetism or to derate a device. Also aterm used to describe the recessing of friction material so as to affect a more efficientburnished condition.
Wrap Angle - The number of degrees aspring tang must rotate in order to engage
or disengage a load in a wrap spring
device.
Wrap Spring - High tensile strength coiled
wire, which transmits a substantial amountof torque when wrapped tightly around
two hubs.

Application Definitions
Heavy Duty is defined as one where
the clutch is engaged in concert
with the movement of the load.
Example: a paper feed clutch thatis engaged each time that a sheetof paper is introduced into the print
path.
Light to Medium Duty is definedas one where running speed isachieved in the absence of loading(or the clutch is engaged at zero
speed). Example: a machine tool
head that is engaged and at speed
before the cutting of metal begins.
A Dynamic Clutch application isanother way of defining “Heavy
Duty”. Factors such as inertia,
energy dissipation and life become
critical.
A Static Clutch application isdefined as one where the clutch isengaged at zero speed. Example: atooth clutch that is used to couple
and position an X-ray machinehead.
A Dynamic Brake application isdefined as one where the brakeis engaged to actually stop theload. Again, inertia, energy dissipation and life must be well defined.
Example: an emergency stop of a
motor that is running at speed, particularly if under load.
A Static Brake application isdefined as one where the brake isengaged after the system has cometo rest. Example: a holding brake ona Z-axis to hold the load in place inthe event of a power failure.

www.thomsonlinear.com

Clutches & Brakes

Conversion Chart
Listed AlphabeticallyTo Convert
From

To

Multiply By

To Convert
From

To

Multiply By

To Convert
From

To

Multiply By

cm

feet

3.281 x 10-2

(lb-ft)(RPM)

Watts

.142

Nm

oz-in

141.69cm

inches.3937

lb-ft2

gm-cm2

4.214 x 105

Nm2

lb-in2348.47degrees/sec

RPM

.1667

lb-ft2lb-in2

144

Nm-sec2

lb-in23417

degrees/sec

rad/sec

1.745 x 10-2

lb-ft2lb-in-sec2.37272

Newtons

pounds

.225

feet

cm

30.48

lb-ft2oz-in2

2304

oz-in

lb-ft

5.208 x 10-3ft-lb/min

Watts

2.259 x 10-2

lb-ft2oz-in-sec2

5.969

oz-in

lb-in

6.25 x 10-2

g-cm

lb-ft

7.233 x 10-5

lb-in

g-cm

165960(oz-in)(RPM)

HP

9.917 x 10-7

g-cm

oz-in

1.389 x 10-2

lb-in

kg-cm

165.96(oz-in)(RPM)

Watts

7.395 x 10-4

g-cm2

lb-in2

3.417 x 10-4

lb-in

kg-m

1.6596oz-in2

gm-cm2

182.9

g-cm2

lb-ft22.373 x 10-6

lb-in

lb-ft

.083

oz-in2lb-ft24.340 x 10-4

gm-cm2oz-in25.467 x 10-3

lb-in

Nm

.113

oz-in2lb-in2

6.25 x 10-2

horsepowerft-lb/min

33,000

lb-in

oz-in

16

oz-in2oz-in-sec2

2.590 x 10-3

horsepower

watts

7.457 x 10-2

(lb-in)(RPM)

HP

1.587 x 10-5

oz-in-sec2

oz-in23.8609 x 10-2

inchescm

2.540(lb-in)(RPM)

Watts

.0118

oz-in-sec2

lb-in224.125

kg-m

lb-ft

7.233

lb-in2kg-cm2

2.926

RPM

rad/sec

.1047

kg-m

lb-in

.6026

lb-in2Nm2

2.870 x 10-3

radians

degrees

57.3

kg-cm2lb-in2

3.417 x 10-1

lb-in2kg-m2

2.9265 x 10-4

rad/sec

RPM

9.549

kg-cm-sec2

lb-in2335.1

lb-in2lb-in-sec2

2.590 x 10-3

revolutions

radians

6.283

kg-m2

lb-ft223.73

lb-in2lb-ft2

6.944 x 10-2

revolutions/min.

degrees/sec

6

kg-m2

lb-in23417

lb-in2oz-in216

square-inches

square-mm

645.2

kilograms

pounds2.205

metersmillimeters

1000

temp. (ºC) +17.78

temp. (ºF)

1.8

lb-ft

lb-in

12

millimeters

inches

3.937 x 10-2

temp. (ºF) -32

temp. (ºC)

.555

lb-ft

oz-in

192

Nm

lb-ft

.738

Watts

ft-lb/min

44.2(lb-ft)(RPM)

HP

1.904 x 10-4

Nm

lb-in

8.85

Watts

HP

1.341 x 10-3

www.thomsonlinear.com

149

Notes150

www.thomsonlinear.com

Notes151

www.thomsonlinear.com

Notes152

www.thomsonlinear.com

Deltran Clutches and Brakes
custom engineered for your market!

Problem: Automotive lift-gate system required a unique, high volume solution
to switch between automatic and manual operation.
Solution: Deltran custom engineered CS-19B clutch
We manufacture complete assemblies and subassemblies for many of ourcustomers with special needs in various markets.
• MEDICAL• ELECTRONIC ASSEMBLY• PACKAGING• OFFICE AUTOMATION• ELECTRIC VEHICLE• AEROSPACE & DEFENSESB Power-off Brake
Holds table in position
Wrap Spring CB-6
Moves product
PMB Power-off Brake
Brake holds cart

• AGRICULTURE

Wrap Sprng SAC-7
Turns seeder on and off

Wrap Spring CB-2
Pick and place

Wrap Spring DL-33
Paper feed

TCR-19 Tooth Clutch
Environmental control

AUTOMOTIVE

TC-13A Tooth Clutch
Power sliding door mechanism

Visit: www.thomsonlinear.com
or call: 1-540-633-3549
Linear Motion. Optimized.

Thomson
203A West Rock Road
Radford, VA 24141, USA
Phone: 1-540-633-3549
Fax: 1-540-633-0294
E-mail: thomson@thomsonlinear.com
Literature: literature.thomsonlinear.com
EUROPE
United Kingdom
ThomsonFishleigh Road
Roundswell Business Park
Barnstaple
Devon, EX31 3UD
Phone: +44 (0) 1271 334 500
Fax: +44 (0) 1271 334 501
E-mail: sales.uk@thomsonlinear.com
GermanyThomsonNürtinger Straße 70
72649 Wolfschlugen
Phone: +49 (0) 7022 504 0
Fax: +49 (0) 7022 504 405
E-mail: sales.germany@thomsonlinear.com
FranceThomsonPhone: +33 (0) 243 50 03 30
Fax: +33 (0) 243 50 03 39
E-mail: sales.france@thomsonlinear.com
Italy
ThomsonLargo Brughetti
I-20030 Bovisio Masciago
Italy
Phone: +39 0362 594260
Fax: +39 0362 594263
E-mail: info@thomsonlinear.it

Spain
ThomsonRbla Badal, 29-31 7th, 1st
08014 Barcelona
Phone: +34 (0) 9329 80278
Fax: + 34 (0) 9329 80278
E-mail: josep.estaran@thomsonlinear.com

www.thomsonlinear.com

SwedenThomsonEstridsväg 1029109 Kristianstad
Phone: +46 (0) 44 24 67 00
Fax: +46 (0) 44 24 40 85
E-mail: sales.scandinavia@thomsonlinear.com
ASIA
Asia PacificThomson
Unit A, 16 Floor, 169 Electric Road
Manulife Tower, North Point, Hong Kong
Phone: +852 2503 6581
Fax: +852 2571 8585
E-mail: richard.teo@thomsonlinear.com
China
ThomsonRm 2205, Scitech Tower
22 Jianguomen Wai Street
Beijing 100004
Phone: +86 400 6661 802
Fax: +86 10 6515 0263
E-mail: sales.china@thomsonlinear.com
India
Thomson
Unit No 2, SDF 1 Seepz Andheri
Mumbai 400 096
Phone: +91 22 2829 4058
Fax: +91 22 2839 4036
E-mail: richard.teo@thomsonlinear.com
Japan
ThomsonMinami-Kaneden 2-12-23, Suita
Osaka 564-0044 Japan
Tel: +81-6-6386-8001
Fax: +81-6-6386-5022
E-mail: csjapan@scgap.com
Korea
Thomson#407, Kins Tower, Bundang Intellige 1, 25-1
Jeongja-dong, Bundang-gu, Seongnam-city,
Gyeonggi-do, Korea
Phone: +82 31 784 8972
Fax: +82 31 784 8980
E-mail: aaron.kim@thomsonlinear.com

200712-01 TPS 7/2011 USA
Specifications are subject to change without notice. It is the responsibility of the product user to determine
the suitability of this product for a specific application. All trademarks property of their respective owners.
© 2011 Thomson Industries, Inc.

USA, CANADA and MEXICO